diff options
| author | dkf <donal.k.fellows@manchester.ac.uk> | 2008-04-27 22:38:54 (GMT) |
|---|---|---|
| committer | dkf <donal.k.fellows@manchester.ac.uk> | 2008-04-27 22:38:54 (GMT) |
| commit | 4513cb9f431ea8c6b151913a016ec6c75bcac559 (patch) | |
| tree | 681f7c2354a3726da3ab7da646d316c1275f540d | |
| parent | 1876f5f7ee429456ad89540bcf659c092245bf1b (diff) | |
| download | tk-4513cb9f431ea8c6b151913a016ec6c75bcac559.zip tk-4513cb9f431ea8c6b151913a016ec6c75bcac559.tar.gz tk-4513cb9f431ea8c6b151913a016ec6c75bcac559.tar.bz2 | |
Get rid of pre-C89-isms (esp. CONST vs const).
108 files changed, 4644 insertions, 4653 deletions
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ +2008-04-27 Donal K. Fellows <dkf@users.sf.net> + + * */*.c: A large tranche of getting rid of pre-C89-isms; if your + compiler doesn't support things like proper function declarations, + 'void' and 'const', borrow a proper one when building Tcl. (The header + files allow building things that link against Tcl with really ancient + compilers still; the requirement is just when building Tcl itself.) + 2008-04-25 Joe English <jenglish@users.sourceforge.net> * library/ttk/treeview.tcl: BUGFIX: [$tv selection] takes diff --git a/generic/tk3d.c b/generic/tk3d.c index 3922fc8..c36631a 100644 --- a/generic/tk3d.c +++ b/generic/tk3d.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tk3d.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ * by Tk_GetReliefFromObj. */ -static CONST char *reliefStrings[] = { +static const char *reliefStrings[] = { "flat", "groove", "raised", "ridge", "solid", "sunken", NULL }; @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Tk_Draw3DRectangle( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOf3DBorder( Tk_3DBorder border) /* Token for border. */ { @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Tk_GetReliefFromObj( int Tk_GetRelief( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* For error messages. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of a relief type. */ + const char *name, /* Name of a relief type. */ int *reliefPtr) /* Where to store converted relief. */ { char c; @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Tk_GetRelief( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfRelief( int relief) /* One of TK_RELIEF_FLAT, TK_RELIEF_RAISED, or * TK_RELIEF_SUNKEN. */ diff --git a/generic/tkArgv.c b/generic/tkArgv.c index 0e60295..039b4d1 100644 --- a/generic/tkArgv.c +++ b/generic/tkArgv.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkArgv.c,v 1.13 2008/04/07 22:27:41 hobbs Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkArgv.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv( * means ignore Tk option specs. */ int *argcPtr, /* Number of arguments in argv. Modified to * hold # args left in argv at end. */ - CONST char **argv, /* Array of arguments. Modified to hold those + const char **argv, /* Array of arguments. Modified to hold those * that couldn't be processed here. */ Tk_ArgvInfo *argTable, /* Array of option descriptions */ int flags) /* Or'ed combination of various flag bits, @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv( /* Pointer to the current entry in the table * of argument descriptions. */ Tk_ArgvInfo *matchPtr; /* Descriptor that matches current argument. */ - CONST char *curArg; /* Current argument */ + const char *curArg; /* Current argument */ register char c; /* Second character of current arg (used for * quick check for matching; use 2nd char. * because first char. will almost always be @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv( if (argc == 0) { goto missingArg; } - *((CONST char **)infoPtr->dst) = argv[srcIndex]; + *((const char **)infoPtr->dst) = argv[srcIndex]; srcIndex++; argc--; break; @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv( } break; case TK_ARGV_FUNC: { - typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, char *, CONST char *); + typedef int (ArgvFunc)(char *, char *, const char *); ArgvFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvFunc *) infoPtr->src; if ((*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, infoPtr->key, argv[srcIndex])) { @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Tk_ParseArgv( } case TK_ARGV_GENFUNC: { typedef int (ArgvGenFunc)(char *, Tcl_Interp *, char *, int, - CONST char **); + const char **); ArgvGenFunc *handlerProc = (ArgvGenFunc *) infoPtr->src; argc = (*handlerProc)(infoPtr->dst, interp, infoPtr->key, diff --git a/generic/tkAtom.c b/generic/tkAtom.c index ae35527..1028ea0 100644 --- a/generic/tkAtom.c +++ b/generic/tkAtom.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAtom.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAtom.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Atom Tk_InternAtom( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; map name to atom for this * window's display. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name to turn into atom. */ + const char *name) /* Name to turn into atom. */ { register TkDisplay *dispPtr; register Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Tk_InternAtom( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_GetAtomName( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; map atom to name relative to * this window's display. */ diff --git a/generic/tkCanvArc.c b/generic/tkCanvArc.c index db323d1..eb2217f 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvArc.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvArc.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvArc.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvArc.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ typedef struct ArcItem { */ static int StyleParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *value, + Tk_Window tkwin, const char *value, char *widgRec, int offset); static char * StylePrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *widgRec, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); @@ -183,17 +183,17 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = { static void ComputeArcBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ArcItem *arcPtr); static int ConfigureArc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int CreateArc(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteArc(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayArc(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display, Drawable dst, int x, int y, int width, int height); static int ArcCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, - Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int ArcToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr); static double ArcToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ CreateArc( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing arc. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing arc. */ { ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ ArcCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr; @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ ConfigureArc( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Arc item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { ArcItem *arcPtr = (ArcItem *) itemPtr; @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ ConfigureArc( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) arcPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) arcPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ ConfigureArc( arcPtr->outline.gc = newGC; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) { ComputeArcBbox(canvas, arcPtr); @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ ConfigureArc( color = arcPtr->fillColor; stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (arcPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) { color = arcPtr->activeFillColor; } @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ ComputeArcBbox( Tk_State state = arcPtr->header.state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = arcPtr->outline.width; @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ ComputeArcBbox( arcPtr->header.x1 = arcPtr->header.x2 = arcPtr->header.y1 = arcPtr->header.y2 = -1; return; - } else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) { + } else if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ DisplayArc( Pixmap stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.width; if (lineWidth < 1.0) { @@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ DisplayArc( } dashnumber = arcPtr->outline.dash.number; stipple = arcPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>lineWidth) { lineWidth = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -972,11 +972,11 @@ ArcToPoint( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1148,10 +1148,10 @@ ArcToArea( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = (double) arcPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = (double) arcPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ ComputeArcOutline( outlinePtr = arcPtr->outlinePtr; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } /* @@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ ComputeArcOutline( */ width = arcPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) arcPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeWidth>arcPtr->outline.width) { width = arcPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1854,13 +1854,13 @@ ArcToPostscript( } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } color = arcPtr->outline.color; stipple = arcPtr->outline.stipple; fillColor = arcPtr->fillColor; fillStipple = arcPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (arcPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) { color = arcPtr->outline.activeColor; } @@ -2004,7 +2004,7 @@ StyleParseProc( ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */ - CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */ + const char *value, /* Value of option. */ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */ int offset) /* Offset into item. */ { diff --git a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c index da4ba12..72afa99 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvBmap.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvBmap.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.14 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvBmap.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = { static int BitmapCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int BitmapToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr); static double BitmapToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ static void ComputeBitmapBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, BitmapItem *bmapPtr); static int ConfigureBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int TkcCreateBitmap(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayBitmap(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ TkcCreateBitmap( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ { BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ BitmapCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr; @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Bitmap item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { BitmapItem *bmapPtr = (BitmapItem *) itemPtr; @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) bmapPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) bmapPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap( } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) { ComputeBitmapBbox(canvas, bmapPtr); @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ ConfigureBitmap( fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor; bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor; bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) { fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor; } @@ -488,10 +488,10 @@ ComputeBitmapBbox( Tk_State state = bmapPtr->header.state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)bmapPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)bmapPtr) { if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) { bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap; } @@ -598,10 +598,10 @@ DisplayBitmap( */ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (bmapPtr->activeBitmap!=None) { bitmap = bmapPtr->activeBitmap; } @@ -864,12 +864,12 @@ BitmapToPostscript( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } fgColor = bmapPtr->fgColor; bgColor = bmapPtr->bgColor; bitmap = bmapPtr->bitmap; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (bmapPtr->activeFgColor!=NULL) { fgColor = bmapPtr->activeFgColor; } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvImg.c b/generic/tkCanvImg.c index 04cbf9e..02cce14 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvImg.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvImg.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.11 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvImg.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ static void ImageChangedProc(ClientData clientData, int imgHeight); static int ImageCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const argv[]); static int ImageToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *rectPtr); static double ImageToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ static int ImageToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, static void ComputeImageBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, ImageItem *imgPtr); static int ConfigureImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const argv[], int flags); static int CreateImage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]); + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[]); static void DeleteImage(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayImage(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ CreateImage( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ { ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ ImageCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr; @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ ConfigureImage( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Image item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr; @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ConfigureImage( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) imgPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) imgPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -439,10 +439,10 @@ ComputeImageBbox( Tk_State state = imgPtr->header.state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } image = imgPtr->image; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)imgPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)imgPtr) { if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) { image = imgPtr->activeImage; } @@ -542,11 +542,11 @@ DisplayImage( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } image = imgPtr->image; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) { image = imgPtr->activeImage; } @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ ImageToPostscript( * information; 0 means final Postscript is * being created.*/ { - ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *)itemPtr; + ImageItem *imgPtr = (ImageItem *) itemPtr; Tk_Window canvasWin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); char buffer[256]; @@ -709,11 +709,11 @@ ImageToPostscript( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } image = imgPtr->image; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (imgPtr->activeImage != NULL) { image = imgPtr->activeImage; } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvLine.c b/generic/tkCanvLine.c index b0e122c..21f7fc5 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvLine.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvLine.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.22 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvLine.c,v 1.23 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ static int ArrowheadPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, static void ComputeLineBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr); static int ConfigureLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int ConfigureArrows(Tk_Canvas canvas, LineItem *linePtr); static int CreateLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayLine(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static int GetLineIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr); static int LineCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void LineDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last); static void LineInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ static int LineToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static int ArrowParseProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); + const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); static char * ArrowPrintProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static int ParseArrowShape(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - CONST char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); + const char *value, char *recordPtr, int offset); static char * PrintArrowShape(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *recordPtr, int offset, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ CreateLine( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing line. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing line. */ { LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ LineCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr; int i, numPoints; @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ ConfigureLine( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Line item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) itemPtr; @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ ConfigureLine( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) linePtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) linePtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ ConfigureLine( state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth > linePtr->outline.width || @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ ComputeLineBbox( Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (!(linePtr->numPoints) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) { @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ComputeLineBbox( } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -853,10 +853,10 @@ DisplayLine( } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } linewidth = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth != linewidth) { linewidth = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ LineInsert( Tcl_Obj **objv; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ LineInsert( for (i=0; i<objc; i++) { if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(NULL, objv[i], &newCoordPtr[i + beforeThis]) != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_ResetResult(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp); + Tcl_ResetResult(Canvas(canvas)->interp); ckfree((char *) newCoordPtr); return; } @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ LineInsert( } } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ LineDeleteCoords( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } first &= -2; @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ LineDeleteCoords( } } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1331,11 +1331,11 @@ LineToPoint( */ if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1547,10 +1547,10 @@ LineToArea( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1863,7 +1863,7 @@ ParseArrowShape( ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */ + const char *value, /* Textual specification of arrow shape. */ char *recordPtr, /* Pointer to item record in which to store * arrow information. */ int offset) /* Offset of shape information in widget @@ -1872,7 +1872,7 @@ ParseArrowShape( LineItem *linePtr = (LineItem *) recordPtr; double a, b, c; int argc; - CONST char **argv = NULL; + const char **argv = NULL; if (offset != Tk_Offset(LineItem, arrowShapeA)) { Tcl_Panic("ParseArrowShape received bogus offset"); @@ -1967,7 +1967,7 @@ ArrowParseProc( ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */ - CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */ + const char *value, /* Value of option. */ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */ int offset) /* Offset into item. */ { @@ -2097,11 +2097,11 @@ ConfigureArrows( } if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = linePtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -2250,13 +2250,13 @@ LineToPostscript( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = linePtr->outline.width; color = linePtr->outline.color; stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = linePtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -2422,12 +2422,12 @@ ArrowheadPostscript( Pixmap stipple; Tk_State state = linePtr->header.state; - if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } stipple = linePtr->outline.stipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)linePtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) linePtr) { if (linePtr->outline.activeStipple!=None) { stipple = linePtr->outline.activeStipple; } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c index 1e61367..8050857 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvPoly.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvPoly.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPoly.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -160,10 +160,10 @@ static void ComputePolygonBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, PolygonItem *polyPtr); static int ConfigurePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int CreatePolygon(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeletePolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayPolygon(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ static int GetPolygonIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *obj, int *indexPtr); static int PolygonCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void PolygonDeleteCoords(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last); static void PolygonInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ CreatePolygon( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing polygon. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing polygon. */ { PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ PolygonCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr; int i, numPoints; @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Polygon item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { PolygonItem *polyPtr = (PolygonItem *) itemPtr; @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) polyPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) polyPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon( } if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN) { ComputePolygonBbox(canvas, polyPtr); @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ ConfigurePolygon( color = polyPtr->fillColor; stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) { color = polyPtr->activeFillColor; } @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ ComputePolygonBbox( Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = polyPtr->outline.width; if (polyPtr->coordPtr == NULL || (polyPtr->numPoints < 1) || (state==TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) { @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ComputePolygonBbox( polyPtr->header.y1 = polyPtr->header.y2 = -1; return; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)polyPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)polyPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -894,9 +894,9 @@ DisplayPolygon( } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>linewidth) { linewidth = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ PolygonInsert( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (!obj || (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(NULL, obj, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK) @@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ PolygonInsert( TkIncludePoint(itemPtr, polyPtr->coordPtr+j); } width = polyPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) { width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1263,10 +1263,10 @@ PolygonToPoint( bestDist = 1.0e36; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = polyPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1460,11 +1460,11 @@ PolygonToArea( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = polyPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1820,14 +1820,14 @@ PolygonToPostscript( } if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = polyPtr->outline.width; color = polyPtr->outline.color; stipple = polyPtr->fillStipple; fillColor = polyPtr->fillColor; fillStipple = polyPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (polyPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = polyPtr->outline.activeWidth; } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvPs.c b/generic/tkCanvPs.c index d8d60a5..a5efd72 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvPs.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvPs.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvPs.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd( TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about canvas widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. Caller has already parsed * this command enough to know that argv[1] is * "postscript". */ { @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TkCanvPostscriptCmd( Tk_Item *itemPtr; #define STRING_LENGTH 400 char string[STRING_LENGTH+1]; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; time_t now; size_t length; Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin; @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Tk_PostscriptColor( */ if (psInfoPtr->colorVar != NULL) { - CONST char *cmdString; + const char *cmdString; cmdString = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, psInfoPtr->colorVar, Tk_NameOfColor(colorPtr), 0); @@ -715,14 +715,14 @@ Tk_PostscriptFont( */ if (psInfoPtr->fontVar != NULL) { - CONST char *name = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont); + const char *name = Tk_NameOfFont(tkfont); Tcl_Obj **objv; int objc; double size; Tcl_Obj *list = Tcl_GetVar2Ex(interp, psInfoPtr->fontVar, name, 0); if (list != NULL) { - CONST char *fontname; + const char *fontname; if (Tcl_ListObjGetElements(interp, list, &objc, &objv) != TCL_OK || objc != 2 diff --git a/generic/tkCanvText.c b/generic/tkCanvText.c index 1dfdc7f..34206ea 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvText.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvText.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvText.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = { static void ComputeTextBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, TextItem *textPtr); static int ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int argc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int CreateText(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteText(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayCanvText(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ static void SetTextCursor(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int index); static int TextCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextDeleteChars(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int first, int last); static void TextInsert(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ CreateText( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ { TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ TextCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ ConfigureText( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ ConfigureText( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) textPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) textPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ ConfigureText( } if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } color = textPtr->color; stipple = textPtr->stipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) { color = textPtr->activeColor; } @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ ComputeTextBbox( Tk_State state = textPtr->header.state; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } Tk_FreeTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout); @@ -729,10 +729,10 @@ DisplayCanvText( textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr; if(state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } stipple = textPtr->stipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (textPtr->activeStipple!=None) { stipple = textPtr->activeStipple; } @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ TextToPoint( double value; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; value = (double) Tk_DistanceToTextLayout(textPtr->textLayout, @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ TextToArea( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ GetSelText( TextItem *textPtr = (TextItem *) itemPtr; int byteCount; char *text; - CONST char *selStart, *selEnd; + const char *selStart, *selEnd; Tk_CanvasTextInfo *textInfoPtr = textPtr->textInfoPtr; if ((textInfoPtr->selectFirst < 0) || @@ -1438,14 +1438,14 @@ TextToPostscript( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } color = textPtr->color; stipple = textPtr->stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN || textPtr->color == NULL || textPtr->text == NULL || *textPtr->text == 0) { return TCL_OK; - } else if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + } else if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (textPtr->activeColor!=NULL) { color = textPtr->activeColor; } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c index e0c9a3a..5c14d48 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvUtil.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvUtil.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.19 2008/03/11 22:31:19 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvUtil.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ static Tk_SmoothMethod tkRawSmoothMethod = { static void SmoothMethodCleanupProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static SmoothAssocData *InitSmoothMethods(Tcl_Interp *interp); -static int DashConvert(char *l, CONST char *p, int n, +static int DashConvert(char *l, const char *p, int n, double width); static void TranslateAndAppendCoords(TkCanvas *canvPtr, double x, double y, XPoint *outArr, int numOut); @@ -75,8 +75,7 @@ Tk_Window Tk_CanvasTkwin( Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; - return canvasPtr->tkwin; + return Canvas(canvas)->tkwin; } /* @@ -108,10 +107,9 @@ Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords( short *drawableXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */ short *drawableYPtr) { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; double tmp; - tmp = x - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin; + tmp = x - Canvas(canvas)->drawableXOrigin; if (tmp > 0) { tmp += 0.5; } else { @@ -125,7 +123,7 @@ Tk_CanvasDrawableCoords( *drawableXPtr = (short) tmp; } - tmp = y - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin; + tmp = y - Canvas(canvas)->drawableYOrigin; if (tmp > 0) { tmp += 0.5; } else { @@ -168,10 +166,9 @@ Tk_CanvasWindowCoords( short *screenXPtr, /* Screen coordinates are stored here. */ short *screenYPtr) { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; double tmp; - tmp = x - canvasPtr->xOrigin; + tmp = x - Canvas(canvas)->xOrigin; if (tmp > 0) { tmp += 0.5; } else { @@ -185,7 +182,7 @@ Tk_CanvasWindowCoords( *screenXPtr = (short) tmp; } - tmp = y - canvasPtr->yOrigin; + tmp = y - Canvas(canvas)->yOrigin; if (tmp > 0) { tmp += 0.5; } else { @@ -224,17 +221,15 @@ int Tk_CanvasGetCoord( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting. */ Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas to which coordinate applies. */ - CONST char *string, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate + const char *string, /* Describes coordinate (any screen coordinate * form may be used here). */ double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; - - if (Tk_GetScreenMM(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, string, + if (Tk_GetScreenMM(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, string, doublePtr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - *doublePtr *= canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM; + *doublePtr *= Canvas(canvas)->pixelsPerMM; return TCL_OK; } @@ -266,13 +261,11 @@ Tk_CanvasGetCoordFromObj( * form may be used here). */ double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted coordinate. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; - - if (Tk_GetMMFromObj(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, obj, + if (Tk_GetMMFromObj(Canvas(canvas)->interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, obj, doublePtr) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - *doublePtr *= canvasPtr->pixelsPerMM; + *doublePtr *= Canvas(canvas)->pixelsPerMM; return TCL_OK; } @@ -301,10 +294,9 @@ Tk_CanvasSetStippleOrigin( * to draw a stippled pattern as part of * redisplaying the canvas. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; - - XSetTSOrigin(canvasPtr->display, gc, -canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin, - -canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin); + XSetTSOrigin(Canvas(canvas)->display, gc, + -Canvas(canvas)->drawableXOrigin, + -Canvas(canvas)->drawableYOrigin); } /* @@ -333,7 +325,7 @@ Tk_CanvasSetOffset( * redisplaying the canvas. */ Tk_TSOffset *offset) /* Offset (may be NULL pointer)*/ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; + register TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas); int flags = 0; int x = - canvasPtr->drawableXOrigin; int y = - canvasPtr->drawableYOrigin; @@ -377,7 +369,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTextInfo * Tk_CanvasGetTextInfo( Tk_Canvas canvas) /* Token for the canvas widget. */ { - return &((TkCanvas *) canvas)->textInfo; + return &Canvas(canvas)->textInfo; } /* @@ -403,13 +395,13 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsParseProc( ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */ - CONST char *value, /* Value of option (list of tag names). */ + const char *value, /* Value of option (list of tag names). */ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */ int offset) /* Offset into item (ignored). */ { register Tk_Item *itemPtr = (Tk_Item *) widgRec; int argc, i; - CONST char **argv; + const char **argv; Tk_Uid *newPtr; /* @@ -486,7 +478,7 @@ Tk_CanvasTagsPrintProc( return (char *) itemPtr->tagPtr[0]; } *freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC; - return Tcl_Merge(itemPtr->numTags, (CONST char **) itemPtr->tagPtr); + return Tcl_Merge(itemPtr->numTags, (const char **) itemPtr->tagPtr); } /* @@ -512,11 +504,11 @@ TkCanvasDashParseProc( ClientData clientData, /* Not used.*/ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */ - CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */ + const char *value, /* Value of option. */ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */ int offset) /* Offset into item. */ { - return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *)(widgRec+offset)); + return Tk_GetDash(interp, value, (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset)); } /* @@ -552,8 +544,7 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc( * for return string. */ { Tk_Dash *dash = (Tk_Dash *) (widgRec+offset); - char *buffer; - char *p; + char *buffer, *p; int i = dash->number; if (i < 0) { @@ -568,12 +559,12 @@ TkCanvasDashPrintProc( *freeProcPtr = NULL; return ""; } - buffer = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i)); + buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) (4*i)); *freeProcPtr = TCL_DYNAMIC; p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array; sprintf(buffer, "%d", *p++ & 0xff); - while(--i) { + while (--i) { sprintf(buffer+strlen(buffer), " %d", *p++ & 0xff); } return buffer; @@ -617,8 +608,7 @@ InitSmoothMethods( ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = tkBezierSmoothMethod.postscriptProc; ptr->nextPtr = NULL; - Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc, - (ClientData) methods); + Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc,methods); return methods; } @@ -646,8 +636,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod( Tk_SmoothMethod *smooth) { SmoothAssocData *methods, *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr; - methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", - NULL); + methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL); /* * Initialize if we were not previously initialized. @@ -678,8 +667,7 @@ Tk_CreateSmoothMethod( ptr->smooth.coordProc = smooth->coordProc; ptr->smooth.postscriptProc = smooth->postscriptProc; ptr->nextPtr = methods; - Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc, - (ClientData) ptr); + Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", SmoothMethodCleanupProc, ptr); } /* @@ -705,10 +693,11 @@ SmoothMethodCleanupProc( * interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */ { - SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = (SmoothAssocData *) clientData; + SmoothAssocData *ptr, *methods = clientData; while (methods != NULL) { - methods = (ptr = methods)->nextPtr; + ptr = methods; + methods = methods->nextPtr; ckfree((char *) ptr); } } @@ -735,7 +724,7 @@ TkSmoothParseProc( ClientData clientData, /* some flags.*/ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window containing canvas widget. */ - CONST char *value, /* Value of option. */ + const char *value, /* Value of option. */ char *widgRec, /* Pointer to record for item. */ int offset) /* Offset into item. */ { @@ -751,8 +740,7 @@ TkSmoothParseProc( return TCL_OK; } length = strlen(value); - methods = (SmoothAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", - NULL); + methods = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "smoothMethod", NULL); /* * Not initialized yet; fix that now. @@ -857,15 +845,15 @@ TkSmoothPrintProc( int Tk_GetDash( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ - CONST char *value, /* Textual specification of dash list. */ + const char *value, /* Textual specification of dash list. */ Tk_Dash *dash) /* Pointer to record in which to store dash * information. */ { int argc, i; - CONST char **largv, **argv = NULL; + const char **largv, **argv = NULL; char *pt; - if ((value==NULL) || (*value==0) ) { + if ((value == NULL) || (*value == '\0')) { dash->number = 0; return TCL_OK; } @@ -877,17 +865,16 @@ Tk_GetDash( switch (*value) { case '.': case ',': case '-': case '_': i = DashConvert(NULL, value, -1, 0.0); - if (i>0) { - i = strlen(value); - } else { + if (i <= 0) { goto badDashList; } - if (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) { - dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc(strlen(value)); + i = strlen(value); + if (i > (int) sizeof(char *)) { + dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc(strlen(value)); } else { pt = dash->pattern.array; } - memcpy(pt,value, (unsigned int) i); + memcpy(pt, value, (unsigned) i); dash->number = -i; return TCL_OK; } @@ -897,11 +884,11 @@ Tk_GetDash( goto badDashList; } - if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) { + if ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) { ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt); } if (argc > (int)sizeof(char *)) { - dash->pattern.pt = pt = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) argc); + dash->pattern.pt = pt = ckalloc((unsigned) argc); } else { pt = dash->pattern.array; } @@ -932,13 +919,12 @@ Tk_GetDash( badDashList: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad dash list \"", value, - "\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"", - NULL); + "\": must be a list of integers or a format like \"-..\"", NULL); syntaxError: if (argv != NULL) { ckfree((char *) argv); } - if ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) { + if ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) { ckfree((char *) dash->pattern.pt); } dash->number = 0; @@ -1010,13 +996,13 @@ Tk_DeleteOutline( if (outline->gc != None) { Tk_FreeGC(display, outline->gc); } - if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { + if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->dash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { ckfree((char *) outline->dash.pattern.pt); } - if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->activeDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { + if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->activeDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { ckfree((char *) outline->activeDash.pattern.pt); } - if ((unsigned int)ABS(outline->disabledDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { + if ((unsigned) ABS(outline->disabledDash.number) > sizeof(char *)) { ckfree((char *) outline->disabledDash.pattern.pt); } if (outline->color != NULL) { @@ -1094,9 +1080,9 @@ Tk_ConfigOutlineGC( color = outline->color; stipple = outline->stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { if (outline->activeWidth>width) { width = outline->activeWidth; } @@ -1177,7 +1163,7 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC( Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline) { - CONST char *p; + const char *p; double width; Tk_Dash *dash; XColor *color; @@ -1192,9 +1178,9 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC( color = outline->color; stipple = outline->stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { if (outline->activeWidth > width) { width = outline->activeWidth; } @@ -1231,25 +1217,25 @@ Tk_ChangeOutlineGC( int i = -dash->number; p = (i > (int)sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array; - q = (char *) ckalloc(2*(unsigned int)i); + q = (char *) ckalloc(2 * (unsigned) i); i = DashConvert(q, p, i, width); - XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, - outline->offset, q, i); + XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, q,i); ckfree(q); } else if (dash->number>2 || (dash->number==2 && (dash->pattern.array[0]!=dash->pattern.array[1]))) { - p = (dash->number > (int)sizeof(char *)) + p = (dash->number > (int) sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array; - XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, - outline->offset, p, dash->number); + XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, p, + dash->number); } if (stipple!=None) { - int w=0; int h=0; + int w = 0; int h = 0; Tk_TSOffset *tsoffset = &outline->tsoffset; int flags = tsoffset->flags; + if (!(flags & TK_OFFSET_INDEX) && (flags & (TK_OFFSET_CENTER|TK_OFFSET_MIDDLE))) { - Tk_SizeOfBitmap(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, stipple, &w, &h); + Tk_SizeOfBitmap(Canvas(canvas)->display, stipple, &w, &h); if (flags & TK_OFFSET_CENTER) { w /= 2; } else { @@ -1311,9 +1297,9 @@ Tk_ResetOutlineGC( color = outline->color; stipple = outline->stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { if (outline->activeWidth>width) { width = outline->activeWidth; } @@ -1354,11 +1340,11 @@ Tk_ResetOutlineGC( } else { dashList = 4; } - XSetDashes(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, - outline->offset, &dashList , 1); + XSetDashes(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, outline->offset, + &dashList , 1); } if (stipple != None) { - XSetTSOrigin(((TkCanvas *)canvas)->display, outline->gc, 0, 0); + XSetTSOrigin(Canvas(canvas)->display, outline->gc, 0, 0); return 1; } return 0; @@ -1388,28 +1374,21 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline( Tk_Item *item, Tk_Outline *outline) { - char string[41]; - char pattern[11]; + char string[41], pattern[11]; int i; - char *ptr; - char *str = string; - char *lptr = pattern; - Tcl_Interp *interp = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->interp; - double width; - Tk_Dash *dash; - XColor *color; - Pixmap stipple; + char *ptr, *str = string, *lptr = pattern; + Tcl_Interp *interp = Canvas(canvas)->interp; + double width = outline->width; + Tk_Dash *dash = &outline->dash; + XColor *color = outline->color; + Pixmap stipple = outline->stipple; Tk_State state = item->state; - width = outline->width; - dash = &(outline->dash); - color = outline->color; - stipple = outline->stipple; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == item) { if (outline->activeWidth > width) { width = outline->activeWidth; } @@ -1440,12 +1419,12 @@ Tk_CanvasPsOutline( Tcl_AppendResult(interp, string, NULL); if (dash->number > 10) { - str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 + 4*dash->number)); + str = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 + 4*dash->number)); } else if (dash->number < -5) { - str = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 8*dash->number)); - lptr = (char *)ckalloc((unsigned int) (1 - 2*dash->number)); + str = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 - 8*dash->number)); + lptr = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (1 - 2*dash->number)); } - ptr = ((unsigned int)ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) ? + ptr = ((unsigned) ABS(dash->number) > sizeof(char *)) ? dash->pattern.pt : dash->pattern.array; if (dash->number > 0) { char *ptr0 = ptr; @@ -1523,7 +1502,7 @@ static int DashConvert( char *l, /* Must be at least 2*n chars long, or NULL to * indicate "just check syntax". */ - CONST char *p, /* String to parse. */ + const char *p, /* String to parse. */ int n, /* Length of string to parse, or -1 to * indicate that strlen() should be used. */ double width) /* Width of line. */ @@ -1531,7 +1510,7 @@ DashConvert( int result = 0; int size, intWidth; - if (n<0) { + if (n < 0) { n = strlen(p); } intWidth = (int) (width + 0.5); @@ -1713,7 +1692,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( double x, y; x = coordArr[i*2]; - y = coordArr[i*2+1]; + y = coordArr[i*2 + 1]; if (x<lft || x>rgh || y<top || y>btm) { break; } @@ -1731,10 +1710,10 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( * b[]. Initialize a[] to be equal to coordArr[]. */ - if (numVertex*12 <= (int)(sizeof(staticSpace)/sizeof(staticSpace[0]))) { + if (numVertex*12 <= (int) (sizeof(staticSpace) / sizeof(double))) { tempArr = staticSpace; } else { - tempArr = (double *)ckalloc(numVertex*12*sizeof(tempArr[0])); + tempArr = (double *) ckalloc(numVertex * 12 * sizeof(double)); } for (i=0; i<numVertex*2; i++){ tempArr[i] = coordArr[i]; @@ -1770,7 +1749,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( maxOutput = numVertex*3; for (j=0; j<4; j++){ double xClip = limit[j]; - int inside = a[0]<xClip; + int inside = a[0] < xClip; double priorY = a[1]; numOutput = 0; @@ -1781,7 +1760,7 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( for (i=0; i<numVertex; i++){ double x = a[i*2]; - double y = a[i*2+1]; + double y = a[i*2 + 1]; if (x >= xClip) { /* @@ -1799,11 +1778,11 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( double x0, y0, yN; assert(i > 0); - x0 = a[i*2-2]; - y0 = a[i*2-1]; + x0 = a[i*2 - 2]; + y0 = a[i*2 - 1]; yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0); b[numOutput*2] = -yN; - b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip; + b[numOutput*2 + 1] = xClip; numOutput++; assert(numOutput <= maxOutput); priorY = yN; @@ -1825,7 +1804,8 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( * The current vertex is to the left of xClip */ if (!inside) { - /* If the current vertex is on the left of xClip and one + /* + * If the current vertex is on the left of xClip and one * or more prior vertices where to the right, then we have * to draw a line segment along xClip that extends from * the spot where we first crossed from left to right to @@ -1835,19 +1815,19 @@ TkCanvTranslatePath( double x0, y0, yN; assert(i > 0); - x0 = a[i*2-2]; - y0 = a[i*2-1]; + x0 = a[i*2 - 2]; + y0 = a[i*2 - 1]; yN = y0 + (y - y0)*(xClip-x0)/(x-x0); if (yN != priorY) { b[numOutput*2] = -yN; - b[numOutput*2+1] = xClip; + b[numOutput*2 + 1] = xClip; numOutput++; assert(numOutput <= maxOutput); } inside = 1; } b[numOutput*2] = -y; - b[numOutput*2+1] = x; + b[numOutput*2 + 1] = x; numOutput++; assert(numOutput <= maxOutput); } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvWind.c b/generic/tkCanvWind.c index 550a7d3..405c81e 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvWind.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvWind.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvWind.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ static void ComputeWindowBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, WindowItem *winItemPtr); static int ConfigureWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int CreateWinItem(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, struct Tk_Item *itemPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas, @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ static void TranslateWinItem(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double deltaX, double deltaY); static int WinItemCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void WinItemLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); static void WinItemRequestProc(ClientData clientData, @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ CreateWinItem( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing window. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing window. */ { WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ CreateWinItem( i = 1; } else { char *arg = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + i = 2; if ((arg[0] == '-') && (arg[1] >= 'a') && (arg[1] <= 'z')) { i = 1; @@ -244,7 +245,7 @@ WinItemCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1, y1, x2, y2, ... */ { WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr; @@ -308,7 +309,7 @@ ConfigureWinItem( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Window item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr; @@ -318,7 +319,7 @@ ConfigureWinItem( oldWindow = winItemPtr->tkwin; canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasTkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **) objv, (char *) winItemPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **) objv, (char *) winItemPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -453,7 +454,7 @@ ComputeWindowBbox( y = (int) (winItemPtr->y + ((winItemPtr->y >= 0) ? 0.5 : - 0.5)); if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if ((winItemPtr->tkwin == NULL) || (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN)) { /* @@ -578,7 +579,7 @@ DisplayWinItem( return; } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } /* @@ -759,8 +760,7 @@ xerrorhandler( { return 0; } -#endif - +#endif /* X_GetImage */ /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -790,8 +790,7 @@ WinItemToPostscript( * information; 0 means final Postscript is * being created. */ { - WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *)itemPtr; - + WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) itemPtr; double x, y; int width, height; Tk_Window tkwin = winItemPtr->tkwin; @@ -890,7 +889,7 @@ CanvasPsWindow( */ ximage = XGetImage(Tk_Display(tkwin), Tk_WindowId(tkwin), 0, 0, - (unsigned int)width, (unsigned int)height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap); + (unsigned) width, (unsigned) height, AllPlanes, ZPixmap); #ifdef X_GetImage Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handle); @@ -900,8 +899,8 @@ CanvasPsWindow( return TCL_OK; } - result = TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, - ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->psInfo, ximage, 0, 0, width, height); + result = TkPostscriptImage(interp, tkwin, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, ximage, + 0, 0, width, height); XDestroyImage(ximage); return result; @@ -1069,11 +1068,11 @@ WinItemLostSlaveProc( * was stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - WindowItem *winItemPtr = (WindowItem *) clientData; + WindowItem *winItemPtr = clientData; Tk_Window canvasTkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(winItemPtr->canvas); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(winItemPtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - WinItemStructureProc, (ClientData) winItemPtr); + WinItemStructureProc, winItemPtr); if (canvasTkwin != Tk_Parent(winItemPtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(winItemPtr->tkwin, canvasTkwin); } diff --git a/generic/tkCanvas.c b/generic/tkCanvas.c index e6cc864..3d5240e 100644 --- a/generic/tkCanvas.c +++ b/generic/tkCanvas.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.c,v 1.47 2008/04/17 14:53:44 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCanvas.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ /* #define USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH 1 */ @@ -266,12 +266,12 @@ static void CanvasSetOrigin(TkCanvas *canvasPtr, static void CanvasUpdateScrollbars(TkCanvas *canvasPtr); static int CanvasWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv); + Tcl_Obj *const *argv); static void CanvasWorldChanged( ClientData instanceData); static int ConfigureCanvas(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr, int argc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, int flags); + Tcl_Obj *const *argv, int flags); static void DestroyCanvas(char *memPtr); static void DisplayCanvas(ClientData clientData); static void DoItem(Tcl_Interp *interp, @@ -280,18 +280,18 @@ static void EventuallyRedrawItem(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr); #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first); #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ static int FindItems(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tcl_Obj *newTagObj, int first, TagSearch **searchPtrPtr); #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ static int FindArea(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkCanvas *canvasPtr, - Tcl_Obj *CONST *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed); + Tcl_Obj *const *argv, Tk_Uid uid, int enclosed); static double GridAlign(double coord, double spacing); -static CONST char** TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv); +static const char** TkGetStringsFromObjs(int argc, Tcl_Obj *const *objv); static void InitCanvas(void); #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH static Tk_Item * NextItem(TagSearch *searchPtr); @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Tk_CanvasObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const argv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; TkCanvas *canvasPtr; @@ -527,9 +527,9 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about canvas widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; int c, result; Tk_Item *itemPtr = NULL; /* Initialization needed only to prevent * compiler warning. */ @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ int index; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "addtag", "bbox", "bind", "canvasx", "canvasy", "cget", "configure", "coords", "create", "dchars", "delete", "dtag", @@ -778,12 +778,12 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( goto done; } } else if (objc == 4) { - CONST char *command; + const char *command; command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, canvasPtr->bindingTable, object, Tcl_GetString(objv[3])); if (command == NULL) { - CONST char *string; + const char *string; string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp); @@ -900,7 +900,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3); } else { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->coordProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, (Tcl_Obj **) args); @@ -977,7 +978,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3); } else { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + result = (*typePtr->createProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, (Tcl_Obj **) args); if (args != NULL) { @@ -1373,7 +1375,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, objv+3, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY); } else { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc-3, objv+3); + result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, itemPtr, objc-3, (Tcl_Obj **) args, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY); @@ -1444,7 +1447,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( break; } case CANV_POSTSCRIPT: { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); result = TkCanvPostscriptCmd(canvasPtr, interp, objc, args); if (args != NULL) { @@ -1519,7 +1522,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( } case CANV_SCAN: { int x, y, gain = 10; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "mark", "dragto", NULL }; @@ -1563,7 +1566,7 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( } case CANV_SELECT: { int index, optionindex; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "adjust", "clear", "from", "item", "to", NULL }; enum options { @@ -1696,7 +1699,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( - canvasPtr->inset, canvasPtr->scrollX1, canvasPtr->scrollX2)); } else { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); + type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count); if (args != NULL) { ckfree((char *) args); @@ -1742,7 +1746,8 @@ CanvasWidgetCmd( - canvasPtr->inset, canvasPtr->scrollY1, canvasPtr->scrollY2)); } else { - CONST char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); + const char **args = TkGetStringsFromObjs(objc, objv); + type = Tk_GetScrollInfo(interp, objc, args, &fraction, &count); if (args != NULL) { ckfree((char *) args); @@ -1881,14 +1886,14 @@ ConfigureCanvas( TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { XGCValues gcValues; GC newGC; if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, canvasPtr->tkwin, configSpecs, - objc, (CONST char **) objv, (char *) canvasPtr, + objc, (const char **) objv, (char *) canvasPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1941,7 +1946,7 @@ ConfigureCanvas( canvasPtr->scrollY2 = 0; if (canvasPtr->regionString != NULL) { int argc2; - CONST char **argv2; + const char **argv2; if (Tcl_SplitList(canvasPtr->interp, canvasPtr->regionString, &argc2, &argv2) != TCL_OK) { @@ -2023,11 +2028,10 @@ static void CanvasWorldChanged( ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) instanceData; Tk_Item *itemPtr; int result; - canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) instanceData; itemPtr = canvasPtr->firstItemPtr; for ( ; itemPtr != NULL; itemPtr = itemPtr->nextPtr) { result = (*itemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp, @@ -2066,7 +2070,7 @@ static void DisplayCanvas( ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin; Tk_Item *itemPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -2307,7 +2311,7 @@ CanvasEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { int x, y; @@ -2399,7 +2403,7 @@ static void CanvasCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = canvasPtr->tkwin; /* @@ -2440,7 +2444,7 @@ Tk_CanvasEventuallyRedraw( int x2, int y2) /* Lower right corner of area to redraw. * Pixels on edge are not redrawn. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas); /* * If tkwin is NULL, the canvas has been destroyed, so we can't really @@ -2505,7 +2509,8 @@ EventuallyRedrawItem( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about widget. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr) /* Item to be redrawn. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) canvas; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = Canvas(canvas); + if ((itemPtr->x1 >= itemPtr->x2) || (itemPtr->y1 >= itemPtr->y2) || (itemPtr->x2 < canvasPtr->xOrigin) || (itemPtr->y2 < canvasPtr->yOrigin) || @@ -3900,7 +3905,7 @@ FindItems( TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */ int objc, /* Number of entries in argv. Must be greater * than zero. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv, /* Arguments that describe what items to + Tcl_Obj *const *objv, /* Arguments that describe what items to * search for (see user doc on "find" and * "addtag" options). */ Tcl_Obj *newTag, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all @@ -3921,7 +3926,7 @@ FindItems( Tk_Item *itemPtr; Tk_Uid uid; int index, result; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "above", "all", "below", "closest", "enclosed", "overlapping", "withtag", NULL }; @@ -4148,7 +4153,7 @@ FindArea( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for error reporting and result * storing. */ TkCanvas *canvasPtr, /* Canvas whose items are to be searched. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv, /* Array of four arguments that give the + Tcl_Obj *const *objv, /* Array of four arguments that give the * coordinates of the rectangular area to * search. */ Tk_Uid uid, /* If non-NULL, gives new tag to set on all @@ -4354,9 +4359,9 @@ CanvasBindProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas structure. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) canvasPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(canvasPtr); /* * This code below keeps track of the current modifier state in @@ -4433,7 +4438,7 @@ CanvasBindProc( CanvasDoEvent(canvasPtr, eventPtr); done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) canvasPtr); + Tcl_Release(canvasPtr); } /* @@ -4643,8 +4648,8 @@ PickCurrentItem( #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ DoItem(NULL, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, searchUids->currentUid); #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEA */ - if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT && - prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) { + if ((canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->redraw_flags & TK_ITEM_STATE_DEPENDANT + && prevItemPtr != canvasPtr->currentItemPtr)) { (*canvasPtr->currentItemPtr->typePtr->configProc)(canvasPtr->interp, (Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->currentItemPtr, 0, NULL, TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY); @@ -4806,14 +4811,14 @@ CanvasDoEvent( (numObjects * sizeof(ClientData))); } #ifdef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH - objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) Tk_GetUid("all"); + objectPtr[0] = Tk_GetUid("all"); #else /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ - objectPtr[0] = (ClientData) searchUids->allUid; + objectPtr[0] = searchUids->allUid; #endif /* USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH */ for (i = itemPtr->numTags-1; i >= 0; i--) { - objectPtr[i+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr->tagPtr[i]; + objectPtr[i+1] = itemPtr->tagPtr[i]; } - objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = (ClientData) itemPtr; + objectPtr[itemPtr->numTags+1] = itemPtr; #ifndef USE_OLD_TAG_SEARCH /* @@ -4866,7 +4871,7 @@ static void CanvasBlinkProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; if (!canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus || (canvasPtr->insertOffTime == 0)) { return; @@ -4874,13 +4879,11 @@ CanvasBlinkProc( if (canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn) { canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 0; canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, - (ClientData) canvasPtr); + canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr); } else { canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1; canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - canvasPtr->insertOnTime, CanvasBlinkProc, - (ClientData) canvasPtr); + canvasPtr->insertOnTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr); } if (canvasPtr->textInfo.focusItemPtr != NULL) { EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, @@ -4918,8 +4921,7 @@ CanvasFocusProc( canvasPtr->textInfo.cursorOn = 1; if (canvasPtr->insertOffTime != 0) { canvasPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, - (ClientData) canvasPtr); + canvasPtr->insertOffTime, CanvasBlinkProc, canvasPtr); } } else { canvasPtr->textInfo.gotFocus = 0; @@ -4933,7 +4935,7 @@ CanvasFocusProc( if (canvasPtr->highlightWidth > 0) { canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_BORDERS; if (!(canvasPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, (ClientData) canvasPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayCanvas, canvasPtr); canvasPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -4976,7 +4978,7 @@ CanvasSelectTo( if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) { Tk_OwnSelection(canvasPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, CanvasLostSelection, - (ClientData) canvasPtr); + canvasPtr); } else if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != itemPtr) { EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr); @@ -5032,7 +5034,7 @@ CanvasFetchSelection( * not including terminating NULL * character. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr == NULL) { return -1; @@ -5067,7 +5069,7 @@ static void CanvasLostSelection( ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */ { - TkCanvas *canvasPtr = (TkCanvas *) clientData; + TkCanvas *canvasPtr = clientData; if (canvasPtr->textInfo.selItemPtr != NULL) { EventuallyRedrawItem((Tk_Canvas) canvasPtr, @@ -5196,14 +5198,14 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars( */ interp = canvasPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); xScrollCmd = canvasPtr->xScrollCmd; if (xScrollCmd != NULL) { - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) xScrollCmd); + Tcl_Preserve(xScrollCmd); } yScrollCmd = canvasPtr->yScrollCmd; if (yScrollCmd != NULL) { - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) yScrollCmd); + Tcl_Preserve(yScrollCmd); } xOrigin = canvasPtr->xOrigin; yOrigin = canvasPtr->yOrigin; @@ -5218,6 +5220,7 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars( if (canvasPtr->xScrollCmd != NULL) { Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(xOrigin + inset, xOrigin + width - inset, scrollX1, scrollX2); + result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, xScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions), NULL); Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions); @@ -5225,12 +5228,13 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars( Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) xScrollCmd); + Tcl_Release(xScrollCmd); } if (yScrollCmd != NULL) { Tcl_Obj *fractions = ScrollFractions(yOrigin + inset, yOrigin + height - inset, scrollY1, scrollY2); + result = Tcl_VarEval(interp, yScrollCmd, " ", Tcl_GetString(fractions), NULL); Tcl_DecrRefCount(fractions); @@ -5238,9 +5242,9 @@ CanvasUpdateScrollbars( Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } Tcl_ResetResult(interp); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) yScrollCmd); + Tcl_Release(yScrollCmd); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); } /* @@ -5389,17 +5393,18 @@ CanvasSetOrigin( */ /* ARGSUSED */ -static CONST char ** +static const char ** TkGetStringsFromObjs( int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { register int i; - CONST char **argv; + const char **argv; + if (objc <= 0) { return NULL; } - argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *)); + argv = (const char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *)); for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) { argv[i] = Tcl_GetString(objv[i]); } @@ -5435,8 +5440,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsColor( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */ XColor *colorPtr) /* Information about color. */ { - return Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, - colorPtr); + return Tk_PostscriptColor(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, colorPtr); } /* @@ -5469,7 +5473,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsFont( Tk_Font tkfont) /* Information about font in which text is to * be printed. */ { - return Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, tkfont); + return Tk_PostscriptFont(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, tkfont); } /* @@ -5502,9 +5506,8 @@ Tk_CanvasPsBitmap( * rectangular region to output. */ int width, int height) /* Size of rectangular region. */ { - return Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin, - ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, - width, height); + return Tk_PostscriptBitmap(interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, + Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, bitmap, startX, startY, width, height); } /* @@ -5536,8 +5539,8 @@ Tk_CanvasPsStipple( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Information about canvas. */ Pixmap bitmap) /* Bitmap to use for stippling. */ { - return Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->tkwin, - ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, bitmap); + return Tk_PostscriptStipple(interp, Canvas(canvas)->tkwin, + Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, bitmap); } /* @@ -5563,7 +5566,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsY( * is being generated. */ double y) /* Y-coordinate in canvas coords. */ { - return Tk_PostscriptY(y, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo); + return Tk_PostscriptY(y, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo); } /* @@ -5593,8 +5596,7 @@ Tk_CanvasPsPath( * coordinates giving points for path. */ int numPoints) /* Number of points at *coordPtr. */ { - Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, ((TkCanvas *) canvas)->psInfo, - coordPtr, numPoints); + Tk_PostscriptPath(interp, Canvas(canvas)->psInfo, coordPtr, numPoints); } /* diff --git a/generic/tkClipboard.c b/generic/tkClipboard.c index cd0455b..c4e6c23 100644 --- a/generic/tkClipboard.c +++ b/generic/tkClipboard.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkClipboard.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkClipboard.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ ClipboardHandler( char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */ int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */ { - TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) clientData; + TkClipboardTarget *targetPtr = clientData; TkClipboardBuffer *cbPtr; char *srcPtr, *destPtr; size_t count = 0; @@ -136,9 +136,9 @@ ClipboardAppHandler( char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */ int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */ { - TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; + TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; size_t length; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; p = dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr->winPtr->nameUid; length = strlen(p); @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ static void ClipboardLostSel( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay structure. */ { - TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay*) clientData; + TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; dispPtr->clipboardActive = 0; } @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardClear( if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) { Tk_OwnSelection(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - ClipboardLostSel, (ClientData) dispPtr); + ClipboardLostSel, dispPtr); dispPtr->clipboardActive = 1; } dispPtr->clipboardAppPtr = winPtr->mainPtr; @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend( * clipboard item, e.g. STRING or LENGTH. */ Atom format, /* Format in which the selection information * should be returned to the requestor. */ - char* buffer) /* NULL terminated string containing the data + char *buffer) /* NULL terminated string containing the data * to be added to the clipboard. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend( Tk_ClipboardClear(interp, tkwin); } else if (!dispPtr->clipboardActive) { Tk_OwnSelection(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - ClipboardLostSel, (ClientData) dispPtr); + ClipboardLostSel, dispPtr); dispPtr->clipboardActive = 1; } @@ -360,14 +360,14 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend( } } if (targetPtr == NULL) { - targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardTarget)); + targetPtr = (TkClipboardTarget *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardTarget)); targetPtr->type = type; targetPtr->format = format; targetPtr->firstBufferPtr = targetPtr->lastBufferPtr = NULL; targetPtr->nextPtr = dispPtr->clipTargetPtr; dispPtr->clipTargetPtr = targetPtr; Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - type, ClipboardHandler, (ClientData) targetPtr, format); + type, ClipboardHandler, targetPtr, format); } else if (targetPtr->format != format) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "format \"", Tk_GetAtomName(tkwin, format), "\" does not match current format \"", @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend( * Append a new buffer to the buffer chain. */ - cbPtr = (TkClipboardBuffer*) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardBuffer)); + cbPtr = (TkClipboardBuffer *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkClipboardBuffer)); cbPtr->nextPtr = NULL; if (targetPtr->lastBufferPtr != NULL) { targetPtr->lastBufferPtr->nextPtr = cbPtr; @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardAppend( cbPtr->buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (cbPtr->length + 1)); strcpy(cbPtr->buffer, buffer); - TkSelUpdateClipboard((TkWindow*)(dispPtr->clipWindow), targetPtr); + TkSelUpdateClipboard((TkWindow *) dispPtr->clipWindow, targetPtr); return TCL_OK; } @@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; char *path = NULL; Atom selection; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL }; + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "append", "clear", "get", NULL }; enum options { CLIPBOARD_APPEND, CLIPBOARD_CLEAR, CLIPBOARD_GET }; int index, i; @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd( char *targetName = NULL; char *formatName = NULL; char *string; - static CONST char *appendOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *appendOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", "-format", "-type", NULL }; enum appendOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_FORMAT, APPEND_TYPE }; @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd( Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); } case CLIPBOARD_CLEAR: { - static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", NULL }; + static const char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", NULL }; enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF }; int subIndex; @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ Tk_ClipboardObjCmd( Tcl_DString selBytes; int result; char *string; - static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *getOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", "-type", NULL }; enum getOptions { APPEND_DISPLAYOF, APPEND_TYPE }; @@ -647,12 +647,12 @@ TkClipInit( * and set up an event handler for it. */ - dispPtr->clipWindow = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, (Tk_Window) NULL, - "_clip", DisplayString(dispPtr->display)); + dispPtr->clipWindow = Tk_CreateWindow(interp, NULL, "_clip", + DisplayString(dispPtr->display)); if (dispPtr->clipWindow == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow); + Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->clipWindow); atts.override_redirect = True; Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->clipWindow, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->clipWindow); @@ -673,11 +673,9 @@ TkClipInit( */ Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - dispPtr->applicationAtom, ClipboardAppHandler, - (ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING); + dispPtr->applicationAtom, ClipboardAppHandler, dispPtr,XA_STRING); Tk_CreateSelHandler(dispPtr->clipWindow, dispPtr->clipboardAtom, - dispPtr->windowAtom, ClipboardWindowHandler, - (ClientData) dispPtr, XA_STRING); + dispPtr->windowAtom, ClipboardWindowHandler, dispPtr, XA_STRING); return TCL_OK; } diff --git a/generic/tkColor.c b/generic/tkColor.c index 85593ac..8fbb85e 100644 --- a/generic/tkColor.c +++ b/generic/tkColor.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkColor.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkColor.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj( */ if (tkColPtr != NULL) { - TkColor *firstColorPtr = (TkColor *) - Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr); + TkColor *firstColorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr); + FreeColorObjProc(objPtr); for (tkColPtr = firstColorPtr; tkColPtr != NULL; tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) { @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj( && (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) { tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++; tkColPtr->objRefCount++; - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr; return (XColor *) tkColPtr; } } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Tk_AllocColorFromObj( */ tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tk_GetColor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr)); - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr; if (tkColPtr != NULL) { tkColPtr->objRefCount++; } @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Tk_GetColor( nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - existingColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr); + existingColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr); for (tkColPtr = existingColPtr; tkColPtr != NULL; tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) { if ((tkColPtr->screen == Tk_Screen(tkwin)) @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Tk_GetColorByValue( valueHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorValueTable, (char *) &valueKey, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr); + tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(valueHashPtr); tkColPtr->resourceRefCount++; return &tkColPtr->color; } @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Tk_GetColorByValue( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfColor( XColor *colorPtr) /* Color whose name is desired. */ { @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Tk_NameOfColor( if (tkColPtr->magic==COLOR_MAGIC && tkColPtr->type==TK_COLOR_BY_NAME) { return tkColPtr->hashPtr->key.string; } else { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); sprintf(tsdPtr->rgbString, "#%04x%04x%04x", colorPtr->red, @@ -415,8 +415,8 @@ Tk_GCForColor( if (tkColPtr->gc == None) { gcValues.foreground = tkColPtr->color.pixel; - tkColPtr->gc = XCreateGC(DisplayOfScreen(tkColPtr->screen), - drawable, GCForeground, &gcValues); + tkColPtr->gc = XCreateGC(DisplayOfScreen(tkColPtr->screen), drawable, + GCForeground, &gcValues); } return tkColPtr->gc; } @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Tk_FreeColor( } TkpFreeColor(tkColPtr); - prevPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr); + prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(tkColPtr->hashPtr); if (prevPtr == tkColPtr) { if (tkColPtr->nextPtr == NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(tkColPtr->hashPtr); @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ static void FreeColorObjProc( Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */ { - TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkColor *tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if (tkColPtr != NULL) { tkColPtr->objRefCount--; @@ -588,10 +588,10 @@ DupColorObjProc( Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */ Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */ { - TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkColor *tkColPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr; - dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr; + dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr; if (tkColPtr != NULL) { tkColPtr->objRefCount++; @@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ Tk_GetColorFromObj( * map. If it is, we are done. */ - tkColPtr = (TkColor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + tkColPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if ((tkColPtr != NULL) && (tkColPtr->resourceRefCount > 0) && (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen) @@ -664,12 +664,12 @@ Tk_GetColorFromObj( if (hashPtr == NULL) { goto error; } - for (tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); + for (tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); (tkColPtr != NULL); tkColPtr = tkColPtr->nextPtr) { if ((Tk_Screen(tkwin) == tkColPtr->screen) && (Tk_Colormap(tkwin) == tkColPtr->colormap)) { FreeColorObjProc(objPtr); - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) tkColPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = tkColPtr; tkColPtr->objRefCount++; return (XColor *) tkColPtr; } @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ TkDebugColor( resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->colorNameTable, name); if (hashPtr != NULL) { - TkColor *tkColPtr = (TkColor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); + TkColor *tkColPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); if (tkColPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("TkDebugColor found empty hash table entry"); diff --git a/generic/tkConfig.c b/generic/tkConfig.c index 368d0ce..5521615 100644 --- a/generic/tkConfig.c +++ b/generic/tkConfig.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConfig.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:24:13 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConfig.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:38:55 dkf Exp $ */ /* @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ */ typedef struct TkOption { - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; /* The original spec from the template passed * to Tk_CreateOptionTable.*/ Tk_Uid dbNameUID; /* The Uid form of the option database @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ static Tcl_Obj * GetConfigList(char *recordPtr, Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); static Tcl_Obj * GetObjectForOption(char *recordPtr, Option *optionPtr, Tk_Window tkwin); -static Option * GetOption(CONST char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr); +static Option * GetOption(const char *name, OptionTable *tablePtr); static Option * GetOptionFromObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *objPtr, OptionTable *tablePtr); static int ObjectIsEmpty(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Tk_OptionTable Tk_CreateOptionTable( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter associated with the application * in which this table will be used. */ - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr) + const Tk_OptionSpec *templatePtr) /* Static information about the configuration * options. */ { @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable( Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; int newEntry; OptionTable *tablePtr; - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2; + const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr, *specPtr2; Option *optionPtr; int numOptions, i; @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable( hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); Tcl_InitHashTable(hashTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, OPTION_HASH_KEY, DestroyOptionHashTable, - (ClientData) hashTablePtr); + hashTablePtr); } /* @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable( || (specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_BORDER)) && (specPtr->clientData != NULL)) { optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr = - Tcl_NewStringObj((char *) specPtr->clientData, -1); + Tcl_NewStringObj(specPtr->clientData, -1); Tcl_IncrRefCount(optionPtr->extra.monoColorPtr); } @@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable( /* * Get the custom parsing, etc., functions. */ - optionPtr->extra.custom = - (Tk_ObjCustomOption *) specPtr->clientData; + + optionPtr->extra.custom = specPtr->clientData; } } if (((specPtr->type == TK_OPTION_STRING) @@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ Tk_CreateOptionTable( */ if (specPtr->clientData != NULL) { - tablePtr->nextPtr = (OptionTable *) Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, - (Tk_OptionSpec *) specPtr->clientData); + tablePtr->nextPtr = (OptionTable *) + Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specPtr->clientData); } return (Tk_OptionTable) tablePtr; @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ DestroyOptionHashTable( ClientData clientData, /* The hash table we are destroying */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interpreter we are destroying */ { - Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData; + Tcl_HashTable *hashTablePtr = clientData; Tcl_HashSearch search; Tcl_HashEntry *hashEntryPtr; OptionTable *tablePtr; @@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DoObjConfig( Tk_SavedOption internal; /* Used to save the old internal * representation of the value if * savedOptionPtr is NULL. */ - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; int nullOK; /* @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ DoObjConfig( int newValue; if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, valuePtr, - (CONST char **) optionPtr->specPtr->clientData, + optionPtr->specPtr->clientData, optionPtr->specPtr->optionName+1, 0, &newValue) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@ ObjectIsEmpty( static Option * GetOption( - CONST char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option + const char *name, /* String balue to be looked up in the option * table. */ OptionTable *tablePtr) /* Table in which to look up name. */ { Option *bestPtr, *optionPtr; OptionTable *tablePtr2; - CONST char *p1, *p2; + const char *p1, *p2; int count; /* @@ -1184,9 +1184,9 @@ GetOptionFromObj( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST Tk_OptionSpec * +const Tk_OptionSpec * TkGetOptionSpec( - CONST char *name, /* String value to be looked up. */ + const char *name, /* String value to be looked up. */ Tk_OptionTable optionTable) /* Table in which to look up name. */ { Option *optionPtr; @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ Tk_SetOptions( char *recordPtr, /* The record to configure. */ Tk_OptionTable optionTable, /* Describes valid options. */ int objc, /* The number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Contains one or more name-value pairs. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window associated with the thing being * configured; needed for some options (such * as colors). */ @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ Tk_RestoreSavedOptions( * record. */ char *internalPtr; /* Points to internal value of option in * record. */ - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; /* * Be sure to restore the options in the opposite order they were set. @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ Tk_FreeConfigOptions( int count; Tcl_Obj **oldPtrPtr, *oldPtr; char *oldInternalPtr; - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec *specPtr; for (tablePtr = (OptionTable *) optionTable; tablePtr != NULL; tablePtr = tablePtr->nextPtr) { diff --git a/generic/tkConsole.c b/generic/tkConsole.c index 0ea2051..5d0ba6e 100644 --- a/generic/tkConsole.c +++ b/generic/tkConsole.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConsole.c,v 1.36 2008/04/01 16:30:52 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkConsole.c,v 1.37 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tk.h" @@ -48,19 +48,19 @@ typedef struct ChannelData { static int ConsoleClose(ClientData instanceData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static void ConsoleDeleteProc(ClientData clientData); static void ConsoleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static int ConsoleHandle(ClientData instanceData, - int direction, ClientData *handlePtr); -static int ConsoleInput(ClientData instanceData, - char *buf, int toRead, int *errorCode); +static int ConsoleHandle(ClientData instanceData, int direction, + ClientData *handlePtr); +static int ConsoleInput(ClientData instanceData, char *buf, int toRead, + int *errorCode); static int ConsoleObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); -static int ConsoleOutput(ClientData instanceData, - CONST char *buf, int toWrite, int *errorCode); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); +static int ConsoleOutput(ClientData instanceData, const char *buf, + int toWrite, int *errorCode); static void ConsoleWatch(ClientData instanceData, int mask); static void DeleteConsoleInterp(ClientData clientData); static void InterpDeleteProc(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int InterpreterObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); /* * This structure describes the channel type structure for file based IO: @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ ShouldUseConsoleChannel( */ if (fileType == FILE_TYPE_CHAR) { - dcb.DCBlength = sizeof( DCB ) ; + dcb.DCBlength = sizeof(DCB); if (!GetConsoleMode(handle, &consoleParams) && !GetCommState(handle, &dcb)) { /* @@ -237,9 +237,12 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels( return; } - consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int)sizeof(int)); + consoleInitPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&consoleInitKey, (int) sizeof(int)); if (*consoleInitPtr) { - /* We've already initialized console channels in this thread. */ + /* + * We've already initialized console channels in this thread. + */ + return; } *consoleInitPtr = 1; @@ -250,15 +253,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels( if (!(doIn || doOut || doErr)) { /* - * No std channels should be tied to the console; - * Thus, no need to create the console + * No std channels should be tied to the console; thus, no need to + * create the console. */ + return; } /* - * At least one std channel wants to be tied to the console, - * so create the interp for it to live in. + * At least one std channel wants to be tied to the console, so create the + * interp for it to live in. */ info = (ConsoleInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ConsoleInfo)); @@ -268,18 +272,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels( if (doIn) { ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData)); + data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; data->type = TCL_STDIN; consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console0", - (ClientData) data, TCL_READABLE); + data, TCL_READABLE); if (consoleChannel != NULL) { - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-translation", "lf"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-buffering", "none"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-encoding", "utf-8"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8"); } Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDIN); Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel); @@ -287,18 +289,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels( if (doOut) { ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData)); + data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; data->type = TCL_STDOUT; consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console1", - (ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE); + data, TCL_WRITABLE); if (consoleChannel != NULL) { - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-translation", "lf"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-buffering", "none"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-encoding", "utf-8"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8"); } Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDOUT); Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel); @@ -306,18 +306,16 @@ Tk_InitConsoleChannels( if (doErr) { ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) ckalloc(sizeof(ChannelData)); + data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; data->type = TCL_STDERR; consoleChannel = Tcl_CreateChannel(&consoleChannelType, "console2", - (ClientData) data, TCL_WRITABLE); + data, TCL_WRITABLE); if (consoleChannel != NULL) { - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-translation", "lf"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-buffering", "none"); - Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, - "-encoding", "utf-8"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-translation", "lf"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-buffering", "none"); + Tcl_SetChannelOption(NULL, consoleChannel, "-encoding", "utf-8"); } Tcl_SetStdChannel(consoleChannel, TCL_STDERR); Tcl_RegisterChannel(NULL, consoleChannel); @@ -378,7 +376,7 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( } if (haveConsoleChannel) { - ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); + ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); info = data->info; if (info->consoleInterp) { /* New ConsoleInfo for a new console window */ @@ -388,21 +386,21 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( /* Update any console channels to make use of the new console */ if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN)) == &consoleChannelType) { - data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); + data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); data->info->refCount--; data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; } if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDOUT)) == &consoleChannelType) { - data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); + data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); data->info->refCount--; data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; } if (Tcl_GetChannelType(chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR)) == &consoleChannelType) { - data = (ChannelData *)Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); + data = (ChannelData *) Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData(chan); data->info->refCount--; data->info = info; data->info->refCount++; @@ -416,17 +414,16 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( info->consoleInterp = consoleInterp; info->interp = interp; - Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(consoleInterp, InterpDeleteProc, (ClientData) info); + Tcl_CallWhenDeleted(consoleInterp, InterpDeleteProc, info); info->refCount++; - Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, - (ClientData) consoleInterp); + Tcl_CreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, consoleInterp); /* * Add console commands to the interp */ - token = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "console", ConsoleObjCmd, - (ClientData) info, ConsoleDeleteProc); + token = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "console", ConsoleObjCmd, info, + ConsoleDeleteProc); info->refCount++; /* @@ -435,29 +432,29 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( * handler takes care of us. */ Tcl_CreateObjCommand(consoleInterp, "consoleinterp", InterpreterObjCmd, - (ClientData) info, NULL); + info, NULL); mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (mainWindow) { Tk_CreateEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask, - ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info); + ConsoleEventProc, info); info->refCount++; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp); result = Tcl_GlobalEval(consoleInterp, "source $tk_library/console.tcl"); if (result == TCL_ERROR) { Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp, Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result)); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp)); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp); + Tcl_Release(consoleInterp); if (result == TCL_ERROR) { Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(interp, token); mainWindow = Tk_MainWindow(interp); if (mainWindow) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(mainWindow, StructureNotifyMask, - ConsoleEventProc, (ClientData) info); + ConsoleEventProc, info); if (--info->refCount <= 0) { ckfree((char *) info); } @@ -466,7 +463,7 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( } return TCL_OK; - error: + error: Tcl_AddErrorInfo(interp, "\n (creating console window)"); if (!Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) { Tcl_DeleteInterp(consoleInterp); @@ -495,11 +492,11 @@ Tk_CreateConsoleWindow( static int ConsoleOutput( ClientData instanceData, /* Indicates which device to use. */ - CONST char *buf, /* The data buffer. */ + const char *buf, /* The data buffer. */ int toWrite, /* How many bytes to write? */ int *errorCode) /* Where to store error code. */ { - ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData; + ChannelData *data = instanceData; ConsoleInfo *info = data->info; *errorCode = 0; @@ -510,6 +507,7 @@ ConsoleOutput( if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) { Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewStringObj("tk::ConsoleOutput", -1); + if (data->type == TCL_STDERR) { Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_NewStringObj("stderr", -1)); @@ -517,7 +515,8 @@ ConsoleOutput( Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_NewStringObj("stdout", -1)); } - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, toWrite)); + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(NULL, cmd, + Tcl_NewStringObj(buf, toWrite)); Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd); Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd); Tcl_DecrRefCount(cmd); @@ -576,12 +575,15 @@ ConsoleClose( ClientData instanceData, /* Unused. */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Unused. */ { - ChannelData *data = (ChannelData *)instanceData; + ChannelData *data = instanceData; ConsoleInfo *info = data->info; if (info) { if (--info->refCount <= 0) { - /* Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL */ + /* + * Assuming the Tcl_Interp * fields must already be NULL. + */ + ckfree((char *) info); } } @@ -668,10 +670,10 @@ ConsoleObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Access to the console interp */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { int index, result; - static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "hide", "show", "title", NULL}; + static const char *options[] = {"eval", "hide", "show", "title", NULL}; enum option {CON_EVAL, CON_HIDE, CON_SHOW, CON_TITLE}; Tcl_Obj *cmd = NULL; ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData; @@ -722,12 +724,12 @@ ConsoleObjCmd( Tcl_IncrRefCount(cmd); if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) { - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) consoleInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(consoleInterp); result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(consoleInterp, cmd); Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp, Tcl_GetReturnOptions(consoleInterp, result)); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(consoleInterp)); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) consoleInterp); + Tcl_Release(consoleInterp); } else { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "no active console interp", NULL); result = TCL_ERROR; @@ -755,12 +757,12 @@ InterpreterObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { int index, result = TCL_OK; - static CONST char *options[] = {"eval", "record", NULL}; + static const char *options[] = {"eval", "record", NULL}; enum option {OTHER_EVAL, OTHER_RECORD}; - ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData; + ConsoleInfo *info = clientData; Tcl_Interp *otherInterp = info->interp; if (objc < 2) { @@ -782,28 +784,32 @@ InterpreterObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) otherInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(otherInterp); switch ((enum option) index) { case OTHER_EVAL: result = Tcl_GlobalEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2]); + /* * TODO: Should exceptions be filtered here? */ + Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp, Tcl_GetReturnOptions(otherInterp, result)); Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp)); break; case OTHER_RECORD: Tcl_RecordAndEvalObj(otherInterp, objv[2], TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); + /* - * By not setting result, we discard any exceptions or errors here - * and always return TCL_OK. All the caller wants is the - * interp result to display, whether that's result or error message. + * By not setting result, we discard any exceptions or errors here and + * always return TCL_OK. All the caller wants is the interp result to + * display, whether that's result or error message. */ + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(otherInterp)); break; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) otherInterp); + Tcl_Release(otherInterp); return result; } @@ -812,8 +818,8 @@ InterpreterObjCmd( * * DeleteConsoleInterp -- * - * Thread exit handler to destroy a console interp when the - * thread it lives in gets torn down. + * Thread exit handler to destroy a console interp when the thread it + * lives in gets torn down. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -822,7 +828,8 @@ static void DeleteConsoleInterp( ClientData clientData) { - Tcl_Interp *interp = (Tcl_Interp *)clientData; + Tcl_Interp *interp = clientData; + Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp); } @@ -831,8 +838,8 @@ DeleteConsoleInterp( * * InterpDeleteProc -- * - * React when the interp in which the console is displayed is deleted - * for any reason. + * React when the interp in which the console is displayed is deleted for + * any reason. * * Results: * None. @@ -848,11 +855,10 @@ InterpDeleteProc( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp) { - ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData; + ConsoleInfo *info = clientData; if (info->consoleInterp == interp) { - Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, - (ClientData) info->consoleInterp); + Tcl_DeleteThreadExitHandler(DeleteConsoleInterp, info->consoleInterp); info->consoleInterp = NULL; } if (--info->refCount <= 0) { @@ -881,7 +887,7 @@ static void ConsoleDeleteProc( ClientData clientData) { - ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData; + ConsoleInfo *info = clientData; if (info->consoleInterp) { Tcl_DeleteInterp(info->consoleInterp); @@ -916,7 +922,7 @@ ConsoleEventProc( XEvent *eventPtr) { if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - ConsoleInfo *info = (ConsoleInfo *) clientData; + ConsoleInfo *info = clientData; Tcl_Interp *consoleInterp = info->consoleInterp; if (consoleInterp && !Tcl_InterpDeleted(consoleInterp)) { diff --git a/generic/tkCursor.c b/generic/tkCursor.c index 8837028..d4e112d 100644 --- a/generic/tkCursor.c +++ b/generic/tkCursor.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCursor.c,v 1.18 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkCursor.c,v 1.19 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ */ typedef struct { - CONST char *source; /* Cursor bits. */ - CONST char *mask; /* Mask bits. */ + const char *source; /* Cursor bits. */ + const char *mask; /* Mask bits. */ int width, height; /* Dimensions of cursor (and data and * mask). */ int xHot, yHot; /* Location of cursor hot-spot. */ @@ -43,8 +43,8 @@ static void DupCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr); static void FreeCursor(TkCursor *cursorPtr); static void FreeCursorObjProc(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); -static TkCursor * TkcGetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char *name); +static TkCursor * TkcGetCursor(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, + const char *name); static TkCursor * GetCursorFromObj(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); static void InitCursorObj(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj( if (objPtr->typePtr != &tkCursorObjType) { InitCursorObj(objPtr); } - cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; /* * If the object currently points to a TkCursor, see if it's the one we @@ -130,15 +130,15 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj( */ if (cursorPtr != NULL) { - TkCursor *firstCursorPtr = (TkCursor *) - Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr); + TkCursor *firstCursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr); + FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr); for (cursorPtr = firstCursorPtr; cursorPtr != NULL; cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) { cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++; cursorPtr->objRefCount++; - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr; return cursorPtr->cursor; } } @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Tk_AllocCursorFromObj( */ cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, Tcl_GetString(objPtr)); - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr; if (cursorPtr == NULL) { return None; } @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@ Tk_GetCursor( * details on legal syntax. */ { TkCursor *cursorPtr = TkcGetCursor(interp, tkwin, string); + if (cursorPtr == NULL) { return None; } @@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ static TkCursor * TkcGetCursor( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for + const char *string) /* Description of cursor. See manual entry for * details on legal syntax. */ { Tcl_HashEntry *nameHashPtr; @@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ TkcGetCursor( nameHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable, string, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - existingCursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr); + existingCursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(nameHashPtr); for (cursorPtr = existingCursorPtr; cursorPtr != NULL; cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) { @@ -311,8 +312,8 @@ Tk_Cursor Tk_GetCursorFromData( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ Tk_Uid fg, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ @@ -341,7 +342,7 @@ Tk_GetCursorFromData( dataHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorDataTable, (char *) &dataKey, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr); + cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(dataHashPtr); cursorPtr->resourceRefCount++; return cursorPtr->cursor; } @@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ Tk_GetCursorFromData( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfCursor( Display *display, /* Display for which cursor was allocated. */ Tk_Cursor cursor) /* Identifier for cursor whose name is @@ -428,7 +429,7 @@ Tk_NameOfCursor( if (idHashPtr == NULL) { goto printid; } - cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr); + cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr); if (cursorPtr->otherTable != &dispPtr->cursorNameTable) { goto printid; } @@ -465,7 +466,7 @@ FreeCursor( } Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->idHashPtr); - prevPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr); + prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cursorPtr->hashPtr); if (prevPtr == cursorPtr) { if (cursorPtr->nextPtr == NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(cursorPtr->hashPtr); @@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ Tk_FreeCursor( if (idHashPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("Tk_FreeCursor received unknown cursor argument"); } - FreeCursor((TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr)); + FreeCursor(Tcl_GetHashValue(idHashPtr)); } /* @@ -575,7 +576,7 @@ static void FreeCursorObjProc( Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */ { - TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkCursor *cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if (cursorPtr != NULL) { cursorPtr->objRefCount--; @@ -610,10 +611,10 @@ DupCursorObjProc( Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */ Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */ { - TkCursor *cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkCursor *cursorPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr; - dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr; + dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr; if (cursorPtr != NULL) { cursorPtr->objRefCount++; @@ -695,7 +696,7 @@ GetCursorFromObj( * cached is the one that is needed. */ - cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + cursorPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if ((cursorPtr != NULL) && (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display)) { return cursorPtr; } @@ -710,11 +711,11 @@ GetCursorFromObj( if (hashPtr == NULL) { goto error; } - for (cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); + for (cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); cursorPtr != NULL; cursorPtr = cursorPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Display(tkwin) == cursorPtr->display) { FreeCursorObjProc(objPtr); - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) cursorPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = cursorPtr; cursorPtr->objRefCount++; return cursorPtr; } @@ -845,7 +846,7 @@ TkDebugCursor( resultPtr = Tcl_NewObj(); hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->cursorNameTable, name); if (hashPtr != NULL) { - cursorPtr = (TkCursor *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); + cursorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); if (cursorPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("TkDebugCursor found empty hash table entry"); } diff --git a/generic/tkEntry.c b/generic/tkEntry.c index 62b0806..25126bc 100644 --- a/generic/tkEntry.c +++ b/generic/tkEntry.c @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkEntry.c,v 1.47 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkEntry.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec sbOptSpec[] = { * dispatch the entry widget command. */ -static CONST char *entryCmdNames[] = { +static const char *entryCmdNames[] = { "bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "index", "insert", "scan", "selection", "validate", "xview", NULL }; @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ enum entryCmd { COMMAND_SCAN, COMMAND_SELECTION, COMMAND_VALIDATE, COMMAND_XVIEW }; -static CONST char *selCmdNames[] = { +static const char *selCmdNames[] = { "adjust", "clear", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL }; @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ enum selCmd { * dispatch the spinbox widget command. */ -static CONST char *sbCmdNames[] = { +static const char *sbCmdNames[] = { "bbox", "cget", "configure", "delete", "get", "icursor", "identify", "index", "insert", "invoke", "scan", "selection", "set", "validate", "xview", NULL @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ enum sbCmd { SB_CMD_SET, SB_CMD_VALIDATE, SB_CMD_XVIEW }; -static CONST char *sbSelCmdNames[] = { +static const char *sbSelCmdNames[] = { "adjust", "clear", "element", "from", "present", "range", "to", NULL }; @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ enum sbselCmd { * modify them, you must modify the strings here. */ -static CONST char *selElementNames[] = { +static const char *selElementNames[] = { "none", "buttondown", "buttonup", NULL, "entry" }; @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ static CONST char *selElementNames[] = { */ static int ConfigureEntry(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static void DeleteChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, int count); static void DestroyEntry(char *memPtr); static void DisplayEntry(ClientData clientData); @@ -407,25 +407,25 @@ static int EntryFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset, static void EntryLostSelection(ClientData clientData); static void EventuallyRedraw(Entry *entryPtr); static void EntryScanTo(Entry *entryPtr, int y); -static void EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, CONST char *value); +static void EntrySetValue(Entry *entryPtr, const char *value); static void EntrySelectTo(Entry *entryPtr, int index); static char * EntryTextVarProc(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1, - CONST char *name2, int flags); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, + const char *name2, int flags); static void EntryUpdateScrollbar(Entry *entryPtr); static int EntryValidate(Entry *entryPtr, char *cmd); static int EntryValidateChange(Entry *entryPtr, char *change, - CONST char *newStr, int index, int type); -static void ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, CONST char *before, - CONST char *change, CONST char *newStr, int index, + const char *newStr, int index, int type); +static void ExpandPercents(Entry *entryPtr, const char *before, + const char *change, const char *newStr, int index, int type, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); static void EntryValueChanged(Entry *entryPtr, - CONST char *newValue); + const char *newValue); static void EntryVisibleRange(Entry *entryPtr, double *firstPtr, double *lastPtr); static int EntryWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void EntryWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int GetEntryIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, Entry *entryPtr, char *string, int *indexPtr); @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ static void InsertChars(Entry *entryPtr, int index, char *string); static int SpinboxWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GetSpinboxElement(Spinbox *sbPtr, int x, int y); static int SpinboxInvoke(Tcl_Interp *interp, Spinbox *sbPtr, int element); @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Entry *entryPtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; @@ -515,11 +515,11 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd( entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); entryPtr->interp = interp; entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) entryPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), EntryWidgetObjCmd, entryPtr, + EntryCmdDeletedProc); entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable; entryPtr->type = TK_ENTRY; - tmp = (char *) ckalloc(1); + tmp = ckalloc(1); tmp[0] = '\0'; entryPtr->string = tmp; entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; @@ -543,15 +543,15 @@ Tk_EntryObjCmd( * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it. */ - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin); Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Entry"); - Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryEventProc, entryPtr); Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, - EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING); + EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING); if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) entryPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) || @@ -587,9 +587,9 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about entry widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; int cmdIndex, selIndex, result; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; @@ -603,13 +603,13 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd( * valid command names. */ - result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], entryCmdNames, - "option", 0, &cmdIndex); + result = Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], entryCmdNames, "option", 0, + &cmdIndex); if (result != TCL_OK) { return result; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr); switch ((enum entryCmd) cmdIndex) { case COMMAND_BBOX: { int index, x, y, width, height; @@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd( if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, - EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryLostSelection, entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; } EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); @@ -980,11 +980,11 @@ EntryWidgetObjCmd( } done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ DestroyEntry( if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(entryPtr->interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr); entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED; } if (entryPtr->textGC != None) { @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ DestroyEntry( Tk_FreeTextLayout(entryPtr->textLayout); Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) entryPtr, entryPtr->optionTable, entryPtr->tkwin); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr->tkwin); entryPtr->tkwin = NULL; ckfree((char *) entryPtr); @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ ConfigureEntry( Entry *entryPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; @@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ ConfigureEntry( && (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) { Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr); entryPtr->flags &= ~ENTRY_VAR_TRACED; } @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ ConfigureEntry( && (entryPtr->selectFirst != -1) && !(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) { Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, - (ClientData) entryPtr); + entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; } @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ConfigureEntry( */ if (entryPtr->textVarName != NULL) { - CONST char *value; + const char *value; value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if (value == NULL) { @@ -1355,11 +1355,11 @@ ConfigureEntry( && !(entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_VAR_TRACED)) { Tcl_TraceVar(interp, entryPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - EntryTextVarProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryTextVarProc, entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= ENTRY_VAR_TRACED; } - EntryWorldChanged((ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryWorldChanged(entryPtr); if (error) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); @@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ static void DisplayEntry( ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = entryPtr->tkwin; int baseY, selStartX, selEndX, cursorX; int showSelection, xBound; @@ -1575,14 +1575,14 @@ DisplayEntry( * side-effect of destroying or unmapping the entry widget. */ - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr); EntryUpdateScrollbar(entryPtr); if ((entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) || !Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); return; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); } #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING @@ -2011,7 +2011,7 @@ InsertChars( ptrdiff_t byteIndex; size_t byteCount, newByteCount; int oldChars, charsAdded; - CONST char *string; + const char *string; char *newStr; string = entryPtr->string; @@ -2107,7 +2107,7 @@ DeleteChars( int count) /* How many characters to delete. */ { int byteIndex, byteCount, newByteCount; - CONST char *string; + const char *string; char *newStr, *toDelete; if ((index + count) > entryPtr->numChars) { @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ DeleteChars( static void EntryValueChanged( Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry whose value just changed. */ - CONST char *newValue) /* If this value is not NULL, we first force + const char *newValue) /* If this value is not NULL, we first force * the value of the entry to this. */ { if (newValue != NULL) { @@ -2279,9 +2279,9 @@ EntryValueChanged( static void EntrySetValue( Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry whose value is to be changed. */ - CONST char *value) /* New text to display in entry. */ + const char *value) /* New text to display in entry. */ { - CONST char *oldSource; + const char *oldSource; int valueLen, malloced = 0; if (strcmp(value, entryPtr->string) == 0) { @@ -2387,10 +2387,10 @@ EntryEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; if ((entryPtr->type == TK_SPINBOX) && (eventPtr->type == MotionNotify)) { - Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData; + Spinbox *sbPtr = clientData; int elem; elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, eventPtr->xmotion.x, @@ -2431,11 +2431,11 @@ EntryEventProc( } break; case ConfigureNotify: - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= UPDATE_SCROLLBAR; EntryComputeGeometry(entryPtr); EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); break; case FocusIn: case FocusOut: @@ -2468,7 +2468,7 @@ static void EntryCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; /* * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed @@ -2691,7 +2691,7 @@ EntrySelectTo( if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, EntryLostSelection, - (ClientData) entryPtr); + entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; } @@ -2751,10 +2751,10 @@ EntryFetchSelection( int maxBytes) /* Maximum number of bytes to place at buffer, * not including terminating NUL character. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; int byteCount; - CONST char *string; - CONST char *selStart, *selEnd; + const char *string; + const char *selStart, *selEnd; if ((entryPtr->selectFirst < 0) || !(entryPtr->exportSelection)) { return -1; @@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@ static void EntryLostSelection( ClientData clientData) /* Information about entry widget. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; entryPtr->flags &= ~GOT_SELECTION; @@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ EventuallyRedraw( if (!(entryPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { entryPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, (ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayEntry, entryPtr); } } @@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar( } interp = entryPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); EntryVisibleRange(entryPtr, &first, &last); sprintf(args, " %g %g", first, last); code = Tcl_VarEval(interp, entryPtr->scrollCmd, args, NULL); @@ -2950,7 +2950,7 @@ EntryUpdateScrollbar( Tcl_BackgroundError(interp); } Tcl_SetResult(interp, NULL, TCL_STATIC); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); } /* @@ -2975,7 +2975,7 @@ static void EntryBlinkProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to record describing entry. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; if ((entryPtr->state == STATE_DISABLED) || (entryPtr->state == STATE_READONLY) || @@ -2985,11 +2985,11 @@ EntryBlinkProc( if (entryPtr->flags & CURSOR_ON) { entryPtr->flags &= ~CURSOR_ON; entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + entryPtr->insertOffTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr); } else { entryPtr->flags |= CURSOR_ON; entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr); } EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); } @@ -3023,23 +3023,22 @@ EntryFocusProc( entryPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON; if (entryPtr->insertOffTime != 0) { entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler( - entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, - (ClientData) entryPtr); + entryPtr->insertOnTime, EntryBlinkProc, entryPtr); } if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || - entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || - entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) { - EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, - entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSIN); + entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || + entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSIN) { + EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string, -1, + VALIDATE_FOCUSIN); } } else { entryPtr->flags &= ~(GOT_FOCUS | CURSOR_ON); - entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = (Tcl_TimerToken) NULL; + entryPtr->insertBlinkHandler = NULL; if (entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_ALL || - entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || - entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) { - EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, - entryPtr->string, -1, VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT); + entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUS || + entryPtr->validate == VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT) { + EntryValidateChange(entryPtr, NULL, entryPtr->string, -1, + VALIDATE_FOCUSOUT); } } EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); @@ -3067,12 +3066,12 @@ static char * EntryTextVarProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *name2, /* Not used. */ + const char *name1, /* Not used. */ + const char *name2, /* Not used. */ int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; - CONST char *value; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; + const char *value; if (entryPtr->flags & ENTRY_DELETED) { /* @@ -3197,7 +3196,7 @@ EntryValidateChange( register Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */ char *change, /* Characters to be added/deleted * (NUL-terminated string). */ - CONST char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */ + const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */ int index, /* index of insert/delete, -1 otherwise */ int type) /* forced, delete, insert, focusin or * focusout */ @@ -3331,12 +3330,12 @@ EntryValidateChange( static void ExpandPercents( register Entry *entryPtr, /* Entry that needs validation. */ - register CONST char *before, + register const char *before, /* Command containing percent expressions to * be replaced. */ - CONST char *change, /* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated + const char *change, /* Characters to added/deleted (NUL-terminated * string). */ - CONST char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */ + const char *newValue, /* Potential new value of entry string */ int index, /* index of insert/delete */ int type, /* INSERT or DELETE */ Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Dynamic string in which to append new @@ -3345,7 +3344,7 @@ ExpandPercents( int spaceNeeded, cvtFlags; /* Used to substitute string as proper Tcl * list element. */ int number, length; - register CONST char *string; + register const char *string; Tcl_UniChar ch; char numStorage[2*TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; @@ -3498,7 +3497,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Entry *entryPtr; register Spinbox *sbPtr; @@ -3539,11 +3538,11 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( entryPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); entryPtr->interp = interp; entryPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) sbPtr, EntryCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), SpinboxWidgetObjCmd, sbPtr, + EntryCmdDeletedProc); entryPtr->optionTable = optionTable; entryPtr->type = TK_SPINBOX; - tmp = (char *) ckalloc(1); + tmp = ckalloc(1); tmp[0] = '\0'; entryPtr->string = tmp; entryPtr->selectFirst = -1; @@ -3570,7 +3569,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( sbPtr->fromValue = 0.0; sbPtr->toValue = 100.0; sbPtr->increment = 1.0; - sbPtr->formatBuf = (char *) ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE); + sbPtr->formatBuf = ckalloc(TCL_DOUBLE_SPACE); sbPtr->bdRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; sbPtr->buRelief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; @@ -3579,15 +3578,15 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it. */ - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr->tkwin); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr->tkwin); Tk_SetClass(entryPtr->tkwin, "Spinbox"); - Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, (ClientData) entryPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(entryPtr->tkwin, &entryClass, entryPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, PointerMotionMask|ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - EntryEventProc, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryEventProc, entryPtr); Tk_CreateSelHandler(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, XA_STRING, - EntryFetchSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr, XA_STRING); + EntryFetchSelection, entryPtr, XA_STRING); if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) sbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) { @@ -3601,7 +3600,7 @@ Tk_SpinboxObjCmd( Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(entryPtr->tkwin), TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; - error: + error: Tk_DestroyWindow(entryPtr->tkwin); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -3629,10 +3628,10 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about spinbox widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Entry *entryPtr = (Entry *) clientData; - Spinbox *sbPtr = (Spinbox *) clientData; + Entry *entryPtr = clientData; + Spinbox *sbPtr = clientData; int cmdIndex, selIndex, result; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; @@ -3652,7 +3651,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( return result; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(entryPtr); switch ((enum sbCmd) cmdIndex) { case SB_CMD_BBOX: { int index, x, y, width, height; @@ -3669,8 +3668,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( if ((index == entryPtr->numChars) && (index > 0)) { index--; } - Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, - &width, &height); + Tk_CharBbox(entryPtr->textLayout, index, &x, &y, &width, &height); sprintf(buf, "%d %d %d %d", x + entryPtr->layoutX, y + entryPtr->layoutY, width, height); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); @@ -3695,8 +3693,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( case SB_CMD_CONFIGURE: if (objc <= 3) { objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) entryPtr, - entryPtr->optionTable, - (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, + entryPtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, entryPtr->tkwin); if (objPtr == NULL) { goto error; @@ -3738,6 +3735,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, NULL); goto error; } + /* FIXME: modification of objresult */ Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1); break; @@ -3766,6 +3764,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( } elem = GetSpinboxElement(sbPtr, x, y); if (elem != SEL_NONE) { + /* FIXME: modification of objresult */ Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), selElementNames[elem], -1); } @@ -3962,9 +3961,9 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( entryPtr->selectLast = index2; } if (!(entryPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION) - && (entryPtr->exportSelection)) { + && entryPtr->exportSelection) { Tk_OwnSelection(entryPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, - EntryLostSelection, (ClientData) entryPtr); + EntryLostSelection, entryPtr); entryPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; } EventuallyRedraw(entryPtr); @@ -3988,6 +3987,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( goto error; } if (objc == 3) { + /* FIXME: modification of objresult */ Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), selElementNames[sbPtr->selElement], -1); } else { @@ -4015,6 +4015,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( if (objc == 3) { EntryValueChanged(entryPtr, Tcl_GetString(objv[2])); } + /* FIXME: modification of objresult */ Tcl_SetStringObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(interp), entryPtr->string, -1); break; @@ -4032,6 +4033,7 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( if (entryPtr->validate != VALIDATE_NONE) { entryPtr->validate = selIndex; } + /* FIXME: modification of objresult */ Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewBooleanObj((code == TCL_OK))); break; } @@ -4096,11 +4098,11 @@ SpinboxWidgetObjCmd( } done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) entryPtr); + Tcl_Release(entryPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } diff --git a/generic/tkFileFilter.c b/generic/tkFileFilter.c index 06e63d6..94cdbcd 100644 --- a/generic/tkFileFilter.c +++ b/generic/tkFileFilter.c @@ -9,19 +9,19 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFileFilter.c,v 1.10 2007/05/09 12:51:30 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFileFilter.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" #include "tkFileFilter.h" -static int AddClause(Tcl_Interp *interp, - FileFilter *filterPtr, Tcl_Obj *patternsObj, - Tcl_Obj *ostypesObj, int isWindows); +static int AddClause(Tcl_Interp *interp, FileFilter *filterPtr, + Tcl_Obj *patternsObj, Tcl_Obj *ostypesObj, + int isWindows); static void FreeClauses(FileFilter *filterPtr); static void FreeGlobPatterns(FileFilterClause *clausePtr); static void FreeMacFileTypes(FileFilterClause *clausePtr); -static FileFilter * GetFilter(FileFilterList *flistPtr, CONST char *name); +static FileFilter * GetFilter(FileFilterList *flistPtr, const char *name); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ TkFreeFileFilters( toFree = filterPtr; filterPtr = filterPtr->next; FreeClauses(toFree); - ckfree((char*)toFree->name); - ckfree((char*)toFree); + ckfree(toFree->name); + ckfree((char *) toFree); } flistPtr->filters = NULL; } @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ AddClause( for (i=0; i<ostypeCount; i++) { int len; - CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len); + const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len); /* * If len is < 4, it is definitely an error. If equal or longer, @@ -273,10 +273,10 @@ AddClause( * Add the clause into the list of clauses */ - clausePtr = (FileFilterClause*)ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause)); - clausePtr->patterns = NULL; + clausePtr = (FileFilterClause *) ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilterClause)); + clausePtr->patterns = NULL; clausePtr->patternsTail = NULL; - clausePtr->macTypes = NULL; + clausePtr->macTypes = NULL; clausePtr->macTypesTail = NULL; if (filterPtr->clauses == NULL) { @@ -289,39 +289,39 @@ AddClause( if (globCount > 0 && globList != NULL) { for (i=0; i<globCount; i++) { - GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern*)ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern)); + GlobPattern *globPtr = (GlobPattern *) + ckalloc(sizeof(GlobPattern)); int len; + const char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len); - CONST char *str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(globList[i], &len); len = (len + 1) * sizeof(char); - if (str[0] && str[0] != '*') { /* * Prepend a "*" to patterns that do not have a leading "*" */ - globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc((unsigned int) len+1); + globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len+1); globPtr->pattern[0] = '*'; strcpy(globPtr->pattern+1, str); } else if (isWindows) { if (strcmp(str, "*") == 0) { - globPtr->pattern = (char*)ckalloc(4 * sizeof(char)); + globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(4 * sizeof(char)); strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*.*"); } else if (strcmp(str, "") == 0) { /* * An empty string means "match all files with no * extensions" - * BUG: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95 + * TODO: "*." actually matches with all files on Win95 */ - globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc(3 * sizeof(char)); + globPtr->pattern = ckalloc(3 * sizeof(char)); strcpy(globPtr->pattern, "*."); } else { - globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len); + globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len); strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str); } } else { - globPtr->pattern = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned int) len); + globPtr->pattern = ckalloc((unsigned) len); strcpy(globPtr->pattern, str); } @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ AddClause( Tcl_DString osTypeDS; int len; MacFileType *mfPtr = (MacFileType *) ckalloc(sizeof(MacFileType)); - CONST char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len); + const char *strType = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(ostypeList[i], &len); char *string; /* @@ -401,11 +401,12 @@ static FileFilter * GetFilter( FileFilterList *flistPtr, /* The FileFilterList that contains the newly * created filter */ - CONST char *name) /* Name of the filter. It is usually displayed + const char *name) /* Name of the filter. It is usually displayed * in the "File Types" listbox in the file * dialogs. */ { FileFilter *filterPtr = flistPtr->filters; + size_t len; for (; filterPtr; filterPtr=filterPtr->next) { if (strcmp(filterPtr->name, name) == 0) { @@ -416,8 +417,9 @@ GetFilter( filterPtr = (FileFilter *) ckalloc(sizeof(FileFilter)); filterPtr->clauses = NULL; filterPtr->clausesTail = NULL; - filterPtr->name = (char *) ckalloc((strlen(name)+1) * sizeof(char)); - strcpy(filterPtr->name, name); + len = (strlen(name) + 1) * sizeof(char); + filterPtr->name = ckalloc(len); + memcpy(filterPtr->name, name, len); if (flistPtr->filters == NULL) { flistPtr->filters = flistPtr->filtersTail = filterPtr; @@ -436,7 +438,7 @@ GetFilter( * * FreeClauses -- * - * Frees the malloc'ed file type clause + * Frees the malloc'ed file type clause. * * Results: * None. @@ -455,8 +457,8 @@ FreeClauses( while (clausePtr != NULL) { FileFilterClause *toFree = clausePtr; - clausePtr = clausePtr->next; + clausePtr = clausePtr->next; FreeGlobPatterns(toFree); FreeMacFileTypes(toFree); ckfree((char *) toFree); @@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ FreeGlobPatterns( GlobPattern *toFree = globPtr; globPtr = globPtr->next; - ckfree((char *) toFree->pattern); + ckfree(toFree->pattern); ckfree((char *) toFree); } clausePtr->patterns = NULL; @@ -516,12 +518,13 @@ FreeGlobPatterns( static void FreeMacFileTypes( FileFilterClause *clausePtr)/* The clause whose mac types are to be - * freed */ + * freed. */ { MacFileType *mfPtr = clausePtr->macTypes; while (mfPtr != NULL) { MacFileType *toFree = mfPtr; + mfPtr = mfPtr->next; ckfree((char *) toFree); } diff --git a/generic/tkFocus.c b/generic/tkFocus.c index e524c16..980a8e0 100644 --- a/generic/tkFocus.c +++ b/generic/tkFocus.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFocus.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFocus.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ Tk_FocusObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *focusOptions[] = { + static const char *focusOptions[] = { "-displayof", "-force", "-lastfor", NULL }; - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; TkWindow *newPtr, *focusWinPtr, *topLevelPtr; ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr; char *windowName; @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Tk_FocusObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } for (topLevelPtr = newPtr; topLevelPtr != NULL; - topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { + topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { if (!(topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY)) { continue; } @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ TkFocusFilterEvent( * tree, then ignore the event. */ - if (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) { + if (TkGrabState(winPtr) == TK_GRAB_EXCLUDED) { return retValue; } @@ -500,14 +500,14 @@ TkFocusFilterEvent( } else if (eventPtr->type == LeaveNotify) { /* * If the pointer just left a window for which we automatically - * claimed the focus on enter, move the focus back to the root - * window, where it was before we claimed it above. Note: + * claimed the focus on enter, move the focus back to the root window, + * where it was before we claimed it above. Note: * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr may not be the same as - * displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr (e.g. because the "focus" command - * was used to redirect the focus after it arrived at - * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events - * because the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when - * we focus on the root. + * displayFocusPtr->focusWinPtr (e.g. because the "focus" command was + * used to redirect the focus after it arrived at + * dispPtr->implicitWinPtr)!! In addition, we generate events because + * the window manager won't give us a FocusOut event when we focus on + * the root. */ if ((dispPtr->implicitWinPtr != NULL) @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ TkSetFocusWin( */ allMapped = 1; - for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { + for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { if (topLevelPtr == NULL) { /* * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving @@ -599,16 +599,14 @@ TkSetFocusWin( */ if (displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr != NULL) { - Tk_DeleteEventHandler( - (Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr, + Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr, StructureNotifyMask, FocusMapProc, - (ClientData) displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr); + displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr); displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = NULL; } if (!allMapped) { - Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, - VisibilityChangeMask, FocusMapProc, - (ClientData) winPtr); + Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, VisibilityChangeMask, + FocusMapProc, winPtr); displayFocusPtr->focusOnMapPtr = winPtr; displayFocusPtr->forceFocus = force; return; @@ -943,7 +941,7 @@ FocusMapProc( ClientData clientData, /* Toplevel window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr; if (eventPtr->type == VisibilityNotify) { @@ -1048,8 +1046,8 @@ TkFocusFree( * * TkFocusSplit -- * - * Adjust focus window for a newly managed toplevel, thus splitting - * the toplevel into two toplevels. + * Adjust focus window for a newly managed toplevel, thus splitting the + * toplevel into two toplevels. * * Results: * None. @@ -1062,29 +1060,29 @@ TkFocusFree( void TkFocusSplit(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window is the new toplevel - * Any focus point at or below window - * must be moved to this new toplevel */ + TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window is the new toplevel. Any focus point + * at or below window must be moved to this + * new toplevel. */ { ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr; DisplayFocusInfo *displayFocusPtr; - TkWindow *topLevelPtr; - TkWindow *subWinPtr; + TkWindow *topLevelPtr, *subWinPtr; displayFocusPtr = FindDisplayFocusInfo(winPtr->mainPtr, winPtr->dispPtr); /* - * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) - * a record for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its - * ancestors are mapped. + * Find the top-level window for winPtr, then find (or create) a record + * for the top-level. Also see whether winPtr and all its ancestors are + * mapped. */ - for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { + for (topLevelPtr = winPtr; ; topLevelPtr = topLevelPtr->parentPtr) { if (topLevelPtr == NULL) { /* - * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about - * giving it the focus. + * The window is being deleted. No point in worrying about giving + * it the focus. */ + return; } if (topLevelPtr->flags & TK_TOP_HIERARCHY) { @@ -1092,37 +1090,58 @@ TkFocusSplit(winPtr) } } - /* Search all focus records to find child windows of winPtr */ + /* + * Search all focus records to find child windows of winPtr. + */ + for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL; - tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) { + tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) { if (tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == topLevelPtr) { break; } } if (tlFocusPtr == NULL) { - /* No focus record for this toplevel, nothing to do. */ + /* + * No focus record for this toplevel, nothing to do. + */ + return; } - /* See if current focusWin is child of the new toplevel */ + /* + * See if current focusWin is child of the new toplevel. + */ + for (subWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr; - subWinPtr && subWinPtr != winPtr && subWinPtr != topLevelPtr; - subWinPtr = subWinPtr->parentPtr) {} + subWinPtr && subWinPtr != winPtr && subWinPtr != topLevelPtr; + subWinPtr = subWinPtr->parentPtr) { + /* EMPTY */ + } if (subWinPtr == winPtr) { - /* Move focus to new toplevel */ - ToplevelFocusInfo *newTlFocusPtr; + /* + * Move focus to new toplevel. + */ + + ToplevelFocusInfo *newTlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) + ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo)); - newTlFocusPtr = (ToplevelFocusInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(ToplevelFocusInfo)); newTlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr = winPtr; newTlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr; newTlFocusPtr->nextPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = newTlFocusPtr; - /* Move old toplevel's focus to the toplevel itself */ + + /* + * Move old toplevel's focus to the toplevel itself. + */ + tlFocusPtr->focusWinPtr = topLevelPtr; } - /* If it's not, then let focus progress naturally */ + + /* + * If it's not, then let focus progress naturally. + */ } /* @@ -1142,25 +1161,25 @@ TkFocusSplit(winPtr) */ void -TkFocusJoin(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window is no longer a toplevel */ +TkFocusJoin( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window is no longer a toplevel. */ { - ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr; - ToplevelFocusInfo *tmpPtr; + ToplevelFocusInfo *tlFocusPtr, *tmpPtr; /* * Remove old toplevel record */ + if (winPtr && winPtr->mainPtr && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr - && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) { + && winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) { tmpPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr; ckfree((char *)tmpPtr); } else { for (tlFocusPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->tlFocusPtr; tlFocusPtr != NULL; - tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) { + tlFocusPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr) { if (tlFocusPtr->nextPtr && - tlFocusPtr->nextPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) { + tlFocusPtr->nextPtr->topLevelPtr == winPtr) { tmpPtr = tlFocusPtr->nextPtr; tlFocusPtr->nextPtr = tmpPtr->nextPtr; ckfree((char *)tmpPtr); diff --git a/generic/tkFont.c b/generic/tkFont.c index f2d2441..a168919 100644 --- a/generic/tkFont.c +++ b/generic/tkFont.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFont.c,v 1.42 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFont.c,v 1.43 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -378,9 +378,8 @@ void TkFontPkgInit( TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ { - TkFontInfo *fiPtr; + TkFontInfo *fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkFontInfo)); - fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkFontInfo)); Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->fontCache, TCL_STRING_KEYS); Tcl_InitHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable, TCL_STRING_KEYS); fiPtr->mainPtr = mainPtr; @@ -412,13 +411,11 @@ void TkFontPkgFree( TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */ { - TkFontInfo *fiPtr; + TkFontInfo *fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr; Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr, *searchPtr; Tcl_HashSearch search; int fontsLeft; - fiPtr = mainPtr->fontInfoPtr; - fontsLeft = 0; for (searchPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search); searchPtr != NULL; @@ -445,7 +442,7 @@ TkFontPkgFree( } Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&fiPtr->namedTable); if (fiPtr->updatePending != 0) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TheWorldHasChanged, fiPtr); } ckfree((char *) fiPtr); } @@ -621,7 +618,7 @@ Tk_FontObjCmd( namedHashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, string); nfPtr = NULL; /* lint. */ if (namedHashPtr != NULL) { - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); } if ((namedHashPtr == NULL) || (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", string, @@ -804,7 +801,7 @@ Tk_FontObjCmd( resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); namedHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, &search); while (namedHashPtr != NULL) { - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) { string = Tcl_GetHashKey(&fiPtr->namedTable, namedHashPtr); strPtr = Tcl_NewStringObj(string, -1); @@ -848,7 +845,7 @@ UpdateDependentFonts( TkFont *fontPtr; NamedFont *nfPtr; - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); if (nfPtr->refCount == 0) { /* * Well nobody's using this named font, so don't have to tell any @@ -860,13 +857,13 @@ UpdateDependentFonts( cacheHashPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, &search); while (cacheHashPtr != NULL) { - for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr); + for (fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr); fontPtr != NULL; fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) { if (fontPtr->namedHashPtr == namedHashPtr) { TkpGetFontFromAttributes(fontPtr, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa); if (fiPtr->updatePending == 0) { fiPtr->updatePending = 1; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TheWorldHasChanged, (ClientData) fiPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TheWorldHasChanged, fiPtr); } } } @@ -878,11 +875,9 @@ static void TheWorldHasChanged( ClientData clientData) /* Info about application's fonts. */ { - TkFontInfo *fiPtr; + TkFontInfo *fiPtr = clientData; - fiPtr = (TkFontInfo *) clientData; fiPtr->updatePending = 0; - RecomputeWidgets(fiPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); } @@ -890,8 +885,9 @@ static void RecomputeWidgets( TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to which command is sent. */ { - Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc; - proc = Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc); + Tk_ClassWorldChangedProc *proc = + Tk_GetClassProc(winPtr->classProcsPtr, worldChangedProc); + if (proc != NULL) { (*proc)(winPtr->instanceData); } @@ -961,7 +957,7 @@ TkCreateNamedFont( namedHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->namedTable, name, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); if (nfPtr->deletePending == 0) { if (interp) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "named font \"", name, @@ -1006,7 +1002,7 @@ int TkDeleteNamedFont( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return (can be NULL). */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window associated with interp. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name for the new named font. */ + const char *name) /* Name for the new named font. */ { TkFontInfo *fiPtr; NamedFont *nfPtr; @@ -1022,7 +1018,7 @@ TkDeleteNamedFont( } return TCL_ERROR; } - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); if (nfPtr->refCount != 0) { nfPtr->deletePending = 1; } else { @@ -1111,7 +1107,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj( SetFontFromAny(interp, objPtr); } - oldFontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + oldFontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if (oldFontPtr != NULL) { if (oldFontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) { @@ -1141,13 +1137,13 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj( cacheHashPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, Tcl_GetString(objPtr), &isNew); } - firstFontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr); + firstFontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(cacheHashPtr); for (fontPtr = firstFontPtr; (fontPtr != NULL); fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) { fontPtr->resourceRefCount++; fontPtr->objRefCount++; - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr; return (Tk_Font) fontPtr; } } @@ -1163,7 +1159,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj( * Construct a font based on a named font. */ - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(namedHashPtr); nfPtr->refCount++; fontPtr = TkpGetFontFromAttributes(NULL, tkwin, &nfPtr->fa); @@ -1242,7 +1238,7 @@ Tk_AllocFontFromObj( } } - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr; return (Tk_Font) fontPtr; } @@ -1278,7 +1274,7 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj( SetFontFromAny(NULL, objPtr); } - fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if (fontPtr != NULL) { if (fontPtr->resourceRefCount == 0) { @@ -1306,11 +1302,11 @@ Tk_GetFontFromObj( hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&fiPtr->fontCache, Tcl_GetString(objPtr)); } if (hashPtr != NULL) { - for (fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); fontPtr != NULL; + for (fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); fontPtr != NULL; fontPtr = fontPtr->nextPtr) { if (Tk_Screen(tkwin) == fontPtr->screen) { fontPtr->objRefCount++; - objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr; return (Tk_Font) fontPtr; } } @@ -1427,7 +1423,7 @@ Tk_FreeFont( * the named font and free it if no-one else is using it. */ - nfPtr = (NamedFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr); + nfPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->namedHashPtr); nfPtr->refCount--; if ((nfPtr->refCount == 0) && (nfPtr->deletePending != 0)) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->namedHashPtr); @@ -1435,7 +1431,7 @@ Tk_FreeFont( } } - prevPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr); + prevPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr); if (prevPtr == fontPtr) { if (fontPtr->nextPtr == NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(fontPtr->cacheHashPtr); @@ -1505,7 +1501,7 @@ static void FreeFontObjProc( Tcl_Obj *objPtr) /* The object we are releasing. */ { - TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkFont *fontPtr = objPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; if (fontPtr != NULL) { fontPtr->objRefCount--; @@ -1539,10 +1535,10 @@ DupFontObjProc( Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, /* The object we are copying from. */ Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */ { - TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; + TkFont *fontPtr = srcObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1; dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr; - dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) fontPtr; + dupObjPtr->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = fontPtr; if (fontPtr != NULL) { fontPtr->objRefCount++; @@ -1606,9 +1602,8 @@ Tk_GetFontMetrics( Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr) /* Pointer to structure in which font metrics * for tkfont will be stored. */ { - TkFont *fontPtr; + TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont; - fontPtr = (TkFont *) tkfont; fmPtr->ascent = fontPtr->fm.ascent; fmPtr->descent = fontPtr->fm.descent; fmPtr->linespace = fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->fm.descent; @@ -1891,8 +1886,8 @@ TkUnderlineCharsInContext( &endX); XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + startX, - y + fontPtr->underlinePos, (unsigned int) (endX - startX), - (unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight); + y + fontPtr->underlinePos, (unsigned) (endX - startX), + (unsigned) fontPtr->underlineHeight); } /* @@ -2232,9 +2227,8 @@ void Tk_FreeTextLayout( Tk_TextLayout textLayout) /* The text layout to be released. */ { - TextLayout *layoutPtr; + TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) textLayout; - layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) textLayout; if (layoutPtr != NULL) { ckfree((char *) layoutPtr); } @@ -2276,13 +2270,11 @@ Tk_DrawTextLayout( * draw from the given text item. A number < 0 * means to draw all characters. */ { - TextLayout *layoutPtr; + TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout; int i, numDisplayChars, drawX; - const char *firstByte; - const char *lastByte; + const char *firstByte, *lastByte; LayoutChunk *chunkPtr; - layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout; if (layoutPtr == NULL) { return; } @@ -2307,9 +2299,8 @@ Tk_DrawTextLayout( numDisplayChars = lastChar; } lastByte = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(chunkPtr->start, numDisplayChars); - Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont, - firstByte, lastByte - firstByte, - x + chunkPtr->x + drawX, y + chunkPtr->y); + Tk_DrawChars(display, drawable, gc, layoutPtr->tkfont, firstByte, + lastByte - firstByte, x+chunkPtr->x+drawX, y+chunkPtr->y); } firstChar -= chunkPtr->numChars; lastChar -= chunkPtr->numChars; @@ -2355,18 +2346,16 @@ Tk_UnderlineTextLayout( int underline) /* Index of the single character to underline, * or -1 for no underline. */ { - TextLayout *layoutPtr; - TkFont *fontPtr; int xx, yy, width, height; if ((Tk_CharBbox(layout, underline, &xx, &yy, &width, &height) != 0) && (width != 0)) { - layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout; - fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont; + TextLayout *layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout; + TkFont *fontPtr = (TkFont *) layoutPtr->tkfont; XFillRectangle(display, drawable, gc, x + xx, y + yy + fontPtr->fm.ascent + fontPtr->underlinePos, - (unsigned int) width, (unsigned int) fontPtr->underlineHeight); + (unsigned) width, (unsigned) fontPtr->underlineHeight); } } @@ -2475,8 +2464,7 @@ Tk_PointToChar( return numChars; } n = Tk_MeasureChars((Tk_Font) fontPtr, chunkPtr->start, - chunkPtr->numBytes, x - chunkPtr->x, - 0, &dummy); + chunkPtr->numBytes, x - chunkPtr->x, 0, &dummy); return numChars + Tcl_NumUtfChars(chunkPtr->start, n); } numChars += chunkPtr->numChars; @@ -3804,7 +3792,7 @@ TkDebugFont( hashPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry( &((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr->fontInfoPtr->fontCache, name); if (hashPtr != NULL) { - fontPtr = (TkFont *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); + fontPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashPtr); if (fontPtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("TkDebugFont found empty hash table entry"); } @@ -3850,7 +3838,7 @@ TkFontGetFirstTextLayout( LayoutChunk *chunkPtr; int numBytesInChunk; - layoutPtr = (TextLayout *)layout; + layoutPtr = (TextLayout *) layout; if ((layoutPtr==NULL) || (layoutPtr->numChunks==0) || (layoutPtr->chunks->numDisplayChars <= 0)) { dst[0] = '\0'; diff --git a/generic/tkFrame.c b/generic/tkFrame.c index 372cbda..1a751ed 100644 --- a/generic/tkFrame.c +++ b/generic/tkFrame.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFrame.c,v 1.31 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkFrame.c,v 1.32 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ static char *classNames[] = {"Frame", "Toplevel", "Labelframe"}; * class of widgets. */ -static const Tk_OptionSpec * const optionSpecs[] = { +static const Tk_OptionSpec *const optionSpecs[] = { frameOptSpec, toplevelOptSpec, labelframeOptSpec, @@ -302,9 +302,9 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec * const optionSpecs[] = { static void ComputeFrameGeometry(Frame *framePtr); static int ConfigureFrame(Tcl_Interp *interp, Frame *framePtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int CreateFrame(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const argv[], enum FrameType type, char *appName); static void DestroyFrame(char *memPtr); static void DestroyFramePartly(Frame *framePtr); @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ static void FrameStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int FrameWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void FrameWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static void MapFrame(ClientData clientData); @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Tk_FrameObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_FRAME, NULL); } @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Tk_ToplevelObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_TOPLEVEL, NULL); } @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Tk_LabelframeObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Either NULL or pointer to option table. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { return CreateFrame(clientData, interp, objc, objv, TYPE_LABELFRAME, NULL); } @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ CreateFrame( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ enum FrameType type, /* What widget type to create. */ char *appName) /* Should only be non-NULL if there are no * Main window associated with the @@ -459,7 +459,8 @@ CreateFrame( Frame *framePtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; Tk_Window newWin; - CONST char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName, *arg, *useOption; + const char *className, *screenName, *visualName, *colormapName; + const char *arg, *useOption; int i, c, length, depth; unsigned int mask; Colormap colormap; @@ -614,17 +615,17 @@ CreateFrame( if (type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Labelframe)); - memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Labelframe))); + memset(framePtr, 0, sizeof(Labelframe)); } else { framePtr = (Frame *) ckalloc(sizeof(Frame)); - memset((void *) framePtr, 0, (sizeof(Frame))); + memset(framePtr, 0, sizeof(Frame)); } framePtr->tkwin = newWin; framePtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin); framePtr->interp = interp; framePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(newWin), FrameWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) framePtr, FrameCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(newWin), FrameWidgetObjCmd, framePtr, + FrameCmdDeletedProc); framePtr->optionTable = optionTable; framePtr->type = type; framePtr->colormap = colormap; @@ -633,6 +634,7 @@ CreateFrame( if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr; + labelframePtr->labelAnchor = LABELANCHOR_NW; labelframePtr->textGC = None; } @@ -641,13 +643,13 @@ CreateFrame( * Store backreference to frame widget in window structure. */ - Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &frameClass, framePtr); mask = ExposureMask | StructureNotifyMask | FocusChangeMask; if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { mask |= ActivateMask; } - Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, mask, FrameEventProc, framePtr); if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) framePtr, optionTable, newWin) != TCL_OK) || (ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2) != TCL_OK)) { @@ -663,7 +665,7 @@ CreateFrame( } } if (type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, framePtr); } Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tk_PathName(newWin), TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; @@ -698,15 +700,15 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about frame widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *frameOptions[] = { + static const char *frameOptions[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL }; enum options { FRAME_CGET, FRAME_CONFIGURE }; - register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + register Frame *framePtr = clientData; int result = TCL_OK, index; int c, i, length; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; @@ -719,7 +721,7 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(framePtr); switch ((enum options) index) { case FRAME_CGET: if (objc != 3) { @@ -732,22 +734,19 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( if (objPtr == NULL) { result = TCL_ERROR; goto done; - } else { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); break; case FRAME_CONFIGURE: if (objc <= 3) { objPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) framePtr, - framePtr->optionTable, - (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, + framePtr->optionTable, (objc == 3) ? objv[2] : NULL, framePtr->tkwin); if (objPtr == NULL) { result = TCL_ERROR; goto done; - } else { - Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); } + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); } else { /* * Don't allow the options -class, -colormap, -container, -screen, @@ -773,9 +772,9 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( || ((c == 'v') && (strncmp(arg, "-visual", (unsigned)length) == 0))) { - #ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED +#ifdef SUPPORT_CONFIG_EMBEDDED if (c == 'u') { - CONST char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]); + const char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]); if (TkpUseWindow(interp, framePtr->tkwin, string) != TCL_OK) { result = TCL_ERROR; @@ -787,12 +786,12 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( result = TCL_ERROR; goto done; } - #else +#else Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't modify ", arg, " option after widget is created", NULL); result = TCL_ERROR; goto done; - #endif +#endif } } result = ConfigureFrame(interp, framePtr, objc-2, objv+2); @@ -801,7 +800,7 @@ FrameWidgetObjCmd( } done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_Release(framePtr); return result; } @@ -868,8 +867,8 @@ DestroyFramePartly( if (framePtr->type == TYPE_LABELFRAME && labelframePtr->labelWin != NULL) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask, - FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr); - Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + FrameStructureProc, framePtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, NULL, NULL); if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin); } @@ -907,7 +906,7 @@ ConfigureFrame( register Frame *framePtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; char *oldMenuName; @@ -947,7 +946,7 @@ ConfigureFrame( || ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName == NULL)) || ((oldMenuName != NULL) && (framePtr->menuName != NULL) && strcmp(oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName) != 0)) - && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { + && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { TkSetWindowMenuBar(interp, framePtr->tkwin, oldMenuName, framePtr->menuName); } @@ -981,7 +980,7 @@ ConfigureFrame( if (oldWindow != labelframePtr->labelWin) { if (oldWindow != NULL) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(oldWindow, StructureNotifyMask, - FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) framePtr); + FrameStructureProc, framePtr); Tk_ManageGeometry(oldWindow, NULL, (ClientData) NULL); Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(oldWindow, framePtr->tkwin); Tk_UnmapWindow(oldWindow); @@ -1003,7 +1002,7 @@ ConfigureFrame( } sibling = ancestor; if (Tk_IsTopLevel(ancestor)) { - badWindow: + badWindow: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "can't use ", Tk_PathName(labelframePtr->labelWin), " as label in this frame", NULL); @@ -1018,10 +1017,9 @@ ConfigureFrame( goto badWindow; } Tk_CreateEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, - StructureNotifyMask, FrameStructureProc, - (ClientData) framePtr); + StructureNotifyMask, FrameStructureProc, framePtr); Tk_ManageGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, &frameGeomType, - (ClientData) framePtr); + framePtr); /* * If the frame is not parent to the label, make sure the @@ -1035,8 +1033,7 @@ ConfigureFrame( } } - FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr); - + FrameWorldChanged(framePtr); return TCL_OK; } @@ -1062,8 +1059,8 @@ static void FrameWorldChanged( ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ { - Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) instanceData; - Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) framePtr; + Frame *framePtr = instanceData; + Labelframe *labelframePtr = instanceData; Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin; XGCValues gcValues; GC gc; @@ -1102,14 +1099,17 @@ FrameWorldChanged( if (anyTextLabel) { labelText = Tcl_GetString(labelframePtr->textPtr); Tk_FreeTextLayout(labelframePtr->textLayout); - labelframePtr->textLayout = Tk_ComputeTextLayout(labelframePtr->tkfont, + labelframePtr->textLayout = + Tk_ComputeTextLayout(labelframePtr->tkfont, labelText, -1, 0, TK_JUSTIFY_CENTER, 0, - &labelframePtr->labelReqWidth, &labelframePtr->labelReqHeight); + &labelframePtr->labelReqWidth, + &labelframePtr->labelReqHeight); labelframePtr->labelReqWidth += 2 * LABELSPACING; labelframePtr->labelReqHeight += 2 * LABELSPACING; } else if (anyWindowLabel) { labelframePtr->labelReqWidth = Tk_ReqWidth(labelframePtr->labelWin); - labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = Tk_ReqHeight(labelframePtr->labelWin); + labelframePtr->labelReqHeight = + Tk_ReqHeight(labelframePtr->labelWin); } /* @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ FrameWorldChanged( if (Tk_IsMapped(tkwin)) { if (!(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, framePtr); } framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } @@ -1239,7 +1239,9 @@ ComputeFrameGeometry( * We have nothing to do here unless there is a label. */ - if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) return; + if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) { + return; + } if (labelframePtr->textPtr == NULL && labelframePtr->labelWin == NULL) { return; } @@ -1371,7 +1373,7 @@ static void DisplayFrame( ClientData clientData) /* Information about widget. */ { - register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + register Frame *framePtr = clientData; register Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin; int bdX1, bdY1, bdX2, bdY2, hlWidth; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -1408,7 +1410,9 @@ DisplayFrame( * If -background is set to "", no interior is drawn. */ - if (framePtr->border == NULL) return; + if (framePtr->border == NULL) { + return; + } if (framePtr->type != TYPE_LABELFRAME) { /* @@ -1539,7 +1543,8 @@ DisplayFrame( || (labelframePtr->labelBox.height != Tk_Height(labelframePtr->labelWin))) { Tk_MoveResizeWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin, - labelframePtr->labelBox.x, labelframePtr->labelBox.y, + labelframePtr->labelBox.x, + labelframePtr->labelBox.y, labelframePtr->labelBox.width, labelframePtr->labelBox.height); } @@ -1552,7 +1557,6 @@ DisplayFrame( } } - #ifndef TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING /* * Everything's been redisplayed; now copy the pixmap onto the screen @@ -1594,7 +1598,7 @@ FrameEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ register XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - register Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + register Frame *framePtr = clientData; if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) { goto redraw; @@ -1628,15 +1632,15 @@ FrameEventProc( Tk_DeleteEventHandler(framePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - FrameEventProc, (ClientData) framePtr); + FrameEventProc, framePtr); framePtr->tkwin = NULL; Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(framePtr->interp, framePtr->widgetCmd); } if (framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayFrame, framePtr); } - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, (ClientData) framePtr); - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) framePtr, DestroyFrame); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MapFrame, framePtr); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(framePtr, DestroyFrame); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { framePtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; @@ -1659,7 +1663,7 @@ FrameEventProc( redraw: if ((framePtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(framePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, (ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayFrame, framePtr); framePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -1686,7 +1690,7 @@ static void FrameCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + Frame *framePtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = framePtr->tkwin; if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) { @@ -1737,7 +1741,7 @@ static void MapFrame( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to frame structure. */ { - Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + Frame *framePtr = clientData; /* * Wait for all other background events to be processed before mapping @@ -1746,7 +1750,7 @@ MapFrame( * doesn't get a false idea of its desired geometry. */ - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(framePtr); while (1) { if (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_IDLE_EVENTS) == 0) { break; @@ -1758,12 +1762,12 @@ MapFrame( */ if (framePtr->tkwin == NULL) { - Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_Release(framePtr); return; } } Tk_MapWindow(framePtr->tkwin); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) framePtr); + Tcl_Release(framePtr); } /* @@ -1792,8 +1796,8 @@ TkInstallFrameMenu( TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) { - Frame *framePtr; - framePtr = (Frame*) winPtr->instanceData; + Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) winPtr->instanceData; + if (framePtr == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("TkInstallFrameMenu couldn't get frame pointer"); } @@ -1825,7 +1829,7 @@ FrameStructureProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing frame. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData; + Labelframe *labelframePtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* @@ -1835,7 +1839,7 @@ FrameStructureProc( if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL; - FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) labelframePtr); + FrameWorldChanged(labelframePtr); } } } @@ -1863,9 +1867,9 @@ FrameRequestProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record for frame. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */ { - Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; + Frame *framePtr = clientData; - FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr); + FrameWorldChanged(framePtr); } /* @@ -1891,8 +1895,8 @@ FrameLostSlaveProc( * stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - Frame *framePtr = (Frame *) clientData; - Labelframe *labelframePtr = (Labelframe *) clientData; + Frame *framePtr = clientData; + Labelframe *labelframePtr = clientData; /* * This should only happen in a labelframe but it doesn't hurt to be @@ -1901,14 +1905,14 @@ FrameLostSlaveProc( if (labelframePtr->frame.type == TYPE_LABELFRAME) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(labelframePtr->labelWin, StructureNotifyMask, - FrameStructureProc, (ClientData) labelframePtr); + FrameStructureProc, labelframePtr); if (framePtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(labelframePtr->labelWin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(labelframePtr->labelWin, framePtr->tkwin); } Tk_UnmapWindow(labelframePtr->labelWin); labelframePtr->labelWin = NULL; } - FrameWorldChanged((ClientData) framePtr); + FrameWorldChanged(framePtr); } void @@ -1917,24 +1921,31 @@ TkMapTopFrame (tkwin) { Frame *framePtr = ((TkWindow*)tkwin)->instanceData; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; + if (Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_FRAME) { framePtr->type = TYPE_TOPLEVEL; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, (ClientData)framePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MapFrame, framePtr); if (framePtr->menuName != NULL) { TkSetWindowMenuBar(framePtr->interp, framePtr->tkwin, NULL, - framePtr->menuName); + framePtr->menuName); } } else if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(tkwin) && framePtr->type == TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { framePtr->type = TYPE_FRAME; } else { - /* Not a frame or toplevel, skip it */ + /* + * Not a frame or toplevel, skip it. + */ + return; } + /* - * The option table has already been created so - * the cached pointer will be returned. + * The option table has already been created so the cached pointer will be + * returned. */ - optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(framePtr->interp, optionSpecs[framePtr->type]); + + optionTable = Tk_CreateOptionTable(framePtr->interp, + optionSpecs[framePtr->type]); framePtr->optionTable = optionTable; } @@ -1961,7 +1972,7 @@ TkMapTopFrame (tkwin) Tk_Window TkToplevelWindowForCommand( Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *cmdName) + const char *cmdName) { Tcl_CmdInfo cmdInfo; Frame *framePtr; @@ -1972,7 +1983,7 @@ TkToplevelWindowForCommand( if (cmdInfo.objProc != FrameWidgetObjCmd) { return NULL; } - framePtr = (Frame *) cmdInfo.objClientData; + framePtr = cmdInfo.objClientData; if (framePtr->type != TYPE_TOPLEVEL) { return NULL; } diff --git a/generic/tkGeometry.c b/generic/tkGeometry.c index f6f5150..2bd9ea7 100644 --- a/generic/tkGeometry.c +++ b/generic/tkGeometry.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGeometry.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGeometry.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void Tk_ManageGeometry( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose geometry is to be managed by * proc. */ - CONST Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, /* Static structure describing the geometry + const Tk_GeomMgr *mgrPtr, /* Static structure describing the geometry * manager. This structure must never go * away. */ ClientData clientData) /* Arbitrary one-word argument to pass to @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry( hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->maintainHashTable, (char *) master, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } else { masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) ckalloc(sizeof(MaintainMaster)); masterPtr->ancestor = master; @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry( slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr; Tk_CreateEventHandler(slave, StructureNotifyMask, MaintainSlaveProc, - (ClientData) slavePtr); + slavePtr); /* * Make sure that there are event handlers registered for all the windows @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Tk_MaintainGeometry( ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) { if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) { Tk_CreateEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask, - MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr); + MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr); masterPtr->ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor); } } @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry( if (hPtr == NULL) { return; } - masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; if (slavePtr->slave == slave) { masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr->nextPtr; @@ -528,20 +528,20 @@ Tk_UnmaintainGeometry( } } Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->slave, StructureNotifyMask, - MaintainSlaveProc, (ClientData) slavePtr); + MaintainSlaveProc, slavePtr); ckfree((char *) slavePtr); if (masterPtr->slavePtr == NULL) { if (masterPtr->ancestor != NULL) { for (ancestor = master; ; ancestor = Tk_Parent(ancestor)) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(ancestor, StructureNotifyMask, - MaintainMasterProc, (ClientData) masterPtr); + MaintainMasterProc, masterPtr); if (ancestor == masterPtr->ancestor) { break; } } } if (masterPtr->checkScheduled) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr); } Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(hPtr); ckfree((char *) masterPtr); @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ MaintainMasterProc( * master window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData; + MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData; MaintainSlave *slavePtr; int done; @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ MaintainMasterProc( || (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify)) { if (!masterPtr->checkScheduled) { masterPtr->checkScheduled = 1; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(MaintainCheckProc, masterPtr); } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { /* @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ MaintainSlaveProc( * master-slave pair. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - MaintainSlave *slavePtr = (MaintainSlave *) clientData; + MaintainSlave *slavePtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->slave, slavePtr->master); @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ MaintainCheckProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to MaintainMaster structure for the * master window. */ { - MaintainMaster *masterPtr = (MaintainMaster *) clientData; + MaintainMaster *masterPtr = clientData; MaintainSlave *slavePtr; Tk_Window ancestor, parent; int x, y, map; diff --git a/generic/tkGet.c b/generic/tkGet.c index e6b19e2..807f9c2 100644 --- a/generic/tkGet.c +++ b/generic/tkGet.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGet.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGet.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -37,10 +37,10 @@ static void FreeUidThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); * used by Tk_GetAnchorFromObj and Tk_GetJustifyFromObj. */ -static CONST char *anchorStrings[] = { +static const char *anchorStrings[] = { "n", "ne", "e", "se", "s", "sw", "w", "nw", "center", NULL }; -static CONST char *justifyStrings[] = { +static const char *justifyStrings[] = { "left", "right", "center", NULL }; @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Tk_GetAnchorFromObj( int Tk_GetAnchor( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a direction. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a direction. */ Tk_Anchor *anchorPtr) /* Where to store Tk_Anchor corresponding to * string. */ { @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Tk_GetAnchor( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfAnchor( Tk_Anchor anchor) /* Anchor for which identifying string is * desired. */ @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Tk_NameOfAnchor( int Tk_GetJoinStyle( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ int *joinPtr) /* Where to store join style corresponding to * string. */ { @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Tk_GetJoinStyle( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfJoinStyle( int join) /* Join style for which identifying string is * desired. */ @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Tk_NameOfJoinStyle( int Tk_GetCapStyle( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ int *capPtr) /* Where to store cap style corresponding to * string. */ { @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Tk_GetCapStyle( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfCapStyle( int cap) /* Cap style for which identifying string is * desired. */ @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Tk_GetJustifyFromObj( int Tk_GetJustify( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a justification style. */ Tk_Justify *justifyPtr) /* Where to store Tk_Justify corresponding to * string. */ { @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Tk_GetJustify( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfJustify( Tk_Justify justify) /* Justification style for which identifying * string is desired. */ @@ -491,6 +491,7 @@ FreeUidThreadExitProc( { ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&tsdPtr->uidTable); tsdPtr->initialized = 0; } @@ -519,7 +520,7 @@ FreeUidThreadExitProc( Tk_Uid Tk_GetUid( - CONST char *string) /* String to convert. */ + const char *string) /* String to convert. */ { int dummy; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) @@ -561,7 +562,7 @@ Tk_GetScreenMM( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion * from centimeters and other absolute * units. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a screen distance. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a screen distance. */ double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */ { char *end; @@ -635,7 +636,7 @@ Tk_GetPixels( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion * from centimeters and other absolute * units. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */ int *intPtr) /* Place to store converted result. */ { double d; @@ -660,7 +661,6 @@ Tk_GetPixels( * string. * * Results: - * The return value is a standard Tcl return result. If TCL_OK is * returned, then everything went well and the pixel distance is stored * at *doublePtr; otherwise TCL_ERROR is returned and an error message is @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ TkGetDoublePixels( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window whose screen determines conversion * from centimeters and other absolute * units. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */ + const char *string, /* String describing a number of pixels. */ double *doublePtr) /* Place to store converted result. */ { char *end; diff --git a/generic/tkGrab.c b/generic/tkGrab.c index 1369f7c..17e5289 100644 --- a/generic/tkGrab.c +++ b/generic/tkGrab.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrab.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrab.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int globalGrab; Tk_Window tkwin; @@ -191,10 +191,10 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( char *arg; int index; int len; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "current", "release", "set", "status", NULL }; - static CONST char *flagStrings[] = { + static const char *flagStrings[] = { "-global", NULL }; enum options { @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window"); return TCL_ERROR; } - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, (Tk_Window) clientData); + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, arg, clientData); if (tkwin == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -245,8 +245,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "?-global? window"); return TCL_ERROR; } - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), clientData); if (tkwin == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -272,7 +271,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( } if (objc == 3) { tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + clientData); if (tkwin == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -298,8 +297,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "release window"); return TCL_ERROR; } - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), clientData); if (tkwin == NULL) { Tcl_ResetResult(interp); } else { @@ -316,7 +314,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( if (objc == 3) { globalGrab = 0; tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + clientData); } else { globalGrab = 1; @@ -332,7 +330,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + clientData); } if (tkwin == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; @@ -348,7 +346,7 @@ Tk_GrabObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), - (Tk_Window) clientData); + clientData); if (winPtr == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1246,8 +1244,9 @@ EatGrabEvents( info.display = dispPtr->display; info.serial = serial; TkpSync(info.display); - oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(GrabRestrictProc, (ClientData)&info, &oldArg); + oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(GrabRestrictProc, &info, &oldArg); while (Tcl_ServiceEvent(TCL_WINDOW_EVENTS)) { + /* EMPTY */ } Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldArg, &dummy); } @@ -1276,7 +1275,7 @@ GrabRestrictProc( ClientData arg, XEvent *eventPtr) { - GrabInfo *info = (GrabInfo *) arg; + GrabInfo *info = arg; int mode, diff; /* diff --git a/generic/tkGrid.c b/generic/tkGrid.c index 29848a8..1400030 100644 --- a/generic/tkGrid.c +++ b/generic/tkGrid.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrid.c,v 1.47 2007/05/15 17:01:43 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkGrid.c,v 1.48 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -259,31 +259,31 @@ static void ArrangeGrid(ClientData clientData); static int CheckSlotData(Gridder *masterPtr, int slot, int slotType, int checkOnly); static int ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyGrid(char *memPtr); static Gridder * GetGrid(Tk_Window tkwin); static int GridAnchorCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridBboxCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridForgetRemoveCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridInfoCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridLocationCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridPropagateCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridRowColumnConfigureCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridSizeCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int GridSlavesCommand(Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void GridStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void GridLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, @@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ Tk_GridObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "anchor", "bbox", "columnconfigure", "configure", "forget", "info", "location", "propagate", "remove", "rowconfigure", "size", "slaves", NULL @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ GridAnchorCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ GridAnchorCommand( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } } return TCL_OK; @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ GridBboxCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; /* master grid record */ @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ GridForgetRemoveCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window slave; Gridder *slavePtr; @@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ GridForgetRemoveCommand( slavePtr->iPadY = 0; slavePtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width; if (slavePtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) slavePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, slavePtr); } slavePtr->flags = 0; slavePtr->sticky = 0; @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ GridInfoCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Gridder *slavePtr; Tk_Window slave; @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ GridLocationCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; /* Master grid record. */ @@ -791,8 +791,8 @@ GridLocationCommand( */ while (masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); - ArrangeGrid((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); + ArrangeGrid(masterPtr); } SetGridSize(masterPtr); endX = MAX(gridPtr->columnEnd, gridPtr->columnMax); @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ GridPropagateCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ GridPropagateCommand( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } } return TCL_OK; @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master, slave; Gridder *masterPtr, *slavePtr; @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( int ok; /* temporary TCL result code */ int i, j, first, last; char *string; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-minsize", "-pad", "-uniform", "-weight", NULL }; enum options { @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( Tcl_GetString(objv[1]), ": \"", Tcl_GetString(lObjv[j]), "\" is out of range", NULL); - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } slotPtr = (slotType == COLUMN) ? @@ -1132,13 +1132,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( for (i = 4; i < objc; i += 2) { if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0, &index) != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } if (index == ROWCOL_MINSIZE) { if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1], &size) != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } else { slotPtr[slot].minSize = size; @@ -1147,13 +1147,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( int wt; if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp,objv[i+1],&wt)!=TCL_OK) { - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } else if (wt < 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\": should be non-negative", NULL); - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } else { slotPtr[slot].weight = wt; @@ -1168,13 +1168,13 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( } else if (index == ROWCOL_PAD) { if (Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(interp, master, objv[i+1], &size) != TCL_OK) { - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } else if (size < 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "invalid arg \"", Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\": should be non-negative", NULL); - Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); + Tcl_DecrRefCount(listCopy); return TCL_ERROR; } else { slotPtr[slot].pad = size; @@ -1221,7 +1221,7 @@ GridRowColumnConfigureCommand( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } return TCL_OK; } @@ -1248,7 +1248,7 @@ GridSizeCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; @@ -1299,14 +1299,14 @@ GridSlavesCommand( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window master; Gridder *masterPtr; /* master grid record */ Gridder *slavePtr; int i, value, index; int row = -1, column = -1; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-column", "-row", NULL }; enum options { SLAVES_COLUMN, SLAVES_ROW }; @@ -1385,12 +1385,12 @@ GridReqProc( Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the * window. */ { - register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData; + register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData; gridPtr = gridPtr->masterPtr; if (gridPtr && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr); } } @@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ GridLostSlaveProc( * stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - register Gridder *slavePtr = (Gridder *) clientData; + register Gridder *slavePtr = clientData; if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin); @@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ ArrangeGrid( ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing master whose slaves * are to be re-layed out. */ { - register Gridder *masterPtr = (Gridder *) clientData; + register Gridder *masterPtr = clientData; register Gridder *slavePtr; GridMaster *slotPtr = masterPtr->masterDataPtr; int abort; @@ -1711,7 +1711,7 @@ ArrangeGrid( } masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort; abort = 0; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr); /* * Call the constraint engine to fill in the row and column offsets. @@ -1738,10 +1738,10 @@ ArrangeGrid( Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, width, height); if (width>1 && height>1) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL; - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); return; } @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ ArrangeGrid( } masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL; - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); } /* @@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ GetGrid( gridPtr->padTop = 0; gridPtr->iPadX = 0; gridPtr->iPadY = 0; - gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width; + gridPtr->doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(tkwin)->border_width; gridPtr->abortPtr = NULL; gridPtr->flags = 0; gridPtr->sticky = 0; @@ -2423,7 +2423,7 @@ GetGrid( gridPtr->masterDataPtr = NULL; Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, gridPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - GridStructureProc, (ClientData) gridPtr); + GridStructureProc, gridPtr); return gridPtr; } @@ -2717,7 +2717,7 @@ Unlink( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) { *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1; @@ -2789,21 +2789,21 @@ GridStructureProc( * eventPtr. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - register Gridder *gridPtr = (Gridder *) clientData; + register Gridder *gridPtr = clientData; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) gridPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr); } if ((gridPtr->masterPtr != NULL) && (gridPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) { if (!(gridPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { gridPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(gridPtr->tkwin)->border_width; gridPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr->masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr->masterPtr); } } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -2822,15 +2822,15 @@ GridStructureProc( Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->gridHashTable, (char *) gridPtr->tkwin)); if (gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr); } gridPtr->tkwin = NULL; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) gridPtr, DestroyGrid); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(gridPtr, DestroyGrid); } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { if ((gridPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(gridPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { gridPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) gridPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, gridPtr); } } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { register Gridder *gridPtr2; @@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Any window in application containing * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more * window names followed by any number of * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure * that there is at least one window name. */ @@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( char *lastWindow; /* Use this window to base current row/col * on */ int numSkip; /* Number of 'x' found */ - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-column", "-columnspan", "-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-row", "-rowspan", "-sticky", NULL }; @@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( "positive screen distance", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - slavePtr->iPadX = tmp*2; + slavePtr->iPadX = tmp * 2; break; case CONF_IPADY: if ((Tk_GetPixelsFromObj(NULL, slave, objv[i+1], @@ -3146,7 +3146,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( "positive screen distance", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - slavePtr->iPadY = tmp*2; + slavePtr->iPadY = tmp * 2; break; case CONF_PADX: if (TkParsePadAmount(interp, tkwin, objv[i+1], @@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( return TCL_ERROR; } - Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, (ClientData) slavePtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &gridMgrType, slavePtr); /* * Assign default position information. @@ -3294,7 +3294,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_RELAYOUT)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangeGrid, masterPtr); } } diff --git a/generic/tkImage.c b/generic/tkImage.c index 4dd3010..f0f914d 100644 --- a/generic/tkImage.c +++ b/generic/tkImage.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImage.c,v 1.35 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImage.c,v 1.36 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { - static CONST char *imageOptions[] = { + static const char *imageOptions[] = { "create", "delete", "height", "inuse", "names", "type", "types", "width", NULL }; @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( IMAGE_CREATE, IMAGE_DELETE, IMAGE_HEIGHT, IMAGE_INUSE, IMAGE_NAMES, IMAGE_TYPE, IMAGE_TYPES, IMAGE_WIDTH }; - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; int i, isNew, firstOption, index; Tk_ImageType *typePtr; ImageMaster *masterPtr; @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL; masterPtr->deleted = 0; masterPtr->winPtr = winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr->winPtr); Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, masterPtr); } else { /* @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( * from the master. */ - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->typePtr != NULL) { for (imagePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr; imagePtr != NULL; imagePtr = imagePtr->nextPtr) { @@ -313,17 +313,17 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( } args[objc] = NULL; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr); if ((*typePtr->createProc)(interp, name, objc, args, typePtr, (Tk_ImageMaster)masterPtr, &masterPtr->masterData) != TCL_OK) { EventuallyDeleteImage(masterPtr, 0); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); if (oldimage) { ckfree((char *) args); } return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); if (oldimage) { ckfree((char *) args); } @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( if (hPtr == NULL) { goto alreadyDeleted; } - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->deleted) { goto alreadyDeleted; } @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( } hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->imageTable, &search); for ( ; hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->deleted) { continue; } @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Tk_ImageObjCmd( if (hPtr == NULL) { goto alreadyDeleted; } - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->deleted) { goto alreadyDeleted; } @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Tk_ImageChanged( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfImage( Tk_ImageMaster imageMaster) /* Token for image. */ { @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ Tk_GetImage( * be found. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window in which image will be * used. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of desired image. */ + const char *name, /* Name of desired image. */ Tk_ImageChangedProc *changeProc, /* Function to invoke when redisplay is needed * because image's pixels or size changed. */ @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Tk_GetImage( if (hPtr == NULL) { goto noSuchImage; } - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->typePtr == NULL) { goto noSuchImage; } @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Tk_FreeImage( if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr); ckfree((char *) masterPtr); } } @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ void Tk_DeleteImage( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the image was * created. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name of image. */ + const char *name) /* Name of image. */ { Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; TkWindow *winPtr; @@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ Tk_DeleteImage( if (hPtr == NULL) { return; } - DeleteImage((ImageMaster *)Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)); + DeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr)); } /* @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ DeleteImage( if (masterPtr->hPtr != NULL) { Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(masterPtr->hPtr); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr->winPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr->winPtr); ckfree((char *) masterPtr); } else { masterPtr->deleted = 1; @@ -949,8 +949,7 @@ EventuallyDeleteImage( } if (!masterPtr->deleted) { masterPtr->deleted = 1; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr, - (Tcl_FreeProc *)DeleteImage); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, (Tcl_FreeProc *) DeleteImage); } } @@ -982,7 +981,7 @@ TkDeleteAllImages( for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&mainPtr->imageTable, &search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { - EventuallyDeleteImage((ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1); + EventuallyDeleteImage(Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr), 1); } Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&mainPtr->imageTable); } @@ -1011,7 +1010,7 @@ ClientData Tk_GetImageMasterData( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter in which the image was * created. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of image. */ + const char *name, /* Name of image. */ Tk_ImageType **typePtrPtr) /* Points to location to fill in with pointer * to type information for image. */ { @@ -1025,7 +1024,7 @@ Tk_GetImageMasterData( *typePtrPtr = NULL; return NULL; } - masterPtr = (ImageMaster *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + masterPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (masterPtr->deleted) { *typePtrPtr = NULL; return NULL; diff --git a/generic/tkImgBmap.c b/generic/tkImgBmap.c index fc051d9..324ccc4 100644 --- a/generic/tkImgBmap.c +++ b/generic/tkImgBmap.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgBmap.c,v 1.22 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgBmap.c,v 1.23 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef struct BitmapInstance { static int GetByte(Tcl_Channel chan); static int ImgBmapCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, - char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], + char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master, ClientData *clientDataPtr); static ClientData ImgBmapGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData); @@ -147,11 +147,11 @@ typedef struct ParseInfo { */ static int ImgBmapCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static void ImgBmapConfigureInstance(BitmapInstance *instancePtr); static int ImgBmapConfigureMaster(BitmapMaster *masterPtr, - int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int NextBitmapWord(ParseInfo *parseInfoPtr); /* @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate( * image. */ char *name, /* Name to use for image. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST argv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't + Tcl_Obj *const argv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't * include image name or type). */ Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */ Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ ImgBmapCreate( masterPtr->tkMaster = master; masterPtr->interp = interp; masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgBmapCmd, - (ClientData) masterPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc); + masterPtr, ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc); masterPtr->width = masterPtr->height = 0; masterPtr->data = NULL; masterPtr->maskData = NULL; @@ -203,10 +203,10 @@ ImgBmapCreate( masterPtr->maskDataString = NULL; masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL; if (ImgBmapConfigureMaster(masterPtr, argc, argv, 0) != TCL_OK) { - ImgBmapDelete((ClientData) masterPtr); + ImgBmapDelete(masterPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } - *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr; + *clientDataPtr = masterPtr; return TCL_OK; } @@ -235,22 +235,21 @@ ImgBmapConfigureMaster( BitmapMaster *masterPtr, /* Pointer to data structure describing * overall bitmap image to (reconfigure). */ int objc, /* Number of entries in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Pairs of configuration options for image. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget, such * as TK_CONFIG_ARGV_ONLY. */ { BitmapInstance *instancePtr; int maskWidth, maskHeight, dummy1, dummy2; - CONST char **argv = (CONST char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *)); + const char **argv = (const char **) ckalloc((objc+1) * sizeof(char *)); for (dummy1 = 0; dummy1 < objc; dummy1++) { argv[dummy1]=Tcl_GetString(objv[dummy1]); } argv[objc] = NULL; if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(masterPtr->interp, Tk_MainWindow(masterPtr->interp), - configSpecs, objc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags) - != TCL_OK) { + configSpecs, objc, argv, (char *) masterPtr, flags) != TCL_OK) { ckfree((char *) argv); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -484,7 +483,7 @@ TkGetBitmapData( int *hotXPtr, int *hotYPtr) /* Position of hot spot or -1,-1. */ { int width, height, numBytes, hotX, hotY; - CONST char *expandedFileName; + const char *expandedFileName; char *p, *end; ParseInfo pi; char *data = NULL; @@ -613,7 +612,7 @@ TkGetBitmapData( goto error; } numBytes = ((width+7)/8) * height; - data = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) numBytes); + data = ckalloc((unsigned) numBytes); for (p = data; numBytes > 0; p++, numBytes--) { if (NextBitmapWord(&pi) != TCL_OK) { goto error; @@ -744,10 +743,10 @@ ImgBmapCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about the image master. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL}; - BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData; + static const char *bmapOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL}; + BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData; int index; if (objc < 2) { @@ -809,7 +808,7 @@ ImgBmapGet( ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to our master structure for the * image. */ { - BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData; + BitmapMaster *masterPtr = masterData; BitmapInstance *instancePtr; /* @@ -821,7 +820,7 @@ ImgBmapGet( instancePtr = instancePtr->nextPtr) { if (instancePtr->tkwin == tkwin) { instancePtr->refCount++; - return (ClientData) instancePtr; + return instancePtr; } } @@ -852,7 +851,7 @@ ImgBmapGet( masterPtr->height); } - return (ClientData) instancePtr; + return instancePtr; } /* @@ -884,7 +883,7 @@ ImgBmapDisplay( /* Coordinates within drawable that correspond * to imageX and imageY. */ { - BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData; + BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData; int masking; /* @@ -938,7 +937,7 @@ ImgBmapFree( * instance to be displayed. */ Display *display) /* Display containing window that used image. */ { - BitmapInstance *instancePtr = (BitmapInstance *) clientData; + BitmapInstance *instancePtr = clientData; BitmapInstance *prevPtr; instancePtr->refCount--; @@ -1000,7 +999,7 @@ ImgBmapDelete( ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for * image. Must not have any more instances. */ { - BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) masterData; + BitmapMaster *masterPtr = masterData; if (masterPtr->instancePtr != NULL) { Tcl_Panic("tried to delete bitmap image when instances still exist"); @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ ImgBmapCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to BitmapMaster structure for * image. */ { - BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData; + BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData; masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL; if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) { @@ -1205,7 +1204,7 @@ ImgBmapPostscript( int x, int y, int width, int height, int prepass) { - BitmapMaster *masterPtr = (BitmapMaster *) clientData; + BitmapMaster *masterPtr = clientData; char buffer[200]; if (prepass) { diff --git a/generic/tkImgGIF.c b/generic/tkImgGIF.c index 9a823bf..69a0c85 100644 --- a/generic/tkImgGIF.c +++ b/generic/tkImgGIF.c @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ * This file also contains code from miGIF. See lower down in file for the * applicable copyright notice for that portion. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgGIF.c,v 1.43 2008/04/09 21:00:54 nijtmans Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgGIF.c,v 1.44 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -1647,7 +1647,8 @@ color( int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0); for (; x<=MAXCOLORMAPSIZE ; x++) { - if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) && + if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && + (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) { return x; } @@ -1663,7 +1664,8 @@ nuevo( int x = (statePtr->alphaOffset != 0); for (; x<=statePtr->num ; x++) { - if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) && + if ((statePtr->mapa[x][CM_RED] == red) && + (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_GREEN] == green) && (statePtr->mapa[x][CM_BLUE] == blue)) { return 0; } @@ -1739,7 +1741,6 @@ ReadValue( } /* - * * GIF Image compression - modified 'compress' * * Based on: compress.c - File compression ala IEEE Computer, June 1984. @@ -1750,55 +1751,54 @@ ReadValue( * Ken Turkowski (decvax!decwrl!turtlevax!ken) * James A. Woods (decvax!ihnp4!ames!jaw) * Joe Orost (decvax!vax135!petsd!joe) - * */ #define MAXCODE(n_bits) (((long) 1 << (n_bits)) - 1) typedef struct { - int n_bits; /* number of bits/code */ + int n_bits; /* number of bits/code */ long maxcode; /* maximum code, given n_bits */ - int htab[HSIZE]; - unsigned int codetab[HSIZE]; + int htab[HSIZE]; + unsigned int codetab[HSIZE]; + long hsize; /* for dynamic table sizing */ - long hsize; /* for dynamic table sizing */ + /* + * To save much memory, we overlay the table used by compress() with those + * used by decompress(). The tab_prefix table is the same size and type as + * the codetab. The tab_suffix table needs 2**GIFBITS characters. We get + * this from the beginning of htab. The output stack uses the rest of + * htab, and contains characters. There is plenty of room for any possible + * stack (stack used to be 8000 characters). + */ -/* - * To save much memory, we overlay the table used by compress() with those - * used by decompress(). The tab_prefix table is the same size and type - * as the codetab. The tab_suffix table needs 2**GIFBITS characters. We - * get this from the beginning of htab. The output stack uses the rest - * of htab, and contains characters. There is plenty of room for any - * possible stack (stack used to be 8000 characters). - */ + int free_ent; /* first unused entry */ - int free_ent; /* first unused entry */ + /* + * block compression parameters -- after all codes are used up, + * and compression rate changes, start over. + */ -/* - * block compression parameters -- after all codes are used up, - * and compression rate changes, start over. - */ int clear_flg; int offset; - unsigned int in_count; /* length of input */ - unsigned int out_count; /* # of codes output (for debugging) */ + unsigned int in_count; /* length of input */ + unsigned int out_count; /* # of codes output (for debugging) */ -/* - * compress stdin to stdout - * - * Algorithm: use open addressing double hashing (no chaining) on the - * prefix code / next character combination. We do a variant of Knuth's - * algorithm D (vol. 3, sec. 6.4) along with G. Knott's relatively-prime - * secondary probe. Here, the modular division first probe is gives way - * to a faster exclusive-or manipulation. Also do block compression with - * an adaptive reset, whereby the code table is cleared when the compression - * ratio decreases, but after the table fills. The variable-length output - * codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated - * for the decompressor. Late addition: construct the table according to - * file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files. Please direct - * questions about this implementation to ames!jaw. - */ + /* + * compress stdin to stdout + * + * Algorithm: use open addressing double hashing (no chaining) on the + * prefix code / next character combination. We do a variant of Knuth's + * algorithm D (vol. 3, sec. 6.4) along with G. Knott's relatively-prime + * secondary probe. Here, the modular division first probe is gives way to + * a faster exclusive-or manipulation. Also do block compression with an + * adaptive reset, whereby the code table is cleared when the compression + * ratio decreases, but after the table fills. The variable-length output + * codes are re-sized at this point, and a special CLEAR code is generated + * for the decompressor. Late addition: construct the table according to + * file size for noticeable speed improvement on small files. Please + * direct questions about this implementation to ames!jaw. + */ int g_init_bits; Tcl_Channel g_outfile; @@ -1807,34 +1807,36 @@ typedef struct { int EOFCode; unsigned long cur_accum; - int cur_bits; + int cur_bits; + + /* + * Number of characters so far in this 'packet' + */ -/* - * Number of characters so far in this 'packet' - */ int a_count; -/* - * Define the storage for the packet accumulator - */ + /* + * Define the storage for the packet accumulator + */ + unsigned char accum[256]; } GIFState_t; -static void output _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, long code)); -static void cl_block _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr)); -static void cl_hash _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, int hsize)); -static void char_init _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr)); -static void char_out _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr, int c)); -static void flush_char _ANSI_ARGS_((GIFState_t *statePtr)); - +static void output(GIFState_t *statePtr, long code); +static void cl_block(GIFState_t *statePtr); +static void cl_hash(GIFState_t *statePtr, int hsize); +static void char_init(GIFState_t *statePtr); +static void char_out(GIFState_t *statePtr, int c); +static void flush_char(GIFState_t *statePtr); static void compress(int initBits, Tcl_Channel handle, ifunptr readValue, GifWriterState *statePtr); - -static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr) - int init_bits; - Tcl_Channel handle; - ifunptr readValue; - GifWriterState *statePtr; + +static void +compress( + int init_bits, + Tcl_Channel handle, + ifunptr readValue, + GifWriterState *statePtr) { register long fcode; register long i = 0; @@ -1846,16 +1848,19 @@ static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr) GIFState_t state; memset(&state, 0, sizeof(state)); + /* * Set up the globals: g_init_bits - initial number of bits - * g_outfile - pointer to output file + * g_outfile - pointer to output file */ + state.g_init_bits = init_bits; state.g_outfile = handle; /* - * Set up the necessary values + * Set up the necessary values. */ + state.offset = 0; state.hsize = HSIZE; state.out_count = 0; @@ -1872,95 +1877,111 @@ static void compress(init_bits, handle, readValue, statePtr) ent = readValue(statePtr); hshift = 0; - for ( fcode = (long) state.hsize; fcode < 65536L; fcode *= 2L ) - hshift++; - hshift = 8 - hshift; /* set hash code range bound */ + for (fcode = (long) state.hsize; fcode < 65536L; fcode *= 2L) { + hshift++; + } + hshift = 8 - hshift; /* set hash code range bound */ hsize_reg = state.hsize; - cl_hash(&state, (int) hsize_reg); /* clear hash table */ + cl_hash(&state, (int) hsize_reg); /* clear hash table */ - output(&state, (long)state.ClearCode); + output(&state, (long) state.ClearCode); #ifdef SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW - while ( (c = readValue(statePtr) ) != (unsigned) EOF ) { + while ((c = readValue(statePtr)) != (unsigned) EOF) #else - while ( (c = readValue(statePtr)) != EOF ) { + while ((c = readValue(statePtr)) != EOF) #endif + { + state.in_count++; + + fcode = (long) (((long) c << GIFBITS) + ent); + i = (((long)c << hshift) ^ ent); /* xor hashing */ + + if (state.htab[i] == fcode) { + ent = state.codetab[i]; + continue; + } else if ((long) state.htab[i] < 0) { /* empty slot */ + goto nomatch; + } + + disp = hsize_reg - i; /* secondary hash (after G. + * Knott) */ + if (i == 0) { + disp = 1; + } + + probe: + if ((i -= disp) < 0) { + i += hsize_reg; + } - state.in_count++; - - fcode = (long) (((long) c << GIFBITS) + ent); - i = (((long)c << hshift) ^ ent); /* xor hashing */ - - if (state.htab[i] == fcode) { - ent = state.codetab[i]; - continue; - } else if ( (long) state.htab[i] < 0 ) /* empty slot */ - goto nomatch; - disp = hsize_reg - i; /* secondary hash (after G. Knott) */ - if ( i == 0 ) - disp = 1; -probe: - if ( (i -= disp) < 0 ) - i += hsize_reg; - - if (state.htab[i] == fcode) { - ent = state.codetab[i]; - continue; - } - if ( (long) state.htab[i] > 0 ) - goto probe; -nomatch: - output (&state, (long) ent); - state.out_count++; - ent = c; + if (state.htab[i] == fcode) { + ent = state.codetab[i]; + continue; + } + if ((long) state.htab[i] > 0) { + goto probe; + } + + nomatch: + output(&state, (long) ent); + state.out_count++; + ent = c; #ifdef SIGNED_COMPARE_SLOW - if ( (unsigned) free_ent < (unsigned) ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) { + if ((unsigned) free_ent < (unsigned) ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) #else - if (state.free_ent < ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) { + if (state.free_ent < ((long)1 << GIFBITS)) #endif - state.codetab[i] = state.free_ent++; /* code -> hashtable */ - state.htab[i] = fcode; - } else - cl_block(&state); + { + state.codetab[i] = state.free_ent++; /* code -> hashtable */ + state.htab[i] = fcode; + } else { + cl_block(&state); + } } + /* * Put out the final code. */ + output(&state, (long)ent); state.out_count++; output(&state, (long) state.EOFCode); return; } - + /***************************************************************** * TAG( output ) * * Output the given code. * Inputs: - * code: A n_bits-bit integer. If == -1, then EOF. This assumes - * that n_bits =< (long) wordsize - 1. + * code: A n_bits-bit integer. If == -1, then EOF. This assumes that + * n_bits =< (long) wordsize - 1. * Outputs: - * Outputs code to the file. + * Outputs code to the file. * Assumptions: - * Chars are 8 bits long. + * Chars are 8 bits long. * Algorithm: - * Maintain a GIFBITS character long buffer (so that 8 codes will - * fit in it exactly). Use the VAX insv instruction to insert each + * Maintain a GIFBITS character long buffer (so that 8 codes will + * fit in it exactly). Use the VAX insv instruction to insert each * code in turn. When the buffer fills up empty it and start over. */ static const -unsigned long masks[] = { 0x0000, 0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000F, - 0x001F, 0x003F, 0x007F, 0x00FF, - 0x01FF, 0x03FF, 0x07FF, 0x0FFF, - 0x1FFF, 0x3FFF, 0x7FFF, 0xFFFF }; +unsigned long masks[] = { + 0x0000, + 0x0001, 0x0003, 0x0007, 0x000F, + 0x001F, 0x003F, 0x007F, 0x00FF, + 0x01FF, 0x03FF, 0x07FF, 0x0FFF, + 0x1FFF, 0x3FFF, 0x7FFF, 0xFFFF +}; static void -output(statePtr, code) - GIFState_t *statePtr; - long code; +output( + GIFState_t *statePtr, + long code) { statePtr->cur_accum &= masks[statePtr->cur_bits]; @@ -1973,7 +1994,7 @@ output(statePtr, code) statePtr->cur_bits += statePtr->n_bits; while (statePtr->cur_bits >= 8 ) { - char_out(statePtr, (unsigned int)(statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff)); + char_out(statePtr, (unsigned) (statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff)); statePtr->cur_accum >>= 8; statePtr->cur_bits -= 8; } @@ -1985,7 +2006,8 @@ output(statePtr, code) if ((statePtr->free_ent > statePtr->maxcode)|| statePtr->clear_flg ) { if (statePtr->clear_flg) { - statePtr->maxcode = MAXCODE(statePtr->n_bits = statePtr->g_init_bits); + statePtr->maxcode = MAXCODE( + statePtr->n_bits = statePtr->g_init_bits); statePtr->clear_flg = 0; } else { statePtr->n_bits++; @@ -2001,41 +2023,42 @@ output(statePtr, code) /* * At EOF, write the rest of the buffer. */ - while (statePtr->cur_bits > 0) { - char_out(statePtr, (unsigned int)(statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff)); + + while (statePtr->cur_bits > 0) { + char_out(statePtr, (unsigned) (statePtr->cur_accum & 0xff)); statePtr->cur_accum >>= 8; statePtr->cur_bits -= 8; } flush_char(statePtr); } } - + /* * Clear out the hash table */ + static void -cl_block(statePtr) /* table clear for block compress */ - GIFState_t *statePtr; +cl_block( /* table clear for block compress */ + GIFState_t *statePtr) { + cl_hash(statePtr, (int) statePtr->hsize); + statePtr->free_ent = statePtr->ClearCode + 2; + statePtr->clear_flg = 1; - cl_hash (statePtr, (int) statePtr->hsize); - statePtr->free_ent = statePtr->ClearCode + 2; - statePtr->clear_flg = 1; - - output(statePtr, (long) statePtr->ClearCode); + output(statePtr, (long) statePtr->ClearCode); } - + static void -cl_hash(statePtr, hsize) /* reset code table */ - GIFState_t *statePtr; - int hsize; +cl_hash( /* reset code table */ + GIFState_t *statePtr, + int hsize) { - register int *htab_p = statePtr->htab+hsize; + register int *htab_p = statePtr->htab + hsize; register long i; register long m1 = -1; i = hsize - 16; - do { /* might use Sys V memset(3) here */ + do { /* might use Sys V memset(3) here */ *(htab_p-16) = m1; *(htab_p-15) = m1; *(htab_p-14) = m1; @@ -2059,53 +2082,59 @@ cl_hash(statePtr, hsize) /* reset code table */ *--htab_p = m1; } } - - -/****************************************************************************** + +/* + ***************************************************************************** * * GIF Specific routines * - ******************************************************************************/ + ***************************************************************************** + */ /* * Set up the 'byte output' routine */ + static void -char_init(statePtr) - GIFState_t *statePtr; +char_init( + GIFState_t *statePtr) { statePtr->a_count = 0; statePtr->cur_accum = 0; statePtr->cur_bits = 0; } - + /* * Add a character to the end of the current packet, and if it is 254 * characters, flush the packet to disk. */ + static void -char_out(statePtr, c) - GIFState_t *statePtr; - int c; +char_out( + GIFState_t *statePtr, + int c) { statePtr->accum[statePtr->a_count++] = c; if (statePtr->a_count >= 254) { flush_char(statePtr); } } - + /* * Flush the packet to disk, and reset the accumulator */ + static void -flush_char(statePtr) - GIFState_t *statePtr; +flush_char( + GIFState_t *statePtr) { unsigned char c; + if (statePtr->a_count > 0) { c = statePtr->a_count; - Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (CONST char *) &c, 1); - Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (CONST char *) statePtr->accum, statePtr->a_count); + Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (const char *) &c, 1); + Tcl_Write(statePtr->g_outfile, (const char *) statePtr->accum, + statePtr->a_count); statePtr->a_count = 0; } } diff --git a/generic/tkImgPPM.c b/generic/tkImgPPM.c index 7aeeade..6419072 100644 --- a/generic/tkImgPPM.c +++ b/generic/tkImgPPM.c @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPPM.c,v 1.21 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPPM.c,v 1.22 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ * The format record for the PPM file format: */ -static int FileMatchPPM(Tcl_Channel chan, CONST char *fileName, +static int FileMatchPPM(Tcl_Channel chan, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int FileReadPPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Channel chan, - CONST char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, + const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, int destX, int destY, int width, int height, int srcX, int srcY); -static int FileWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *fileName, +static int FileWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); static int StringWritePPM(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr); @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ static int ReadPPMStringHeader(Tcl_Obj *dataObj, int *widthPtr, static int FileMatchPPM( Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */ - CONST char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */ + const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */ Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */ int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, /* The dimensions of the image are returned @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ static int FileReadPPM( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for reporting errors. */ Tcl_Channel chan, /* The image file, open for reading. */ - CONST char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */ + const char *fileName, /* The name of the image file. */ Tcl_Obj *format, /* User-specified format string, or NULL. */ Tk_PhotoHandle imageHandle, /* The photo image to write into. */ int destX, int destY, /* Coordinates of top-left pixel in photo @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ FileReadPPM( static int FileWritePPM( Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *fileName, + const char *fileName, Tcl_Obj *format, Tk_PhotoImageBlock *blockPtr) { diff --git a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c index eff0fde..3d7b017 100644 --- a/generic/tkImgPhoto.c +++ b/generic/tkImgPhoto.c @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ * Department of Computer Science, * Australian National University. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPhoto.c,v 1.76 2007/12/13 15:24:14 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkImgPhoto.c,v 1.77 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ static char *optionNames[] = { */ static int ImgPhotoCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, char *name, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master, ClientData *clientDataPtr); static ClientData ImgPhotoGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData); @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ static int imgPhotoColorHashInitialized; static void PhotoFormatThreadExitProc(ClientData clientData); static int ImgPhotoCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int ParseSubcommandOptions( struct SubcommandOptions *optPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int allowedOptions, @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate( * image. */ char *name, /* Name to use for image. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects for options (doesn't * include image name or type). */ Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */ Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ ImgPhotoCreate( masterPtr->tkMaster = master; masterPtr->interp = interp; masterPtr->imageCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, name, ImgPhotoCmd, - (ClientData) masterPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc); + masterPtr, ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc); masterPtr->palette = NULL; masterPtr->pix32 = NULL; masterPtr->instancePtr = NULL; @@ -609,11 +609,11 @@ ImgPhotoCreate( */ if (ImgPhotoConfigureMaster(interp, masterPtr, objc, objv, 0) != TCL_OK) { - ImgPhotoDelete((ClientData) masterPtr); + ImgPhotoDelete(masterPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } - *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) masterPtr; + *clientDataPtr = masterPtr; return TCL_OK; } @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about photo master. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { static const char *photoOptions[] = { "blank", "cget", "configure", "copy", "data", "get", "put", @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd( PHOTO_WRITE }; - PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData; + PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData; int result, index, x, y, width, height, dataWidth, dataHeight, listObjc; struct SubcommandOptions options; Tcl_Obj **listObjv, **srcObjv; @@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmd( block.offset[1] = 1; block.offset[2] = 2; block.offset[3] = 0; - result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, (ClientData)masterPtr, &block, + result = Tk_PhotoPutBlock(interp, masterPtr, &block, options.toX, options.toY, options.toX2 - options.toX, options.toY2 - options.toY, TK_PHOTO_COMPOSITE_SET); @@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ ImgPhotoGet( ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to our master structure for the * image. */ { - PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData; + PhotoMaster *masterPtr = masterData; PhotoInstance *instancePtr; Colormap colormap; int mono, nRed, nGreen, nBlue, numVisuals; @@ -2378,14 +2378,14 @@ ImgPhotoGet( * We are resurrecting this instance. */ - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, instancePtr); if (instancePtr->colorTablePtr != NULL) { FreeColorTable(instancePtr->colorTablePtr, 0); } GetColorTable(instancePtr); } instancePtr->refCount++; - return (ClientData) instancePtr; + return instancePtr; } } @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ ImgPhotoGet( masterPtr->width, masterPtr->height); } - return (ClientData) instancePtr; + return instancePtr; } /* @@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ ImgPhotoDisplay( int drawableX,int drawableY)/* Coordinates within drawable that correspond * to imageX and imageY. */ { - PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData; + PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData; XVisualInfo visInfo = instancePtr->visualInfo; /* @@ -2783,8 +2783,7 @@ ImgPhotoDisplay( * not properly constrained, which can cause an X error. [Bug 979239] */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, - (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); /* * Pull the current background from the display to blend with @@ -2855,7 +2854,7 @@ ImgPhotoFree( Display *display) /* Display containing window that used * image. */ { - PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData; + PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData; ColorTable *colorPtr; instancePtr->refCount -= 1; @@ -2875,7 +2874,7 @@ ImgPhotoFree( colorPtr->liveRefCount -= 1; } - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeInstance, instancePtr); } /* @@ -2900,15 +2899,15 @@ ImgPhotoDelete( ClientData masterData) /* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for image. * Must not have any more instances. */ { - PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) masterData; + PhotoMaster *masterPtr = masterData; PhotoInstance *instancePtr; while ((instancePtr = masterPtr->instancePtr) != NULL) { if (instancePtr->refCount > 0) { Tcl_Panic("tried to delete photo image when instances still exist"); } - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, (ClientData) instancePtr); - DisposeInstance((ClientData) instancePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeInstance, instancePtr); + DisposeInstance(instancePtr); } masterPtr->tkMaster = NULL; if (masterPtr->imageCmd != NULL) { @@ -2952,7 +2951,7 @@ ImgPhotoCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to PhotoMaster structure for * image. */ { - PhotoMaster *masterPtr = (PhotoMaster *) clientData; + PhotoMaster *masterPtr = clientData; masterPtr->imageCmd = NULL; if (masterPtr->tkMaster != NULL) { @@ -3350,7 +3349,7 @@ IsValidPalette( case StaticColor: numColors = nRed; if (!mono) { - numColors *= nGreen*nBlue; + numColors *= nGreen * nBlue; } if (numColors > (1 << instancePtr->visualInfo.depth)) { return 0; @@ -3447,7 +3446,7 @@ GetColorTable( * Re-use the existing entry. */ - colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); + colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); } else { /* * No color table currently available; need to make one. @@ -3480,7 +3479,7 @@ GetColorTable( colorPtr->liveRefCount++; instancePtr->colorTablePtr = colorPtr; if (colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr); colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING; } @@ -3525,12 +3524,12 @@ FreeColorTable( if (force) { if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) != 0) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr); colorPtr->flags &= ~DISPOSE_PENDING; } - DisposeColorTable((ClientData) colorPtr); + DisposeColorTable(colorPtr); } else if ((colorPtr->flags & DISPOSE_PENDING) == 0) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeColorTable, (ClientData) colorPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisposeColorTable, colorPtr); colorPtr->flags |= DISPOSE_PENDING; } } @@ -3840,7 +3839,7 @@ DisposeColorTable( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the ColorTable whose * colors are to be released. */ { - ColorTable *colorPtr = (ColorTable *) clientData; + ColorTable *colorPtr = clientData; Tcl_HashEntry *entry; if (colorPtr->pixelMap != NULL) { @@ -3900,7 +3899,7 @@ ReclaimColors( entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch); while (entry != NULL) { - colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); + colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display) && (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap) && (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0 )&& (colorPtr->numColors != 0) @@ -3929,7 +3928,7 @@ ReclaimColors( entry = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&imgPhotoColorHash, &srch); while ((entry != NULL) && (numColors > 0)) { - colorPtr = (ColorTable *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); + colorPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entry); if ((colorPtr->id.display == id->display) && (colorPtr->id.colormap == id->colormap) && (colorPtr->liveRefCount == 0) && (colorPtr->numColors != 0) @@ -3974,7 +3973,7 @@ DisposeInstance( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the instance whose resources are * to be released. */ { - PhotoInstance *instancePtr = (PhotoInstance *) clientData; + PhotoInstance *instancePtr = clientData; PhotoInstance *prevPtr; if (instancePtr->pixels != None) { @@ -4273,16 +4272,16 @@ Tk_PhotoHandle Tk_FindPhoto( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter (application) in which image * exists. */ - CONST char *imageName) /* Name of the desired photo image. */ + const char *imageName) /* Name of the desired photo image. */ { - ClientData clientData; Tk_ImageType *typePtr; + ClientData clientData = + Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr); - clientData = Tk_GetImageMasterData(interp, imageName, &typePtr); if (typePtr != &tkPhotoImageType) { return NULL; } - return (Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData; + return clientData; } /* @@ -4617,7 +4616,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock( if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) { /* * Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that - * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't + * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't * negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140] */ @@ -4634,7 +4633,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutBlock( } else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) { /* * Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or - * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this + * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this * Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where * the alpha pixels are. */ @@ -4743,7 +4742,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock( } if ((y < masterPtr->ditherY) || ((y == masterPtr->ditherY) - && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) { + && (x < masterPtr->ditherX))) { /* * The dithering isn't correct past the start of this block. */ @@ -4917,7 +4916,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock( if (!sourceIsSimplePhoto && (width == 1) && (height == 1)) { /* * Optimize the single pixel case if we can. This speeds up code that - * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't + * builds up large simple-alpha images by single pixels. We don't * negate COMPLEX_ALPHA in this case. [Bug 1409140] */ if (!(masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) { @@ -4933,7 +4932,7 @@ Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock( } else if ((alphaOffset != 0) || (masterPtr->flags & COMPLEX_ALPHA)) { /* * Check for partial transparency if alpha pixels are specified, or - * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this + * rescan if we already knew such pixels existed. To restrict this * Toggle to only checking the changed pixels requires knowing where * the alpha pixels are. */ @@ -5246,7 +5245,7 @@ DitherInstance( for (x = xStart; x < xEnd; ++x) { c = (x > 0) ? errPtr[-1] * 7: 0; if (y > 0) { - if (x > 0) { + if (x > 0) { c += errPtr[-lineLength-1]; } c += errPtr[-lineLength] * 5; @@ -5259,7 +5258,7 @@ DitherInstance( if ((masterPtr->flags & COLOR_IMAGE) == 0) { c += srcPtr[0]; } else { - c += (unsigned)(srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16 + c += (unsigned) (srcPtr[0] * 11 + srcPtr[1] * 16 + srcPtr[2] * 5 + 16) >> 5; } srcPtr += 4; @@ -5900,8 +5899,7 @@ PhotoOptionFind( char *name = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(obj, &length); char *prevname = NULL; Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc = NULL; - OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, - "photoOption", NULL); + OptionAssocData *list = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL); while (list != NULL) { if (strncmp(name, list->name, (unsigned) length) == 0) { @@ -5951,7 +5949,7 @@ PhotoOptionCleanupProc( * interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter that is being deleted. */ { - OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) clientData; + OptionAssocData *list = clientData; while (list != NULL) { register OptionAssocData *ptr; @@ -5981,12 +5979,11 @@ PhotoOptionCleanupProc( MODULE_SCOPE void Tk_CreatePhotoOption( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter. */ - CONST char *name, /* Option name. */ + const char *name, /* Option name. */ Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc) /* Function to execute command. */ { OptionAssocData *typePtr2, *prevPtr, *ptr; - OptionAssocData *list = (OptionAssocData *) - Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL); + OptionAssocData *list = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", NULL); /* * If there's already a photo option with the given name, remove it. @@ -6008,8 +6005,7 @@ Tk_CreatePhotoOption( strcpy(&(ptr->name[0]), name); ptr->command = proc; ptr->nextPtr = list; - Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", PhotoOptionCleanupProc, - (ClientData) ptr); + Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "photoOption", PhotoOptionCleanupProc, ptr); } /* @@ -6041,7 +6037,7 @@ ImgPhotoPostscript( { Tk_PhotoImageBlock block; - Tk_PhotoGetImage((Tk_PhotoHandle) clientData, &block); + Tk_PhotoGetImage(clientData, &block); block.pixelPtr += y * block.pitch + x * block.pixelSize; return Tk_PostscriptPhoto(interp, &block, psInfo, width, height); diff --git a/generic/tkMain.c b/generic/tkMain.c index 9f6a73c..396c93f 100644 --- a/generic/tkMain.c +++ b/generic/tkMain.c @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMain.c,v 1.29 2008/04/01 16:30:54 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMain.c,v 1.30 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include <ctype.h> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; #if !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(_WIN32) extern int isatty(int fd); -extern char * strrchr(CONST char *string, int c); +extern char * strrchr(const char *string, int c); #endif /* @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Tk_MainEx( Tcl_Interp *interp) { Tcl_Obj *path, *argvPtr; - CONST char *encodingName; + const char *encodingName; int code, nullStdin = 0; Tcl_Channel inChannel, outChannel; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr; @@ -114,12 +114,11 @@ Tk_MainEx( abort(); } - tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_FindExecutable(argv[0]); tsdPtr->interp = interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); #if defined(__WIN32__) Tk_InitConsoleChannels(interp); @@ -176,7 +175,7 @@ Tk_MainEx( Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, argv[0], -1, &appName); } else { int numBytes; - CONST char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &numBytes); + const char *pathName = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(path, &numBytes); Tcl_ExternalToUtfDString(NULL, pathName, numBytes, &appName); path = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tcl_DStringValue(&appName), -1); @@ -298,7 +297,7 @@ Tk_MainEx( inChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN); if (inChannel) { Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(inChannel, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, - (ClientData) inChannel); + inChannel); } if (tsdPtr->tty) { Prompt(interp, 0); @@ -320,7 +319,7 @@ Tk_MainEx( Tk_MainLoop(); Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); Tcl_SetStartupScript(NULL, NULL); Tcl_Exit(0); } @@ -353,8 +352,8 @@ StdinProc( static int gotPartial = 0; char *cmd; int code, count; - Tcl_Channel chan = (Tcl_Channel) clientData; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + Tcl_Channel chan = clientData; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_Interp *interp = tsdPtr->interp; @@ -364,13 +363,12 @@ StdinProc( if (tsdPtr->tty) { Tcl_Exit(0); } else { - Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan); + Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler(chan, StdinProc, chan); } return; } - (void) Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue( - &tsdPtr->line), -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, Tcl_DStringValue(&tsdPtr->line), -1); cmd = Tcl_DStringAppend(&tsdPtr->command, "\n", -1); Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->line); if (!Tcl_CommandComplete(cmd)) { @@ -386,13 +384,12 @@ StdinProc( * things, this will trash the text of the command being evaluated. */ - Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, (ClientData) chan); + Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, 0, StdinProc, chan); code = Tcl_RecordAndEval(interp, cmd, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); chan = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDIN); if (chan) { - Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, - (ClientData) chan); + Tcl_CreateChannelHandler(chan, TCL_READABLE, StdinProc, chan); } Tcl_DStringFree(&tsdPtr->command); if (Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)[0] != '\0') { diff --git a/generic/tkMenu.c b/generic/tkMenu.c index a402fc3..1f18cc3 100644 --- a/generic/tkMenu.c +++ b/generic/tkMenu.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenu.c,v 1.41 2007/12/13 15:24:15 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenu.c,v 1.42 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ /* @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ TCL_DECLARE_MUTEX(menuMutex) char *tkMenuStateStrings[] = {"active", "normal", "disabled", NULL}; -static CONST char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = { +static const char *menuEntryTypeStrings[] = { "cascade", "checkbutton", "command", "radiobutton", "separator", NULL }; @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec tkMenuConfigSpecs[] = { * with MenuWidgetObjCmd. */ -static CONST char *menuOptions[] = { +static const char *menuOptions[] = { "activate", "add", "cget", "clone", "configure", "delete", "entrycget", "entryconfigure", "index", "insert", "invoke", "post", "postcascade", "type", "unpost", "xposition", "yposition", NULL @@ -329,12 +329,12 @@ enum options { static int CloneMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *newMenuName, Tcl_Obj *newMenuTypeString); static int ConfigureMenu(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int ConfigureMenuEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteMenuCloneEntries(TkMenu *menuPtr, int first, int last); static void DestroyMenuHashTable(ClientData clientData, @@ -349,17 +349,17 @@ static int MenuDoXPosition(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *objPtr); static int MenuAddOrInsert(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenu *menuPtr, Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int MenuCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void MenuCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static TkMenuEntry * MenuNewEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, int index, int type); static char * MenuVarProc(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1, - CONST char *name2, int flags); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, + const char *name2, int flags); static int MenuWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void MenuWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int PostProcessEntry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr); static void RecursivelyDeleteMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); @@ -416,8 +416,7 @@ TkCreateMenuCmd( optionTablesPtr->entryOptionTables[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY] = Tk_CreateOptionTable(interp, specsArray[CHECK_BUTTON_ENTRY]); - Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, - (ClientData) optionTablesPtr, NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "menu", MenuCmd, optionTablesPtr, NULL); if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "menu", "menu"); @@ -448,7 +447,7 @@ MenuCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = Tk_MainWindow(interp); Tk_Window newWin; @@ -456,8 +455,8 @@ MenuCmd( TkMenuReferences *menuRefPtr; int i, index, toplevel; char *windowName; - static CONST char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL}; - TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = (TkMenuOptionTables *) clientData; + static const char *typeStringList[] = {"-type", NULL}; + TkMenuOptionTables *optionTablesPtr = clientData; if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "pathName ?options?"); @@ -497,8 +496,8 @@ MenuCmd( menuPtr->display = Tk_Display(newWin); menuPtr->interp = interp; menuPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) menuPtr, MenuCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), MenuWidgetObjCmd, menuPtr, + MenuCmdDeletedProc); menuPtr->active = -1; menuPtr->cursorPtr = None; menuPtr->masterMenuPtr = menuPtr; @@ -507,10 +506,10 @@ MenuCmd( TkMenuInitializeDrawingFields(menuPtr); Tk_SetClass(menuPtr->tkwin, "Menu"); - Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, (ClientData) menuPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(menuPtr->tkwin, &menuClass, menuPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(newWin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|ActivateMask, - TkMenuEventProc, (ClientData) menuPtr); + TkMenuEventProc, menuPtr); if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) menuPtr, menuPtr->optionTablesPtr->menuOptionTable, menuPtr->tkwin) != TCL_OK) { @@ -661,9 +660,9 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { - register TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; + register TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData; register TkMenuEntry *mePtr; int result = TCL_OK; int option; @@ -676,7 +675,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( &option) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr); switch ((enum options) option) { case MENU_ACTIVATE: { @@ -808,10 +807,10 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( goto done; } mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(mePtr); resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionValue(interp, (char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, objv[3], menuPtr->tkwin); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); + Tcl_Release(mePtr); if (resultPtr == NULL) { goto error; } @@ -833,7 +832,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( goto done; } mePtr = menuPtr->entries[index]; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(mePtr); if (objc == 3) { resultPtr = Tk_GetOptionInfo(interp, (char *) mePtr, mePtr->optionTable, NULL, menuPtr->tkwin); @@ -856,7 +855,7 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( result = ConfigureMenuCloneEntries(interp, menuPtr, index, objc-3, objv+3); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); + Tcl_Release(mePtr); break; } case MENU_INDEX: { @@ -989,11 +988,11 @@ MenuWidgetObjCmd( break; } done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); + Tcl_Release(menuPtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); + Tcl_Release(menuPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1032,9 +1031,11 @@ TkInvokeMenu( if (mePtr->state == ENTRY_DISABLED) { goto done; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mePtr); + + Tcl_Preserve(mePtr); if (mePtr->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY) { Tcl_DString ds; + Tcl_DStringInit(&ds); Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, "tk::TearOffMenu ", -1); Tcl_DStringAppend(&ds, Tk_PathName(menuPtr->tkwin), -1); @@ -1087,7 +1088,8 @@ TkInvokeMenu( result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, commandPtr, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL); Tcl_DecrRefCount(commandPtr); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) mePtr); + Tcl_Release(mePtr); + done: return result; } @@ -1469,7 +1471,7 @@ DestroyMenuEntry( Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, varName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); + MenuVarProc, mePtr); } TkpDestroyMenuEntry(mePtr); TkMenuEntryFreeDrawOptions(mePtr); @@ -1499,7 +1501,7 @@ static void MenuWorldChanged( ClientData instanceData) /* Information about widget. */ { - TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) instanceData; + TkMenu *menuPtr = instanceData; int i; TkMenuConfigureDrawOptions(menuPtr); @@ -1536,7 +1538,7 @@ ConfigureMenu( register TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */ { int i; TkMenu *menuListPtr, *cleanupPtr; @@ -1620,8 +1622,7 @@ ConfigureMenu( && (menuListPtr->entries[0]->type == TEAROFF_ENTRY)) { int i; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[0], - DestroyMenuEntry); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[0], DestroyMenuEntry); for (i = 0; i < menuListPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { menuListPtr->entries[i] = menuListPtr->entries[i + 1]; @@ -1789,7 +1790,7 @@ PostProcessEntry( char *imageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->imagePtr); image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, imageString, - TkMenuImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); + TkMenuImageProc, mePtr); if (image == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1804,7 +1805,7 @@ PostProcessEntry( char *selectImageString = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->selectImagePtr); image = Tk_GetImage(menuPtr->interp, menuPtr->tkwin, selectImageString, - TkMenuSelectImageProc, (ClientData) mePtr); + TkMenuSelectImageProc, mePtr); if (image == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1871,7 +1872,7 @@ PostProcessEntry( name = Tcl_GetString(mePtr->namePtr); Tcl_TraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); + MenuVarProc, mePtr); } } @@ -1902,7 +1903,7 @@ ConfigureMenuEntry( register TkMenuEntry *mePtr,/* Information about menu entry; may or may * not already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */ { TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; Tk_SavedOptions errorStruct; @@ -1920,7 +1921,7 @@ ConfigureMenuEntry( Tcl_UntraceVar(menuPtr->interp, name, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuVarProc, (ClientData) mePtr); + MenuVarProc, mePtr); } result = TCL_OK; @@ -1967,7 +1968,7 @@ ConfigureMenuCloneEntries( TkMenu *menuPtr, /* Information about whole menu. */ int index, /* Index of mePtr within menuPtr's entries. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */ { TkMenuEntry *mePtr; TkMenu *menuListPtr; @@ -2195,7 +2196,7 @@ static void MenuCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - TkMenu *menuPtr = (TkMenu *) clientData; + TkMenu *menuPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = menuPtr->tkwin; /* @@ -2336,7 +2337,7 @@ MenuAddOrInsert( Tcl_Obj *indexPtr, /* Object describing index at which to insert. * NULL means insert at end. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments to command: first arg is type of * entry, others are config options. */ { int type, index; @@ -2386,7 +2387,7 @@ MenuAddOrInsert( for (errorMenuPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; errorMenuPtr != NULL; errorMenuPtr = errorMenuPtr->nextInstancePtr) { - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) errorMenuPtr->entries[index], + Tcl_EventuallyFree(errorMenuPtr->entries[index], DestroyMenuEntry); for (i = index; i < errorMenuPtr->numEntries - 1; i++) { errorMenuPtr->entries[i] = errorMenuPtr->entries[i + 1]; @@ -2474,15 +2475,14 @@ static char * MenuVarProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about menu entry. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* First part of variable's name. */ - CONST char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */ + const char *name1, /* First part of variable's name. */ + const char *name2, /* Second part of variable's name. */ int flags) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - TkMenuEntry *mePtr = (TkMenuEntry *) clientData; + TkMenuEntry *mePtr = clientData; TkMenu *menuPtr; - CONST char *value; - char *name; - char *onValue; + const char *value; + char *name, *onValue; if (flags & TCL_INTERP_DESTROYED) { /* @@ -2686,7 +2686,7 @@ CloneMenu( for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { Tcl_IncrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) menuPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(menuPtr); returnResult = Tcl_EvalObjv(menuPtr->interp, 4, menuDupCommandArray, 0); for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) { Tcl_DecrRefCount(menuDupCommandArray[i]); @@ -2732,8 +2732,8 @@ CloneMenu( newObjv[1] = Tcl_NewStringObj(Tk_PathName(newMenuPtr->tkwin), -1); Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[0]); Tcl_IncrRefCount(newObjv[1]); - if (Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, - newMenuPtr->interp, 2, newObjv) == TCL_OK) { + if (Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(newMenuPtr->tkwin, newMenuPtr->interp, 2, + newObjv) == TCL_OK) { char *windowName; Tcl_Obj *bindingsPtr = Tcl_DuplicateObj(Tcl_GetObjResult(newMenuPtr->interp)); @@ -2758,8 +2758,8 @@ CloneMenu( Tcl_ListObjReplace(menuPtr->interp, bindingsPtr, i + 1, 0, 1, &newElementPtr); newObjv[2] = bindingsPtr; - Tk_BindtagsObjCmd((ClientData)newMenuPtr->tkwin, - menuPtr->interp, 3, newObjv); + Tk_BindtagsObjCmd(newMenuPtr->tkwin, menuPtr->interp, 3, + newObjv); break; } } @@ -2811,7 +2811,7 @@ CloneMenu( } else { returnResult = TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) menuPtr); + Tcl_Release(menuPtr); return returnResult; } @@ -3271,8 +3271,8 @@ DestroyMenuHashTable( ClientData clientData, /* The menu hash table we are destroying. */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* The interpreter we are destroying. */ { - Tcl_DeleteHashTable((Tcl_HashTable *) clientData); - ckfree((char *) clientData); + Tcl_DeleteHashTable(clientData); + ckfree(clientData); } /* @@ -3305,7 +3305,7 @@ TkGetMenuHashTable( menuTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); Tcl_InitHashTable(menuTablePtr, TCL_STRING_KEYS); Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, MENU_HASH_KEY, DestroyMenuHashTable, - (ClientData) menuTablePtr); + menuTablePtr); } return menuTablePtr; } @@ -3348,9 +3348,9 @@ TkCreateMenuReferences( menuRefPtr->topLevelListPtr = NULL; menuRefPtr->parentEntryPtr = NULL; menuRefPtr->hashEntryPtr = hashEntryPtr; - Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, (char *) menuRefPtr); + Tcl_SetHashValue(hashEntryPtr, menuRefPtr); } else { - menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + menuRefPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); } return menuRefPtr; } @@ -3387,7 +3387,7 @@ TkFindMenuReferences( menuTablePtr = TkGetMenuHashTable(interp); hashEntryPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(menuTablePtr, pathName); if (hashEntryPtr != NULL) { - menuRefPtr = (TkMenuReferences *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); + menuRefPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hashEntryPtr); } return menuRefPtr; } @@ -3485,8 +3485,7 @@ DeleteMenuCloneEntries( for (menuListPtr = menuPtr->masterMenuPtr; menuListPtr != NULL; menuListPtr = menuListPtr->nextInstancePtr) { for (i = last; i >= first; i--) { - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) menuListPtr->entries[i], - DestroyMenuEntry); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(menuListPtr->entries[i], DestroyMenuEntry); } for (i = last + 1; i < menuListPtr->numEntries; i++) { j = i - numDeleted; @@ -3552,7 +3551,7 @@ TkMenuCleanup( void TkMenuInit(void) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!menusInitialized) { diff --git a/generic/tkMenubutton.c b/generic/tkMenubutton.c index 7d3622a..2113f8c 100644 --- a/generic/tkMenubutton.c +++ b/generic/tkMenubutton.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenubutton.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 23:08:43 hobbs Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMenubutton.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { * dispatch the scale widget command. */ -static CONST char *commandNames[] = { +static const char *commandNames[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL }; @@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ static void MenuButtonImageProc(ClientData clientData, int x, int y, int width, int height, int imgWidth, int imgHeight); static char * MenuButtonTextVarProc(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1, - CONST char *name2, int flags); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, + const char *name2, int flags); static int MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int ConfigureMenuButton(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkMenuButton *mbPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyMenuButton(char *memPtr); /* @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register TkMenuButton *mbPtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( Tk_SetClass(tkwin, "Menubutton"); mbPtr = TkpCreateMenuButton(tkwin); - Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpMenubuttonClass, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(tkwin, &tkpMenubuttonClass, mbPtr); /* * Initialize the data structure for the button. @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( mbPtr->display = Tk_Display (tkwin); mbPtr->interp = interp; mbPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) mbPtr, MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(mbPtr->tkwin), MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd, mbPtr, + MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc); mbPtr->optionTable = optionTable; mbPtr->menuName = NULL; mbPtr->text = NULL; @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Tk_MenubuttonObjCmd( Tk_CreateEventHandler(mbPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - MenuButtonEventProc, (ClientData) mbPtr); + MenuButtonEventProc, mbPtr); if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) mbPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) { Tk_DestroyWindow(mbPtr->tkwin); @@ -335,9 +335,9 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about button widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; + register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; int result, index; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd( if (result != TCL_OK) { return result; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(mbPtr); switch (index) { case COMMAND_CGET: @@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ MenuButtonWidgetObjCmd( } break; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_Release(mbPtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_Release(mbPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton( TkpDestroyMenuButton(mbPtr); if (mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr); } /* @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton( if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr); + MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr); } if (mbPtr->image != NULL) { Tk_FreeImage(mbPtr->image); @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ DestroyMenuButton( } Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) mbPtr, mbPtr->optionTable, mbPtr->tkwin); mbPtr->tkwin = NULL; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) mbPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(mbPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } /* @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton( /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL; @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton( if (mbPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr); + MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr); } /* @@ -563,8 +563,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton( if (mbPtr->imageString != NULL) { image = Tk_GetImage(mbPtr->interp, mbPtr->tkwin, - mbPtr->imageString, MenuButtonImageProc, - (ClientData) mbPtr); + mbPtr->imageString, MenuButtonImageProc, mbPtr); if (image == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -616,7 +615,7 @@ ConfigureMenuButton( * Set up a trace to watch for any changes in it, create the variable * if it doesn't exist, and fetch its current value. */ - CONST char *value; + const char *value; value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if (value == NULL) { @@ -631,10 +630,10 @@ ConfigureMenuButton( } Tcl_TraceVar(interp, mbPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MenuButtonTextVarProc, (ClientData) mbPtr); + MenuButtonTextVarProc, mbPtr); } - TkMenuButtonWorldChanged((ClientData) mbPtr); + TkMenuButtonWorldChanged(mbPtr); if (error) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); @@ -668,9 +667,7 @@ TkMenuButtonWorldChanged( XGCValues gcValues; GC gc; unsigned long mask; - TkMenuButton *mbPtr; - - mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) instanceData; + TkMenuButton *mbPtr = instanceData; gcValues.font = Tk_FontId(mbPtr->tkfont); gcValues.foreground = mbPtr->normalFg->pixel; @@ -743,7 +740,7 @@ TkMenuButtonWorldChanged( */ if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr); mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -771,7 +768,7 @@ MenuButtonEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; + TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) { goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { @@ -802,7 +799,7 @@ MenuButtonEventProc( redraw: if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr); mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -829,7 +826,7 @@ static void MenuButtonCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; + TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = mbPtr->tkwin; /* @@ -867,12 +864,12 @@ static char * MenuButtonTextVarProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ - CONST char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ + const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ + const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ { - register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; - CONST char *value; + register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; + const char *value; unsigned len; /* @@ -905,7 +902,7 @@ MenuButtonTextVarProc( if ((mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr); mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } return NULL; @@ -938,12 +935,12 @@ MenuButtonImageProc( * 0). */ int imgWidth, int imgHeight)/* New dimensions of image. */ { - register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = (TkMenuButton *) clientData; + register TkMenuButton *mbPtr = clientData; if (mbPtr->tkwin != NULL) { TkpComputeMenuButtonGeometry(mbPtr); if (Tk_IsMapped(mbPtr->tkwin) && !(mbPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, (ClientData) mbPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayMenuButton, mbPtr); mbPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } diff --git a/generic/tkMessage.c b/generic/tkMessage.c index 048bb5c..ff33d48 100644 --- a/generic/tkMessage.c +++ b/generic/tkMessage.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMessage.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMessage.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -173,15 +173,15 @@ static void MessageCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static void MessageEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static char * MessageTextVarProc(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1, - CONST char *name2, int flags); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, + const char *name2, int flags); static int MessageWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void MessageWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static void ComputeMessageGeometry(Message *msgPtr); static int ConfigureMessage(Tcl_Interp *interp, Message *msgPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int flags); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static void DestroyMessage(char *memPtr); static void DisplayMessage(ClientData clientData); @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { register Message *msgPtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; @@ -252,8 +252,8 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd( msgPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); msgPtr->interp = interp; msgPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), MessageWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) msgPtr, MessageCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(msgPtr->tkwin), MessageWidgetObjCmd, msgPtr, + MessageCmdDeletedProc); msgPtr->optionTable = optionTable; msgPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_FLAT; msgPtr->textGC = None; @@ -263,10 +263,10 @@ Tk_MessageObjCmd( msgPtr->cursor = None; Tk_SetClass(msgPtr->tkwin, "Message"); - Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, (ClientData) msgPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(msgPtr->tkwin, &messageClass, msgPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(msgPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - MessageEventProc, (ClientData) msgPtr); + MessageEventProc, msgPtr); if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *)msgPtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) { Tk_DestroyWindow(msgPtr->tkwin); return TCL_ERROR; @@ -304,10 +304,10 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about message widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { - register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL }; + register Message *msgPtr = clientData; + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "cget", "configure", NULL }; enum options { MESSAGE_CGET, MESSAGE_CONFIGURE }; int index; int result = TCL_OK; @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(msgPtr); switch ((enum options) index) { case MESSAGE_CGET: @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ MessageWidgetObjCmd( break; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_Release(msgPtr); return result; } @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ DestroyMessage( Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->widgetCmd); if (msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayMessage, msgPtr); } /* @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ DestroyMessage( if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(msgPtr->interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr); + MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr); } Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, msgPtr->tkwin); msgPtr->tkwin = NULL; @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ ConfigureMessage( register Message *msgPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ ConfigureMessage( if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr); + MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr); } if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) msgPtr, msgPtr->optionTable, objc, objv, @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ ConfigureMessage( */ if (msgPtr->textVarName != NULL) { - CONST char *value; + const char *value; value = Tcl_GetVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if (value == NULL) { @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ ConfigureMessage( } Tcl_TraceVar(interp, msgPtr->textVarName, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - MessageTextVarProc, (ClientData) msgPtr); + MessageTextVarProc, msgPtr); } /* @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ ConfigureMessage( } Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); - MessageWorldChanged((ClientData) msgPtr); + MessageWorldChanged(msgPtr); return TCL_OK; } @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ MessageWorldChanged( ComputeMessageGeometry(msgPtr); if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin) && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr); msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ static void DisplayMessage( ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { - register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData; + register Message *msgPtr = clientData; register Tk_Window tkwin = msgPtr->tkwin; int x, y; int borderWidth = msgPtr->highlightWidth; @@ -744,13 +744,13 @@ MessageEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData; + Message *msgPtr = clientData; if (((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) || (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify)) { goto redraw; } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { - DestroyMessage((char *) clientData); + DestroyMessage(clientData); } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { if (eventPtr->xfocus.detail != NotifyInferior) { msgPtr->flags |= GOT_FOCUS; @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ MessageEventProc( redraw: if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr); msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ static void MessageCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData; + Message *msgPtr = clientData; /* * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed @@ -833,12 +833,12 @@ static char * MessageTextVarProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about message. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ - CONST char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ + const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ + const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ { - register Message *msgPtr = (Message *) clientData; - CONST char *value; + register Message *msgPtr = clientData; + const char *value; /* * If the variable is unset, then immediately recreate it unless the whole @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ MessageTextVarProc( if ((msgPtr->tkwin != NULL) && Tk_IsMapped(msgPtr->tkwin) && !(msgPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, (ClientData) msgPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayMessage, msgPtr); msgPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } return NULL; diff --git a/generic/tkObj.c b/generic/tkObj.c index 15f01ac..ce1c649 100644 --- a/generic/tkObj.c +++ b/generic/tkObj.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkObj.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkObj.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ typedef struct PixelRep { #define SET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr, repPtr) \ (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = 0; \ - (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (VOID *) repPtr + (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = (void *) repPtr #define GET_COMPLEXPIXEL(objPtr) \ ((PixelRep *) (objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2) @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ DupMMInternalRep( newPtr->units = oldPtr->units; newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin; newPtr->returnValue = oldPtr->returnValue; - copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) newPtr; + copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) newPtr; } /* @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ SetMMFromAny( mmPtr->tkwin = NULL; mmPtr->returnValue = d; - objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) mmPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) mmPtr; return TCL_OK; } @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ SetWindowFromAny( winPtr->mainPtr = NULL; winPtr->epoch = 0; - objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID*)winPtr; + objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) winPtr; objPtr->typePtr = &windowObjType; return TCL_OK; @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ DupWindowInternalRep( newPtr->tkwin = oldPtr->tkwin; newPtr->mainPtr = oldPtr->mainPtr; newPtr->epoch = oldPtr->epoch; - copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *)newPtr; + copyPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (void *) newPtr; copyPtr->typePtr = srcPtr->typePtr; } diff --git a/generic/tkOldConfig.c b/generic/tkOldConfig.c index 8a46c58..37d278d 100644 --- a/generic/tkOldConfig.c +++ b/generic/tkOldConfig.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldConfig.c,v 1.23 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldConfig.c,v 1.24 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkPort.h" @@ -35,11 +35,11 @@ static int DoConfig(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, Tk_Uid value, int valueIsUid, char *widgRec); static Tk_ConfigSpec * FindConfigSpec(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, CONST char *argvName, + Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, const char *argvName, int needFlags, int hateFlags); static char * FormatConfigInfo(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec); -static CONST char * FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, +static const char * FormatConfigValue(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr, char *widgRec, char *buffer, Tcl_FreeProc **freeProcPtr); static Tk_ConfigSpec * GetCachedSpecs(Tcl_Interp *interp, @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget( * X resources). */ Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */ int argc, /* Number of elements in argv. */ - CONST char **argv, /* Command-line options. */ + const char **argv, /* Command-line options. */ char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields are to be modified. * Values must be properly initialized. */ int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureWidget( */ for ( ; argc > 0; argc -= 2, argv += 2) { - CONST char *arg; + const char *arg; if (flags & TK_CONFIG_OBJS) { arg = Tcl_GetStringFromObj((Tcl_Obj *) *argv, NULL); @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ FindConfigSpec( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for reporting errors. */ Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Pointer to table of configuration * specifications for a widget. */ - CONST char *argvName, /* Name (suitable for use in a "config" + const char *argvName, /* Name (suitable for use in a "config" * command) identifying particular option. */ int needFlags, /* Flags that must be present in matching * entry. */ @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureInfo( Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */ char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields contain current values * for options. */ - CONST char *argvName, /* If non-NULL, indicates a single option + const char *argvName, /* If non-NULL, indicates a single option * whose info is to be returned. Otherwise * info is returned for all options. */ int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ FormatConfigInfo( char *widgRec) /* Pointer to record holding current values of * info for widget. */ { - CONST char *argv[6]; + const char *argv[6]; char *result; char buffer[200]; Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc = NULL; @@ -721,9 +721,9 @@ FormatConfigInfo( result = Tcl_Merge(5, argv); if (freeProc != NULL) { if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) { - ckfree((char *)argv[4]); + ckfree((char *) argv[4]); } else { - (*freeProc)((char *)argv[4]); + (*freeProc)((char *) argv[4]); } } return result; @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ FormatConfigInfo( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static CONST char * +static const char * FormatConfigValue( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for use in real conversions. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window corresponding to widget. */ @@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ FormatConfigValue( * function to free the result, or NULL if * result is static. */ { - CONST char *ptr, *result; + const char *ptr, *result; *freeProcPtr = NULL; ptr = widgRec + specPtr->offset; @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue( Tk_ConfigSpec *specs, /* Describes legal options. */ char *widgRec, /* Record whose fields contain current values * for options. */ - CONST char *argvName, /* Gives the command-line name for the option + const char *argvName, /* Gives the command-line name for the option * whose value is to be returned. */ int flags) /* Used to specify additional flags that must * be present in config specs for them to be @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue( Tk_ConfigSpec *specPtr; int needFlags, hateFlags; Tcl_FreeProc *freeProc; - CONST char *result; + const char *result; char buffer[200]; needFlags = flags & ~(TK_CONFIG_USER_BIT - 1); @@ -943,9 +943,9 @@ Tk_ConfigureValue( Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) result, TCL_VOLATILE); if (freeProc != NULL) { if ((freeProc == TCL_DYNAMIC) || (freeProc == (Tcl_FreeProc *) free)) { - ckfree((char *)result); + ckfree((char *) result); } else { - (*freeProc)((char *)result); + (*freeProc)((char *) result); } } return TCL_OK; @@ -1072,13 +1072,13 @@ GetCachedSpecs( * self-initializing code. */ - specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) + specCacheTablePtr = Tcl_GetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable", NULL); if (specCacheTablePtr == NULL) { specCacheTablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) ckalloc(sizeof(Tcl_HashTable)); Tcl_InitHashTable(specCacheTablePtr, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "tkConfigSpec.threadTable", - DeleteSpecCacheTable, (ClientData) specCacheTablePtr); + DeleteSpecCacheTable, specCacheTablePtr); } /* @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ GetCachedSpecs( cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) ckalloc(entrySpace); memcpy(cachedSpecs, staticSpecs, entrySpace); - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) cachedSpecs); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, cachedSpecs); /* * Finally, go through and replace database names, database classes @@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ GetCachedSpecs( specPtr->specFlags &= ~TK_CONFIG_OPTION_SPECIFIED; } } else { - cachedSpecs = (Tk_ConfigSpec *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); + cachedSpecs = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); } return cachedSpecs; @@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ DeleteSpecCacheTable( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp) { - Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = (Tcl_HashTable *) clientData; + Tcl_HashTable *tablePtr = clientData; Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; Tcl_HashSearch search; @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ DeleteSpecCacheTable( * Someone else deallocates the Tk_Uids themselves. */ - ckfree((char *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr)); + ckfree(Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr)); } Tcl_DeleteHashTable(tablePtr); ckfree((char *) tablePtr); diff --git a/generic/tkOldTest.c b/generic/tkOldTest.c index 473d92c..cd7ae5b 100644 --- a/generic/tkOldTest.c +++ b/generic/tkOldTest.c @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldTest.c,v 1.1 2007/05/14 20:58:27 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOldTest.c,v 1.2 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #define USE_OLD_IMAGE @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ static Tk_ImageType imageType = { */ static int ImageCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); MODULE_SCOPE int TkOldTestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); @@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ ImageCreate( strcpy(timPtr->imageName, name); timPtr->varName = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(varName) + 1)); strcpy(timPtr->varName, varName); - Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, (ClientData) timPtr, NULL); - *clientDataPtr = (ClientData) timPtr; + Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, name, ImageCmd, timPtr, NULL); + *clientDataPtr = timPtr; Tk_ImageChanged(master, 0, 0, 30, 15, 30, 15); return TCL_OK; } @@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ ImageCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { - TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData; + TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData; int x, y, width, height; if (argc < 2) { @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ImageGet( * used. */ ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TImageMaster for image. */ { - TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData; + TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData; TImageInstance *instPtr; char buffer[100]; XGCValues gcValues; @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ ImageGet( instPtr->fg = Tk_GetColor(timPtr->interp, tkwin, "#ff0000"); gcValues.foreground = instPtr->fg->pixel; instPtr->gc = Tk_GetGC(tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); - return (ClientData) instPtr; + return instPtr; } /* @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ ImageDisplay( /* Coordinates in drawable corresponding to * imageX and imageY. */ { - TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData; + TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData; char buffer[200 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 6]; sprintf(buffer, "%s display %d %d %d %d %d %d", @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ ImageFree( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to TImageInstance for instance. */ Display *display) /* Display where image was to be drawn. */ { - TImageInstance *instPtr = (TImageInstance *) clientData; + TImageInstance *instPtr = clientData; char buffer[200]; sprintf(buffer, "%s free", instPtr->masterPtr->imageName); @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ ImageDelete( * this function is called, no more instances * exist. */ { - TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData; + TImageMaster *timPtr = clientData; char buffer[100]; sprintf(buffer, "%s delete", timPtr->imageName); diff --git a/generic/tkOption.c b/generic/tkOption.c index 1fac8b4..06b67f9 100644 --- a/generic/tkOption.c +++ b/generic/tkOption.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOption.c,v 1.24 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkOption.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -248,8 +248,8 @@ void Tk_AddOption( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window token; option will be associated * with main window for this window. */ - CONST char *name, /* Multi-element name of option. */ - CONST char *value, /* String value for option. */ + const char *name, /* Multi-element name of option. */ + const char *value, /* String value for option. */ int priority) /* Overall priority level to use for this * option, such as TK_USER_DEFAULT_PRIO or * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and @@ -259,13 +259,13 @@ Tk_AddOption( register ElArray **arrayPtrPtr; register Element *elPtr; Element newEl; - register CONST char *p; - CONST char *field; + register const char *p; + const char *field; int count, firstField; ptrdiff_t length; #define TMP_SIZE 100 char tmp[TMP_SIZE+1]; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (winPtr->mainPtr->optionRootPtr == NULL) { @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@ Tk_Uid Tk_GetOption( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window that option is associated * with. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of option. */ - CONST char *className) /* Class of option. NULL means there is no + const char *name, /* Name of option. */ + const char *className) /* Class of option. NULL means there is no * class for this option: just check for * name. */ { @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Tk_GetOption( register int count; StackLevel *levelPtr; int stackDepth[NUM_STACKS]; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* @@ -477,16 +477,16 @@ Tk_GetOption( */ for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]->els, - count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0; - elPtr++, count--) { + count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0; + elPtr++, count--) { if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId) && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) { bestPtr = elPtr; } } for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]->els, - count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0; - elPtr++, count--) { + count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_NAME]; count > 0; + elPtr++, count--) { if ((elPtr->nameUid == nameId) && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) { bestPtr = elPtr; @@ -496,16 +496,16 @@ Tk_GetOption( if (className != NULL) { classId = Tk_GetUid(className); for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]->els, - count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0; - elPtr++, count--) { + count = stackDepth[EXACT_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0; + elPtr++, count--) { if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId) && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) { bestPtr = elPtr; } } for (elPtr = tsdPtr->stacks[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]->els, - count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0; - elPtr++, count--) { + count = stackDepth[WILDCARD_LEAF_CLASS]; count > 0; + elPtr++, count--) { if ((elPtr->nameUid == classId) && (elPtr->priority > bestPtr->priority)) { bestPtr = elPtr; @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Tk_GetOption( * Extract the masquerade class name from the name field. */ - classNameLength = (unsigned int)(masqName - name); + classNameLength = (unsigned) (masqName - name); masqClass = (char *) ckalloc(classNameLength + 1); strncpy(masqClass, name, classNameLength); masqClass[classNameLength] = '\0'; @@ -614,14 +614,14 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of Tcl_Obj arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Tcl_Obj arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Tcl_Obj arguments. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; int index, result; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - static CONST char *optionCmds[] = { + static const char *optionCmds[] = { "add", "clear", "get", "readfile", NULL }; @@ -644,6 +644,7 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd( switch ((enum optionVals) index) { case OPTION_ADD: { int priority; + if ((objc != 4) && (objc != 5)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "pattern value ?priority?"); return TCL_ERROR; @@ -693,7 +694,7 @@ Tk_OptionObjCmd( value = Tk_GetOption(window, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]), Tcl_GetString(objv[4])); if (value != NULL) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *)value, TCL_STATIC); + Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) value, TCL_STATIC); } break; } @@ -743,7 +744,7 @@ void TkOptionDeadWindow( register TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window to be cleaned up. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* @@ -799,7 +800,7 @@ TkOptionClassChanged( { int i, j, *basePtr; ElArray *arrayPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (winPtr->optionLevel == -1) { @@ -930,7 +931,6 @@ AddFromString( src = string; lineNum = 1; while (1) { - /* * Skip leading white space and empty lines and comment lines, and * check for the end of the spec. @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ ReadOptionFile( * TK_INTERACTIVE_PRIO. Must be between 0 and * TK_MAX_PRIO. */ { - CONST char *realName; + const char *realName; char *buffer; int result, bufferSize; Tcl_Channel chan; @@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@ ReadOptionFile( */ bufferSize = (int) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_END); - (void) Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET); + Tcl_Seek(chan, (Tcl_WideInt) 0, SEEK_SET); if (bufferSize < 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error seeking to end of file \"", @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ ReadOptionFile( return TCL_ERROR; } - buffer = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) bufferSize+1); + buffer = ckalloc((unsigned) bufferSize+1); bufferSize = Tcl_Read(chan, buffer, bufferSize); if (bufferSize < 0) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "error reading file \"", fileName, "\":", @@ -1153,9 +1153,8 @@ static ElArray * NewArray( int numEls) /* How many elements of space to allocate. */ { - register ElArray *arrayPtr; + register ElArray *arrayPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(numEls)); - arrayPtr = (ElArray *) ckalloc(EL_ARRAY_SIZE(numEls)); arrayPtr->arraySize = numEls; arrayPtr->numUsed = 0; arrayPtr->nextToUse = arrayPtr->els; @@ -1236,7 +1235,7 @@ SetupStacks( int level, i, *iPtr; register StackLevel *levelPtr; register ElArray *arrayPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* @@ -1313,10 +1312,8 @@ SetupStacks( */ if (tsdPtr->curLevel >= tsdPtr->numLevels) { - StackLevel *newLevels; - - newLevels = (StackLevel *) ckalloc((unsigned) - (tsdPtr->numLevels * 2 * sizeof(StackLevel))); + StackLevel *newLevels = (StackLevel *) + ckalloc((unsigned) (tsdPtr->numLevels*2*sizeof(StackLevel))); memcpy(newLevels, tsdPtr->levels, tsdPtr->numLevels * sizeof(StackLevel)); ckfree((char *) tsdPtr->levels); @@ -1398,7 +1395,7 @@ ExtendStacks( { register int count; register Element *elPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); for (elPtr = arrayPtr->els, count = arrayPtr->numUsed; @@ -1431,7 +1428,7 @@ static void OptionThreadExitProc( ClientData clientData) /* not used */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->initialized) { @@ -1469,7 +1466,7 @@ OptionInit( { int i; Tcl_Interp *interp; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Element *defaultMatchPtr = &tsdPtr->defaultMatch; @@ -1505,7 +1502,7 @@ OptionInit( mainPtr->optionRootPtr = NewArray(20); interp = Tcl_CreateInterp(); - (void) GetDefaultOptions(interp, mainPtr->winPtr); + GetDefaultOptions(interp, mainPtr->winPtr); Tcl_DeleteInterp(interp); } diff --git a/generic/tkPack.c b/generic/tkPack.c index 0733d86..a266fba 100644 --- a/generic/tkPack.c +++ b/generic/tkPack.c @@ -10,20 +10,20 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPack.c,v 1.27 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPack.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" typedef enum {TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, RIGHT} Side; -static CONST char *sideNames[] = { +static const char *sideNames[] = { "top", "bottom", "left", "right", NULL }; -/* For each window that the packer cares about (either because - * the window is managed by the packer or because the window - * has slaves that are managed by the packer), there is a - * structure of the following type: +/* + * For each window that the packer cares about (either because the window is + * managed by the packer or because the window has slaves that are managed by + * the packer), there is a structure of the following type: */ typedef struct Packer { @@ -34,9 +34,9 @@ typedef struct Packer { struct Packer *masterPtr; /* Master window within which this window is * packed (NULL means this window isn't * managed by the packer). */ - struct Packer *nextPtr; /* Next window packed within same master. - * List is priority-ordered: first on list - * gets packed first. */ + struct Packer *nextPtr; /* Next window packed within same master. List + * is priority-ordered: first on list gets + * packed first. */ struct Packer *slavePtr; /* First in list of slaves packed inside this * window (NULL means no packed slaves). */ Side side; /* Side of master against which this window is @@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ static const Tk_GeomMgr packerType = { static void ArrangePacking(ClientData clientData); static int ConfigureSlaves(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyPacker(char *memPtr); static Packer * GetPacker(Tk_Window tkwin); static int PackAfter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Packer *prevPtr, - Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Packer *masterPtr, int objc,Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void PackStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static void Unlink(Packer *packPtr); @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ static int XExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityWidth); static int YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight); /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * TkPrintPadAmount -- * @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ static int YExpansion(Packer *slavePtr, int cavityHeight); * Side effects: * None. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ void @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TkPrintPadAmount( } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * Tk_PackCmd -- * @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ TkPrintPadAmount( * Side effects: * See the user documentation. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ int @@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; char *argv2; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { /* after, append, before and unpack are deprecated */ "after", "append", "before", "unpack", "configure", "forget", "info", "propagate", "slaves", NULL }; @@ -202,6 +202,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( if (objc >= 2) { char *string = Tcl_GetString(objv[1]); + if (string[0] == '.') { return ConfigureSlaves(interp, tkwin, objc-1, objv+1); } @@ -307,8 +308,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( } slavePtr = GetPacker(slave); if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) { - Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, - (ClientData) NULL); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL); if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin); @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); } } else { masterPtr->flags |= DONT_PROPAGATE; @@ -435,8 +435,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( } packPtr = GetPacker(tkwin2); if ((packPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->masterPtr != NULL)) { - Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL, - (ClientData) NULL); + Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin2, NULL, NULL); if (packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(packPtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(packPtr->tkwin, packPtr->masterPtr->tkwin); @@ -452,7 +451,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * PackReqProc -- * @@ -466,7 +465,7 @@ Tk_PackObjCmd( * Arranges for tkwin, and all its managed siblings, to be re-packed at * the next idle point. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ /* ARGSUSED */ @@ -477,17 +476,17 @@ PackReqProc( Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the * window. */ { - register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData; + register Packer *packPtr = clientData; packPtr = packPtr->masterPtr; if (!(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * PackLostSlaveProc -- * @@ -500,7 +499,7 @@ PackReqProc( * Side effects: * Forgets all packer-related information about the slave. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ /* ARGSUSED */ @@ -510,7 +509,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc( * stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - register Packer *slavePtr = (Packer *) clientData; + register Packer *slavePtr = clientData; if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin); @@ -520,7 +519,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc( } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * ArrangePacking -- * @@ -535,7 +534,7 @@ PackLostSlaveProc( * Side effects: * The packed slaves of masterPtr may get resized or moved. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ static void @@ -543,7 +542,7 @@ ArrangePacking( ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing master whose slaves * are to be re-layed out. */ { - register Packer *masterPtr = (Packer *) clientData; + register Packer *masterPtr = clientData; register Packer *slavePtr; int cavityX, cavityY, cavityWidth, cavityHeight; /* These variables keep track of the @@ -583,7 +582,7 @@ ArrangePacking( } masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort; abort = 0; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr); /* * Pass #1: scan all the slaves to figure out the total amount of space @@ -652,7 +651,7 @@ ArrangePacking( && !(masterPtr->flags & DONT_PROPAGATE)) { Tk_GeometryRequest(masterPtr->tkwin, maxWidth, maxHeight); masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); goto done; } @@ -843,7 +842,7 @@ ArrangePacking( done: masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL; - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); } /* @@ -964,7 +963,7 @@ YExpansion( } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * GetPacker -- * @@ -979,7 +978,7 @@ YExpansion( * A new packer structure may be created. If so, then a callback is set * up to clean things up when the window is deleted. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ static Packer * @@ -1005,7 +1004,7 @@ GetPacker( hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(&dispPtr->packerHashTable, (char *) tkwin, &isNew); if (!isNew) { - return (Packer *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } packPtr = (Packer *) ckalloc(sizeof(Packer)); packPtr->tkwin = tkwin; @@ -1022,12 +1021,12 @@ GetPacker( packPtr->flags = 0; Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, packPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - PackStructureProc, (ClientData) packPtr); + PackStructureProc, packPtr); return packPtr; } /* - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ * * PackAfter -- * @@ -1041,7 +1040,7 @@ GetPacker( * The geometry of the specified windows may change, both now and again * in the future. * - *-------------------------------------------------------------- + *------------------------------------------------------------------------ */ static int @@ -1052,7 +1051,7 @@ PackAfter( * masterPtr. */ Packer *masterPtr, /* Master in which to pack windows. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements: + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of lists, each containing 2 elements: * window name and side against which to * pack. */ { @@ -1227,7 +1226,7 @@ PackAfter( packPtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr; prevPtr->nextPtr = packPtr; } - Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, (ClientData) packPtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, &packerType, packPtr); } } @@ -1240,7 +1239,7 @@ PackAfter( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); } return TCL_OK; } @@ -1286,7 +1285,7 @@ Unlink( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); } if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) { *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1; @@ -1346,20 +1345,20 @@ PackStructureProc( * eventPtr. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - register Packer *packPtr = (Packer *) clientData; + register Packer *packPtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } if ((packPtr->masterPtr != NULL) && (packPtr->doubleBw != 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width)) { if (!(packPtr->masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->doubleBw = 2*Tk_Changes(packPtr->tkwin)->border_width; packPtr->masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr->masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr->masterPtr); } } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -1371,8 +1370,7 @@ PackStructureProc( for (slavePtr = packPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL; slavePtr = nextPtr) { - Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, - (ClientData) NULL); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, NULL, NULL); Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin); slavePtr->masterPtr = NULL; nextPtr = slavePtr->nextPtr; @@ -1386,10 +1384,10 @@ PackStructureProc( } if (packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } packPtr->tkwin = NULL; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) packPtr, DestroyPacker); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(packPtr, DestroyPacker); } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { /* * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so @@ -1399,7 +1397,7 @@ PackStructureProc( if ((packPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(packPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { packPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) packPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, packPtr); } } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { register Packer *packPtr2; @@ -1441,7 +1439,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Any window in application containing * slaves. Used to look up slave names. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in argv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects: contains one or more * window names followed by any number of * "option value" pairs. Caller must make sure * that there is at least one window name. */ @@ -1450,7 +1448,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( Tk_Window other, slave, parent, ancestor; int i, j, numWindows, tmp, positionGiven; char *string; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-after", "-anchor", "-before", "-expand", "-fill", "-in", "-ipadx", "-ipady", "-padx", "-pady", "-side", NULL }; enum options { @@ -1532,8 +1530,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves( if (prevPtr->masterPtr == NULL) { notPacked: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), - "\" isn't packed", NULL); + Tcl_GetString(objv[i+1]), "\" isn't packed", + NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } masterPtr = prevPtr->masterPtr; @@ -1738,7 +1736,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( slavePtr->nextPtr = prevPtr->nextPtr; prevPtr->nextPtr = slavePtr; } - Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, (ClientData) slavePtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, &packerType, slavePtr); prevPtr = slavePtr; /* @@ -1751,7 +1749,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & REQUESTED_REPACK)) { masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_REPACK; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePacking, masterPtr); } } return TCL_OK; diff --git a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c index 7854498..f80e257 100644 --- a/generic/tkPanedWindow.c +++ b/generic/tkPanedWindow.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPanedWindow.c,v 1.30 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPanedWindow.c,v 1.31 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -183,11 +183,11 @@ typedef struct PanedWindow { int Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int ConfigurePanedWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, PanedWindow *pwPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyPanedWindow(PanedWindow *pwPtr); static void DisplayPanedWindow(ClientData clientData); static void PanedWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData, @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ static void ProxyWindowEventProc(ClientData clientData, static void DisplayProxyWindow(ClientData clientData); static void PanedWindowWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static int PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void PanedWindowLostSlaveProc(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin); static void PanedWindowReqProc(ClientData clientData, @@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ static void SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int PanedWindowSashCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int PanedWindowProxyCommand(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void ComputeGeometry(PanedWindow *pwPtr); static int ConfigureSlaves(PanedWindow *pwPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void DestroyOptionTables(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp); static int SetSticky(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { PanedWindow *pwPtr; Tk_Window tkwin, parent; @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( */ Tcl_SetAssocData(interp, "PanedWindowOptionTables", - DestroyOptionTables, (ClientData) pwOpts); + DestroyOptionTables, pwOpts); /* * Create the paned window option tables. @@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( pwPtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); pwPtr->interp = interp; pwPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) pwPtr, PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(pwPtr->tkwin), PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd, pwPtr, + PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc); pwPtr->optionTable = pwOpts->pwOptions; pwPtr->slaveOpts = pwOpts->slaveOpts; pwPtr->relief = TK_RELIEF_RAISED; @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( * otherwise Tk might free it while we still need it. */ - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin); + Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr->tkwin); if (Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) pwPtr, pwOpts->pwOptions, tkwin) != TCL_OK) { @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( } Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask, - PanedWindowEventProc, (ClientData) pwPtr); + PanedWindowEventProc, pwPtr); /* * Find the toplevel ancestor of the panedwindow, and make a proxy win as @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Tk_PanedWindowObjCmd( Tk_SetWindowVisual(pwPtr->proxywin, Tk_Visual(tkwin), Tk_Depth(tkwin), Tk_Colormap(tkwin)); Tk_CreateEventHandler(pwPtr->proxywin, ExposureMask, ProxyWindowEventProc, - (ClientData) pwPtr); + pwPtr); atts.save_under = True; Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(pwPtr->proxywin, CWSaveUnder, &atts); @@ -520,11 +520,11 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; int result = TCL_OK; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "add", "cget", "configure", "forget", "identify", "panecget", "paneconfigure", "panes", "proxy", "sash", NULL }; @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr); switch ((enum options) index) { case PW_ADD: @@ -605,16 +605,17 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd( for (count = 0, i = 2; i < objc; i++) { Tk_Window slave = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), pwPtr->tkwin); + if (slave == NULL) { continue; } slavePtr = GetPane(pwPtr, slave); if ((slavePtr != NULL) && (slavePtr->masterPtr != NULL)) { count++; - Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, (ClientData)NULL); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slave, NULL, NULL); Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr); + SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr); Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin); Unlink(slavePtr); } @@ -720,7 +721,7 @@ PanedWindowWidgetObjCmd( result = PanedWindowSashCommand(pwPtr, interp, objc, objv); break; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_Release(pwPtr); return result; } @@ -746,7 +747,7 @@ ConfigureSlaves( PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about paned window. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int i, firstOptionArg, j, found, doubleBw, index, numNewSlaves, haveLoc; int insertIndex; @@ -973,9 +974,8 @@ ConfigureSlaves( */ Tk_CreateEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr); - Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &panedWindowMgrType, - (ClientData) slavePtr); + SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &panedWindowMgrType, slavePtr); inserts[insertIndex++] = slavePtr; numNewSlaves++; } @@ -1066,9 +1066,9 @@ PanedWindowSashCommand( PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *sashOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *sashOptionStrings[] = { "coord", "dragto", "mark", "place", NULL }; enum sashOptions { @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ ConfigurePanedWindow( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Information about widget. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; int typemask = 0; @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ ConfigurePanedWindow( Tk_FreeSavedOptions(&savedOptions); - PanedWindowWorldChanged((ClientData) pwPtr); + PanedWindowWorldChanged(pwPtr); /* * If an option that affects geometry has changed, make a re-layout @@ -1268,7 +1268,7 @@ PanedWindowWorldChanged( { XGCValues gcValues; GC newGC; - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) instanceData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = instanceData; /* * Allocated a graphics context for drawing the paned window widget @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ PanedWindowWorldChanged( */ if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr); pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -1325,17 +1325,17 @@ PanedWindowEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr); pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { pwPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; if (pwPtr->tkwin != NULL && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr); pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ static void PanedWindowCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; /* * This function could be invoked either because the window was destroyed @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ static void DisplayPanedWindow( ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; Slave *slavePtr; Pixmap pixmap; Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->tkwin; @@ -1518,10 +1518,10 @@ DestroyPanedWindow( */ if (pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr); } if (pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(ArrangePanes, pwPtr); } /* @@ -1533,11 +1533,11 @@ DestroyPanedWindow( for (i = 0; i < pwPtr->numSlaves; i++) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) pwPtr->slaves[i]); + SlaveStructureProc, pwPtr->slaves[i]); Tk_ManageGeometry(pwPtr->slaves[i]->tkwin, NULL, NULL); - Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *)pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts, + Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) pwPtr->slaves[i], pwPtr->slaveOpts, pwPtr->tkwin); - ckfree((void *)pwPtr->slaves[i]); + ckfree((char *) pwPtr->slaves[i]); pwPtr->slaves[i] = NULL; } if (pwPtr->slaves) { @@ -1555,10 +1555,10 @@ DestroyPanedWindow( */ Tk_FreeConfigOptions((char *) pwPtr, pwPtr->optionTable, pwPtr->tkwin); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr->tkwin); + Tcl_Release(pwPtr->tkwin); pwPtr->tkwin = NULL; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) pwPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(pwPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } /* @@ -1586,12 +1586,12 @@ PanedWindowReqProc( Tk_Window tkwin) /* Other Tk-related information about the * window. */ { - Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; + Slave *slavePtr = clientData; PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr); if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin)) { if (!(pwPtr->flags & RESIZE_PENDING)) { pwPtr->flags |= RESIZE_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePanes, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(ArrangePanes, pwPtr); } } else { int doubleBw = 2 * Tk_Changes(slavePtr->tkwin)->border_width; @@ -1630,18 +1630,18 @@ PanedWindowLostSlaveProc( * stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) (slavePtr->masterPtr); + register Slave *slavePtr = clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) slavePtr->masterPtr; if (pwPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { Tk_UnmaintainGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, pwPtr->tkwin); } Unlink(slavePtr); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(slavePtr->tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, - SlaveStructureProc, (ClientData) slavePtr); + SlaveStructureProc, slavePtr); Tk_UnmapWindow(slavePtr->tkwin); slavePtr->tkwin = NULL; - ckfree((void *)slavePtr); + ckfree((char *) slavePtr); ComputeGeometry(pwPtr); } @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ ArrangePanes( ClientData clientData) /* Structure describing parent whose slaves * are to be re-layed out. */ { - register PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + register PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; register Slave *slavePtr; int i, slaveWidth, slaveHeight, slaveX, slaveY; int paneWidth, paneHeight, paneSize, paneMinSize; @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ ArrangePanes( return; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(pwPtr); /* * Find index of last visible pane. @@ -1939,7 +1939,7 @@ ArrangePanes( } sashCount--; } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_Release(pwPtr); } /* @@ -2000,7 +2000,7 @@ Unlink( masterPtr->flags |= REQUESTED_RELAYOUT; if (!(masterPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { masterPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, masterPtr); } /* @@ -2071,13 +2071,13 @@ SlaveStructureProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to record describing window item. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; + Slave *slavePtr = clientData; PanedWindow *pwPtr = slavePtr->masterPtr; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { Unlink(slavePtr); slavePtr->tkwin = NULL; - ckfree((void *)slavePtr); + ckfree((char *) slavePtr); ComputeGeometry(pwPtr); } } @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ ComputeGeometry( Tk_GeometryRequest(pwPtr->tkwin, reqWidth, reqHeight); if (Tk_IsMapped(pwPtr->tkwin) && !(pwPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { pwPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayPanedWindow, pwPtr); } } @@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ DestroyOptionTables( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to the OptionTables struct */ Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Pointer to the calling interp */ { - ckfree((char *)clientData); + ckfree((char *) clientData); return; } @@ -2664,11 +2664,11 @@ ProxyWindowEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { if (pwPtr->proxywin != NULL &&!(pwPtr->flags & PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING)) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayProxyWindow, (ClientData) pwPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(DisplayProxyWindow, pwPtr); pwPtr->flags |= PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING; } } @@ -2696,7 +2696,7 @@ static void DisplayProxyWindow( ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { - PanedWindow *pwPtr = (PanedWindow *) clientData; + PanedWindow *pwPtr = clientData; Pixmap pixmap; Tk_Window tkwin = pwPtr->proxywin; pwPtr->flags &= ~PROXY_REDRAW_PENDING; @@ -2755,9 +2755,9 @@ PanedWindowProxyCommand( PanedWindow *pwPtr, /* Pointer to paned window information. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "coord", "forget", "place", NULL }; enum options { diff --git a/generic/tkPlace.c b/generic/tkPlace.c index 28cdf9d..007c052 100644 --- a/generic/tkPlace.c +++ b/generic/tkPlace.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPlace.c,v 1.24 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkPlace.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:56 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ static void SlaveStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int ConfigureSlave(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int PlaceInfoCommand(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin); static Slave * CreateSlave(Tk_Window tkwin, Tk_OptionTable table); static void FreeSlave(Slave *slavePtr); @@ -208,14 +208,14 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin; Slave *slavePtr; char *string; TkDisplay *dispPtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "configure", "forget", "info", "slaves", NULL }; enum options { PLACE_CONFIGURE, PLACE_FORGET, PLACE_INFO, PLACE_SLAVES }; @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Tk_PlaceObjCmd( Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin)); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc, - (ClientData) slavePtr); + slavePtr); Tk_ManageGeometry(tkwin, NULL, (ClientData) NULL); Tk_UnmapWindow(tkwin); FreeSlave(slavePtr); @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ConfigureSlave( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for the window to manipulate. */ Tk_OptionTable table, /* Token for option table. */ int objc, /* Number of config arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Object values for arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Object values for arguments. */ { register Master *masterPtr; Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ ConfigureSlave( slavePtr->masterPtr = masterPtr; slavePtr->nextPtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; masterPtr->slavePtr = slavePtr; - Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, (ClientData) slavePtr); + Tk_ManageGeometry(slavePtr->tkwin, &placerType, slavePtr); /* * Arrange for the master to be re-arranged at the first idle moment. @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ ConfigureSlave( if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) { masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr); } return TCL_OK; @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ static void RecomputePlacement( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to Master record. */ { - register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData; + register Master *masterPtr = clientData; register Slave *slavePtr; int x, y, width, height, tmp; int masterWidth, masterHeight, masterX, masterY; @@ -873,13 +873,13 @@ RecomputePlacement( } masterPtr->abortPtr = &abort; abort = 0; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(masterPtr); /* * Iterate over all the slaves for the master. Each slave's geometry can * be computed independently of the other slaves. Changes to the window's * structure could cause almost anything to happen, including deleting the - * parent or child. If this happens, we'll be told to abort. + * parent or child. If this happens, we'll be told to abort. */ for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL && !abort; @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ RecomputePlacement( } masterPtr->abortPtr = NULL; - Tcl_Release((ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_Release(masterPtr); } /* @@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ MasterStructureProc( * referred to by eventPtr. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - register Master *masterPtr = (Master *) clientData; + register Master *masterPtr = clientData; register Slave *slavePtr, *nextPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) masterPtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ MasterStructureProc( if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) { masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr); } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { for (slavePtr = masterPtr->slavePtr; slavePtr != NULL; @@ -1093,13 +1093,13 @@ MasterStructureProc( Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->masterTable, (char *) masterPtr->tkwin)); if (masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr); } masterPtr->tkwin = NULL; if (masterPtr->abortPtr != NULL) { *masterPtr->abortPtr = 1; } - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(masterPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } else if (eventPtr->type == MapNotify) { /* * When a master gets mapped, must redo the geometry computation so @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ MasterStructureProc( if ((masterPtr->slavePtr != NULL) && !(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) { masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr); } } else if (eventPtr->type == UnmapNotify) { /* @@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ SlaveStructureProc( * referred to by eventPtr. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Describes what just happened. */ { - register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; + register Slave *slavePtr = clientData; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ PlaceRequestProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to our record for slave. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window that changed its desired size. */ { - Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; + Slave *slavePtr = clientData; Master *masterPtr; if (((slavePtr->flags & (CHILD_WIDTH|CHILD_REL_WIDTH)) != 0) @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ PlaceRequestProc( } if (!(masterPtr->flags & PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING)) { masterPtr->flags |= PARENT_RECONFIG_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, (ClientData) masterPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(RecomputePlacement, masterPtr); } } @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ PlaceLostSlaveProc( * stolen away. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Tk's handle for the slave window. */ { - register Slave *slavePtr = (Slave *) clientData; + register Slave *slavePtr = clientData; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) slavePtr->tkwin)->dispPtr; if (slavePtr->masterPtr->tkwin != Tk_Parent(slavePtr->tkwin)) { @@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ PlaceLostSlaveProc( Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&dispPtr->slaveTable, (char *) tkwin)); Tk_DeleteEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, SlaveStructureProc, - (ClientData) slavePtr); + slavePtr); FreeSlave(slavePtr); } diff --git a/generic/tkRectOval.c b/generic/tkRectOval.c index 29ee24e..00a8852 100644 --- a/generic/tkRectOval.c +++ b/generic/tkRectOval.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkRectOval.c,v 1.17 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkRectOval.c,v 1.18 2008/04/27 22:38:57 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdio.h> @@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ static Tk_ConfigSpec configSpecs[] = { static void ComputeRectOvalBbox(Tk_Canvas canvas, RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr); static int ConfigureRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, - Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], + Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int flags); static int CreateRectOval(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, - Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DeleteRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, Display *display); static void DisplayRectOval(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ static int OvalToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, static double OvalToPoint(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, double *pointPtr); static int RectOvalCoords(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, - Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tk_Item *itemPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int RectOvalToPostscript(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, int prepass); static int RectToArea(Tk_Canvas canvas, Tk_Item *itemPtr, @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ CreateRectOval( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Record to hold new item; header has been * initialized by caller. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Arguments describing rectangle. */ { RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr; int i; @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ RectOvalCoords( Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Item whose coordinates are to be read or * modified. */ int objc, /* Number of coordinates supplied in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1,y1,x2,y2,... */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Array of coordinates: x1,y1,x2,y2,... */ { RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr; @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval( Tk_Canvas canvas, /* Canvas containing itemPtr. */ Tk_Item *itemPtr, /* Rectangle item to reconfigure. */ int objc, /* Number of elements in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments describing things to configure. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { RectOvalItem *rectOvalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr; @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval( tkwin = Tk_CanvasTkwin(canvas); if (TCL_OK != Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, tkwin, configSpecs, objc, - (CONST char **)objv, (char *) rectOvalPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { + (const char **)objv, (char *) rectOvalPtr, flags|TK_CONFIG_OBJS)) { return TCL_ERROR; } state = itemPtr->state; @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval( rectOvalPtr->outline.gc = newGC; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } if (state == TK_STATE_HIDDEN) { ComputeRectOvalBbox(canvas, rectOvalPtr); @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ ConfigureRectOval( color = rectOvalPtr->fillColor; stipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor!=NULL) { color = rectOvalPtr->activeFillColor; } @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ ComputeRectOvalBbox( Tk_State state = rectOvalPtr->header.state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = rectOvalPtr->outline.width; @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ ComputeRectOvalBbox( rectOvalPtr->header.x2 = rectOvalPtr->header.y2 = -1; return; } - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) rectOvalPtr) { if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -781,10 +781,10 @@ DisplayRectOval( */ if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *)rectOvalPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == (Tk_Item *) rectOvalPtr) { if (rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple != None) { fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->activeFillStipple; } @@ -886,11 +886,11 @@ RectToPoint( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = rectPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1006,11 +1006,11 @@ OvalToPoint( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { width = (double) ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth; } @@ -1062,16 +1062,16 @@ RectToArea( Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = rectPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { - if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (rectPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) { width = rectPtr->outline.activeWidth; } } else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) { - if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) { + if (rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0) { width = rectPtr->outline.disabledWidth; } } @@ -1131,22 +1131,21 @@ OvalToArea( * y1, x2, y2) describing rectangular area. */ { RectOvalItem *ovalPtr = (RectOvalItem *) itemPtr; - double oval[4], halfWidth; + double oval[4], halfWidth, width; int result; - double width; Tk_State state = itemPtr->state; if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } width = ovalPtr->outline.width; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { - if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth>width) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth > width) { width = ovalPtr->outline.activeWidth; } } else if (state == TK_STATE_DISABLED) { - if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth>0) { + if (ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth > 0) { width = ovalPtr->outline.disabledWidth; } } @@ -1328,12 +1327,12 @@ RectOvalToPostscript( } if (state == TK_STATE_NULL) { - state = ((TkCanvas *)canvas)->canvas_state; + state = Canvas(canvas)->canvas_state; } color = rectOvalPtr->outline.color; fillColor = rectOvalPtr->fillColor; fillStipple = rectOvalPtr->fillStipple; - if (((TkCanvas *)canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { + if (Canvas(canvas)->currentItemPtr == itemPtr) { if (rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor!=NULL) { color = rectOvalPtr->outline.activeColor; } @@ -1385,7 +1384,7 @@ RectOvalToPostscript( Tcl_AppendResult(interp, pathCmd, "0 setlinejoin 2 setlinecap\n", NULL); if (Tk_CanvasPsOutline(canvas, itemPtr, - &(rectOvalPtr->outline))!= TCL_OK) { + &rectOvalPtr->outline)!= TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } } diff --git a/generic/tkScale.c b/generic/tkScale.c index fce0341..cb010c1 100644 --- a/generic/tkScale.c +++ b/generic/tkScale.c @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScale.c,v 1.28 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScale.c,v 1.29 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { * scale widget command. */ -static CONST char *commandNames[] = { +static const char *commandNames[] = { "cget", "configure", "coords", "get", "identify", "set", NULL }; @@ -158,17 +158,17 @@ enum command { static void ComputeFormat(TkScale *scalePtr); static void ComputeScaleGeometry(TkScale *scalePtr); static int ConfigureScale(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScale *scalePtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void DestroyScale(char *memPtr); static void ScaleCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static void ScaleEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static char * ScaleVarProc(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *name1, - CONST char *name2, int flags); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *name1, + const char *name2, int flags); static int ScaleWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void ScaleWorldChanged(ClientData instanceData); static void ScaleSetVariable(TkScale *scalePtr); @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { register TkScale *scalePtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd( scalePtr->interp = interp; scalePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(scalePtr->tkwin), ScaleWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) scalePtr, ScaleCmdDeletedProc); + scalePtr, ScaleCmdDeletedProc); scalePtr->optionTable = optionTable; scalePtr->orient = ORIENT_VERTICAL; scalePtr->width = 0; @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Tk_ScaleObjCmd( scalePtr->takeFocusPtr = NULL; scalePtr->flags = NEVER_SET; - Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, (ClientData) scalePtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(scalePtr->tkwin, &scaleClass, scalePtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(scalePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask|FocusChangeMask, - ScaleEventProc, (ClientData) scalePtr); + ScaleEventProc, scalePtr); if ((Tk_InitOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, optionTable, tkwin) != TCL_OK) || @@ -330,9 +330,9 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about scale widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument strings. */ { - TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; + TkScale *scalePtr = clientData; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; int index, result; @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd( if (result != TCL_OK) { return result; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scalePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(scalePtr); switch (index) { case COMMAND_CGET: @@ -467,11 +467,11 @@ ScaleWidgetObjCmd( break; } } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr); + Tcl_Release(scalePtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) scalePtr); + Tcl_Release(scalePtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ DestroyScale( Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken(scalePtr->interp, scalePtr->widgetCmd); if (scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScale, scalePtr); } /* @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ DestroyScale( if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(scalePtr->interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr); + ScaleVarProc, scalePtr); } if (scalePtr->troughGC != None) { Tk_FreeGC(scalePtr->display, scalePtr->troughGC); @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ ConfigureScale( register TkScale *scalePtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of valid entries in objv. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; Tcl_Obj *errorResult = NULL; @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ ConfigureScale( if (scalePtr->varNamePtr != NULL) { Tcl_UntraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr); + ScaleVarProc, scalePtr); } for (error = 0; error <= 1; error++) { @@ -581,8 +581,8 @@ ConfigureScale( */ if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) scalePtr, - scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, - scalePtr->tkwin, &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) { + scalePtr->optionTable, objc, objv, scalePtr->tkwin, + &savedOptions, NULL) != TCL_OK) { continue; } } else { @@ -687,10 +687,10 @@ ConfigureScale( } Tcl_TraceVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(scalePtr->varNamePtr), TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY|TCL_TRACE_WRITES|TCL_TRACE_UNSETS, - ScaleVarProc, (ClientData) scalePtr); + ScaleVarProc, scalePtr); } - ScaleWorldChanged((ClientData) scalePtr); + ScaleWorldChanged(scalePtr); if (error) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, errorResult); Tcl_DecrRefCount(errorResult); @@ -723,9 +723,7 @@ ScaleWorldChanged( { XGCValues gcValues; GC gc; - TkScale *scalePtr; - - scalePtr = (TkScale *) instanceData; + TkScale *scalePtr = instanceData; gcValues.foreground = scalePtr->troughColorPtr->pixel; gc = Tk_GetGC(scalePtr->tkwin, GCForeground, &gcValues); @@ -1007,7 +1005,7 @@ ScaleEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; + TkScale *scalePtr = clientData; if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) { TkEventuallyRedrawScale(scalePtr, REDRAW_ALL); @@ -1055,7 +1053,7 @@ static void ScaleCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; + TkScale *scalePtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = scalePtr->tkwin; /* @@ -1102,7 +1100,7 @@ TkEventuallyRedrawScale( } if (!(scalePtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING)) { scalePtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScale, (ClientData) scalePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScale, scalePtr); } scalePtr->flags |= what; } @@ -1173,11 +1171,11 @@ static char * ScaleVarProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about button. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ - CONST char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ + const char *name1, /* Name of variable. */ + const char *name2, /* Second part of variable name. */ int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ { - register TkScale *scalePtr = (TkScale *) clientData; + register TkScale *scalePtr = clientData; char *resultStr; double value; Tcl_Obj *valuePtr; diff --git a/generic/tkScrollbar.c b/generic/tkScrollbar.c index 52e449f..359e92c 100644 --- a/generic/tkScrollbar.c +++ b/generic/tkScrollbar.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScrollbar.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkScrollbar.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ static Tk_CustomOption orientOption = { (Tk_OptionParseProc *) TkOrientParseProc, TkOrientPrintProc, - (ClientData) NULL + NULL }; /* @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ Tk_ConfigSpec tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs[] = { static int ConfigureScrollbar(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkScrollbar *scrollPtr, int argc, - CONST char **argv, int flags); + const char **argv, int flags); static void ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int ScrollbarWidgetCmd(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *, int argc, const char **argv); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr; Tk_Window newWin; @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd( Tk_SetClass(newWin, "Scrollbar"); scrollPtr = TkpCreateScrollbar(newWin); - Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &tkpScrollbarProcs, (ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tk_SetClassProcs(newWin, &tkpScrollbarProcs, scrollPtr); /* * Initialize fields that won't be initialized by ConfigureScrollbar, or @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Tk_ScrollbarCmd( scrollPtr->interp = interp; scrollPtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, Tk_PathName(scrollPtr->tkwin), ScrollbarWidgetCmd, - (ClientData) scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc); + scrollPtr, ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc); scrollPtr->vertical = 0; scrollPtr->width = 0; scrollPtr->command = NULL; @@ -223,9 +223,9 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about scrollbar widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { - register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData; + register TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData; int result = TCL_OK; size_t length; int c; @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd( argv[0], " option ?arg arg ...?\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(scrollPtr); c = argv[1][0]; length = strlen(argv[1]); if ((c == 'a') && (strncmp(argv[1], "activate", length) == 0)) { @@ -493,11 +493,11 @@ ScrollbarWidgetCmd( } done: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tcl_Release(scrollPtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tcl_Release(scrollPtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ ConfigureScrollbar( /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int argc, /* Number of valid entries in argv. */ - CONST char **argv, /* Arguments. */ + const char **argv, /* Arguments. */ int flags) /* Flags to pass to Tk_ConfigureWidget. */ { if (Tk_ConfigureWidget(interp, scrollPtr->tkwin, tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs, @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData; + TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData; if ((eventPtr->type == Expose) && (eventPtr->xexpose.count == 0)) { TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr); @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc( scrollPtr->widgetCmd); } if (scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(TkpDisplayScrollbar, scrollPtr); } /* * Free up all the stuff that requires special handling, then let @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventProc( Tk_FreeOptions(tkpScrollbarConfigSpecs, (char *) scrollPtr, scrollPtr->display, 0); - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) scrollPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(scrollPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { TkpComputeScrollbarGeometry(scrollPtr); TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw(scrollPtr); @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ static void ScrollbarCmdDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = (TkScrollbar *) clientData; + TkScrollbar *scrollPtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = scrollPtr->tkwin; /* @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ TkScrollbarEventuallyRedraw( return; } if ((scrollPtr->flags & REDRAW_PENDING) == 0) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScrollbar, (ClientData) scrollPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(TkpDisplayScrollbar, scrollPtr); scrollPtr->flags |= REDRAW_PENDING; } } diff --git a/generic/tkSelect.c b/generic/tkSelect.c index dca3d1c..e02478f 100644 --- a/generic/tkSelect.c +++ b/generic/tkSelect.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSelect.c,v 1.20 2007/04/17 14:36:49 dkf Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSelect.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Tk_CreateSelHandler( unsigned cmdInfoLen = sizeof(CommandInfo) + ((CommandInfo*)clientData)->cmdLength - 3; - selPtr->clientData = (ClientData)ckalloc(cmdInfoLen); + selPtr->clientData = (ClientData) ckalloc(cmdInfoLen); memcpy(selPtr->clientData, clientData, cmdInfoLen); } else { selPtr->clientData = clientData; @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Tk_DeleteSelHandler( * Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it if we can. */ - ((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL; + ((CommandInfo *) selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL; Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC); } ckfree((char *) selPtr); @@ -671,15 +671,15 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( * interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; char *path = NULL; Atom selection; char *selName = NULL, *string; int count, index; Tcl_Obj **objs; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "clear", "get", "handle", "own", NULL }; enum options { @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( switch ((enum options) index) { case SELECTION_CLEAR: { - static CONST char *clearOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *clearOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", "-selection", NULL }; enum clearOptions { CLEAR_DISPLAYOF, CLEAR_SELECTION }; @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( char *targetName = NULL; Tcl_DString selBytes; int result; - static CONST char *getOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *getOptionStrings[] = { "-displayof", "-selection", "-type", NULL }; enum getOptions { GET_DISPLAYOF, GET_SELECTION, GET_TYPE }; @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( Tcl_DStringInit(&selBytes); result = Tk_GetSelection(interp, tkwin, selection, target, - SelGetProc, (ClientData) &selBytes); + SelGetProc, &selBytes); if (result == TCL_OK) { Tcl_DStringResult(interp, &selBytes); } else { @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( char *formatName = NULL; register CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr; int cmdLength; - static CONST char *handleOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *handleOptionStrings[] = { "-format", "-selection", "-type", NULL }; enum handleOptions { @@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( cmdInfoPtr->cmdLength = cmdLength; strcpy(cmdInfoPtr->command, string); Tk_CreateSelHandler(tkwin, selection, target, HandleTclCommand, - (ClientData) cmdInfoPtr, format); + cmdInfoPtr, format); } return TCL_OK; } @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( register LostCommand *lostPtr; char *script = NULL; int cmdLength; - static CONST char *ownOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *ownOptionStrings[] = { "-command", "-displayof", "-selection", NULL }; enum ownOptions { OWN_COMMAND, OWN_DISPLAYOF, OWN_SELECTION }; @@ -1003,15 +1003,15 @@ Tk_SelectionObjCmd( script = Tcl_GetString(objs[1]); } if (script == NULL) { - Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, NULL, NULL); return TCL_OK; } cmdLength = strlen(script); - lostPtr = (LostCommand *) ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(LostCommand) - -3 + cmdLength)); + lostPtr = (LostCommand *) + ckalloc((unsigned) (sizeof(LostCommand) - 3 + cmdLength)); lostPtr->interp = interp; strcpy(lostPtr->command, script); - Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, LostSelection, (ClientData) lostPtr); + Tk_OwnSelection(tkwin, selection, LostSelection, lostPtr); return TCL_OK; } } @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ TkSelDeadWindow( * Mark the CommandInfo as deleted and free it when we can. */ - ((CommandInfo*)selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL; + ((CommandInfo *) selPtr->clientData)->interp = NULL; Tcl_EventuallyFree(selPtr->clientData, TCL_DYNAMIC); } ckfree((char *) selPtr); @@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ SelGetProc( * used). */ char *portion) /* New information to be appended. */ { - Tcl_DStringAppend((Tcl_DString *) clientData, portion, -1); + Tcl_DStringAppend(clientData, portion, -1); return TCL_OK; } @@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ HandleTclCommand( char *buffer, /* Place to store converted selection. */ int maxBytes) /* Maximum # of bytes to store at buffer. */ { - CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = (CommandInfo *) clientData; + CommandInfo *cmdInfoPtr = clientData; int spaceNeeded, length; #define MAX_STATIC_SIZE 100 char staticSpace[MAX_STATIC_SIZE]; @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ HandleTclCommand( Tcl_DString oldResult; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; int extraBytes, charOffset, count, numChars; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; /* * We must also protect the interpreter and the command from being deleted @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ HandleTclCommand( */ Tcl_Preserve(clientData); - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); /* * Compute the proper byte offset in the case where the last chunk split a @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ HandleTclCommand( } Tcl_Release(clientData); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); return count; } @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ TkSelDefaultSelection( if ((selPtr->selection == infoPtr->selection) && (selPtr->target != dispPtr->applicationAtom) && (selPtr->target != dispPtr->windowAtom)) { - CONST char *atomString = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, + const char *atomString = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, selPtr->target); Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&ds, atomString); } @@ -1559,12 +1559,12 @@ static void LostSelection( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to LostCommand structure. */ { - LostCommand *lostPtr = (LostCommand *) clientData; + LostCommand *lostPtr = clientData; Tcl_Obj *objPtr; Tcl_Interp *interp; interp = lostPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); /* * Execute the command. Save the interpreter's result, if any, and restore @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ LostSelection( Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objPtr); Tcl_DecrRefCount(objPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); /* * Free the storage for the command, since we're done with it now. diff --git a/generic/tkSquare.c b/generic/tkSquare.c index 6bfde11..29d9957 100644 --- a/generic/tkSquare.c +++ b/generic/tkSquare.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSquare.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkSquare.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #if 0 @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ static const Tk_OptionSpec optionSpecs[] = { int SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void SquareDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int SquareConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, Square *squarePtr); static void SquareDestroy(char *memPtr); @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static void KeepInWindow(Square *squarePtr); static void SquareObjEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int SquareWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Interp *, int objc, Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ SquareObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* NULL. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Square *squarePtr; Tk_Window tkwin; @@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ SquareObjCmd( squarePtr->display = Tk_Display(tkwin); squarePtr->interp = interp; squarePtr->widgetCmd = Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, - Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, - (ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDeletedProc); + Tk_PathName(squarePtr->tkwin), SquareWidgetObjCmd, squarePtr, + SquareDeletedProc); squarePtr->gc = None; squarePtr->optionTable = optionTable; @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ SquareObjCmd( } Tk_CreateEventHandler(squarePtr->tkwin, ExposureMask|StructureNotifyMask, - SquareObjEventProc, (ClientData) squarePtr); + SquareObjEventProc, squarePtr); if (Tk_SetOptions(interp, (char *) squarePtr, optionTable, objc - 2, objv + 2, tkwin, NULL, NULL) != TCL_OK) { goto error; @@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about square widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData; + Square *squarePtr = clientData; int result = TCL_OK; - static CONST char *squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL}; + static const char *squareOptions[] = {"cget", "configure", NULL}; enum { SQUARE_CGET, SQUARE_CONFIGURE }; @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_Preserve(squarePtr); switch (index) { case SQUARE_CGET: @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd( result = SquareConfigure(interp, squarePtr); } if (!squarePtr->updatePending) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr); squarePtr->updatePending = 1; } } @@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ SquareWidgetObjCmd( Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, resultObjPtr); } } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_Release(squarePtr); return result; error: - Tcl_Release((ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_Release(squarePtr); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ SquareConfigure( &borderWidth); Tk_SetInternalBorder(squarePtr->tkwin, borderWidth); if (!squarePtr->updatePending) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr); squarePtr->updatePending = 1; } KeepInWindow(squarePtr); @@ -382,17 +382,17 @@ SquareObjEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Information about window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData; + Square *squarePtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == Expose) { if (!squarePtr->updatePending) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr); squarePtr->updatePending = 1; } } else if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { KeepInWindow(squarePtr); if (!squarePtr->updatePending) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(SquareDisplay, squarePtr); squarePtr->updatePending = 1; } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -407,9 +407,9 @@ SquareObjEventProc( squarePtr->widgetCmd); } if (squarePtr->updatePending) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, (ClientData) squarePtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(SquareDisplay, squarePtr); } - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) squarePtr, SquareDestroy); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(squarePtr, SquareDestroy); } } @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ static void SquareDeletedProc( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to widget record for widget. */ { - Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData; + Square *squarePtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin; /* @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ static void SquareDisplay( ClientData clientData) /* Information about window. */ { - Square *squarePtr = (Square *) clientData; + Square *squarePtr = clientData; Tk_Window tkwin = squarePtr->tkwin; Pixmap pm = None; Drawable d; diff --git a/generic/tkStubInit.c b/generic/tkStubInit.c index c7f02e7..2372007 100644 --- a/generic/tkStubInit.c +++ b/generic/tkStubInit.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubInit.c,v 1.62 2008/04/16 14:51:29 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubInit.c,v 1.63 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ */ #define Tk_CreateCanvasVisitor \ - ((void (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, VOID * typePtr)) NULL) + ((void (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, void * typePtr)) NULL) #define Tk_GetCanvasVisitor \ - ((VOID * (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, CONST char * name)) NULL) + ((void * (*)(Tcl_Interp * interp, const char * name)) NULL) /* * WARNING: The contents of this file is automatically generated by the diff --git a/generic/tkStubLib.c b/generic/tkStubLib.c index ddfd986..ce47028 100644 --- a/generic/tkStubLib.c +++ b/generic/tkStubLib.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubLib.c,v 1.24 2008/04/02 21:31:58 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStubLib.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ /* @@ -59,7 +59,9 @@ const TkIntXlibStubs *tkIntXlibStubsPtr = NULL; * Use our own isdigit to avoid linking to libc on windows */ -static int isDigit(const int c) +static int +isDigit( + const int c) { return (c >= '0' && c <= '9'); } @@ -82,13 +84,13 @@ static int isDigit(const int c) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -MODULE_SCOPE CONST char * +MODULE_SCOPE const char * Tk_InitStubs( Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *version, + const char *version, int exact) { - CONST char *actualVersion; + const char *actualVersion; const TkStubs **stubsPtrPtr = &tkStubsPtr; /* squelch warning */ actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequireEx(interp, "Tk", version, 0, @@ -97,14 +99,14 @@ Tk_InitStubs( return NULL; } if (exact) { - CONST char *p = version; + const char *p = version; int count = 0; while (*p) { count += !isDigit(*p++); } if (count == 1) { - CONST char *q = actualVersion; + const char *q = actualVersion; p = version; while (*p && (*p == *q)) { diff --git a/generic/tkStyle.c b/generic/tkStyle.c index 5f2ada2..24464c0 100644 --- a/generic/tkStyle.c +++ b/generic/tkStyle.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStyle.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkStyle.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ typedef struct StyledWidgetSpec { * structure. */ Tk_OptionTable optionTable; /* Option table for the widget class using the * element. */ - CONST Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec **optionsPtr; /* Table of option spec pointers, matching the * option list provided during element * registration. Malloc'd. */ @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ typedef struct StyledElement { */ typedef struct StyleEngine { - CONST char *name; /* Name of engine. Points to a hash key. */ + const char *name; /* Name of engine. Points to a hash key. */ StyledElement *elements; /* Table of widget element descriptors. Each * element is indexed by a unique system-wide * ID. Table grows dynamically as new elements @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ typedef struct StyleEngine { */ typedef struct Style { - CONST char *name; /* Name of style. Points to a hash key. */ + const char *name; /* Name of style. Points to a hash key. */ StyleEngine *enginePtr; /* Style engine of which the style is an * instance. */ ClientData clientData; /* Data provided during registration. */ @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ typedef struct Style { */ typedef struct Element { - CONST char *name; /* Name of element. Points to a hash key. */ + const char *name; /* Name of element. Points to a hash key. */ int id; /* Id of element. */ int genericId; /* Id of generic element. */ int created; /* Boolean, whether the element was created @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ -static int CreateElement(CONST char *name, int create); +static int CreateElement(const char *name, int create); static void DupStyleObjProc(Tcl_Obj *srcObjPtr, Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr); static void FreeElement(Element *elementPtr); @@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ static StyledElement * GetStyledElement(StyleEngine *enginePtr, int elementId); static StyledWidgetSpec*GetWidgetSpec(StyledElement *elementPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); -static void InitElement(Element *elementPtr, CONST char *name, +static void InitElement(Element *elementPtr, const char *name, int id, int genericId, int created); -static void InitStyle(Style *stylePtr, CONST char *name, +static void InitStyle(Style *stylePtr, const char *name, StyleEngine *enginePtr, ClientData clientData); static void InitStyledElement(StyledElement *elementPtr); static void InitStyleEngine(StyleEngine *enginePtr, - CONST char *name, StyleEngine *parentPtr); + const char *name, StyleEngine *parentPtr); static void InitWidgetSpec(StyledWidgetSpec *widgetSpecPtr, StyledElement *elementPtr, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void TkStylePkgInit( TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->nbInit != 0) { @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void TkStylePkgFree( TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being deleted. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashSearch search; Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ TkStylePkgFree( entryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search); while (entryPtr != NULL) { - enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); + enginePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); FreeStyleEngine(enginePtr); ckfree((char *) enginePtr); entryPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search); @@ -305,12 +305,12 @@ TkStylePkgFree( Tk_StyleEngine Tk_RegisterStyleEngine( - CONST char *name, /* Name of the engine to create. NULL or empty + const char *name, /* Name of the engine to create. NULL or empty * means the default system engine. */ Tk_StyleEngine parent) /* The engine's parent. NULL means the default * system engine. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; int newEntry; @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Tk_RegisterStyleEngine( enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) ckalloc(sizeof(StyleEngine)); InitStyleEngine(enginePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->engineTable, entryPtr), (StyleEngine *) parent); - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) enginePtr); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, enginePtr); return (Tk_StyleEngine) enginePtr; } @@ -361,13 +361,13 @@ Tk_RegisterStyleEngine( static void InitStyleEngine( StyleEngine *enginePtr, /* Points to an uninitialized engine. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of the registered engine. NULL or empty + const char *name, /* Name of the registered engine. NULL or empty * means the default system engine. Usually * points to the hash key. */ StyleEngine *parentPtr) /* The engine's parent. NULL means the default * system engine. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); int elementId; @@ -377,14 +377,12 @@ InitStyleEngine( */ enginePtr->parentPtr = NULL; - } else if (parentPtr == NULL) { /* * The default style engine is the parent. */ enginePtr->parentPtr = tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr; - } else { enginePtr->parentPtr = parentPtr; } @@ -424,7 +422,7 @@ static void FreeStyleEngine( StyleEngine *enginePtr) /* The style engine to free. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); int elementId; @@ -456,10 +454,10 @@ FreeStyleEngine( Tk_StyleEngine Tk_GetStyleEngine( - CONST char *name) /* Name of the engine to retrieve. NULL or + const char *name) /* Name of the engine to retrieve. NULL or * empty means the default system engine. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; @@ -472,7 +470,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleEngine( return NULL; } - return (Tk_StyleEngine) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); } /* @@ -494,7 +492,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleEngine( static void InitElement( Element *elementPtr, /* Points to an uninitialized element.*/ - CONST char *name, /* Name of the registered element. Usually + const char *name, /* Name of the registered element. Usually * points to the hash key. */ int id, /* Unique element ID. */ int genericId, /* ID of generic element. -1 means none. */ @@ -604,17 +602,16 @@ FreeStyledElement( static int CreateElement( - CONST char *name, /* Name of the element. */ - int create) /* Boolean, whether the element is being created - * explicitly (being registered) or implicitly (by a - * derived element). */ + const char *name, /* Name of the element. */ + int create) /* Boolean, whether the element is being + * created explicitly (being registered) or + * implicitly (by a derived element). */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr, *engineEntryPtr; Tcl_HashSearch search; - int newEntry; - int elementId, genericId = -1; + int newEntry, elementId, genericId = -1; char *dot; StyleEngine *enginePtr; @@ -642,7 +639,7 @@ CreateElement( } elementId = tsdPtr->nbElements++; - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) INT2PTR(elementId)); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, INT2PTR(elementId)); /* * Reallocate element table. @@ -660,7 +657,7 @@ CreateElement( engineEntryPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&tsdPtr->engineTable, &search); while (engineEntryPtr != NULL) { - enginePtr = (StyleEngine *) Tcl_GetHashValue(engineEntryPtr); + enginePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(engineEntryPtr); enginePtr->elements = (StyledElement *) ckrealloc( (char *) enginePtr->elements, @@ -691,9 +688,9 @@ CreateElement( int Tk_GetElementId( - CONST char *name) /* Name of the element. */ + const char *name) /* Name of the element. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; int genericId = -1; @@ -851,7 +848,7 @@ GetStyledElement( int elementId) /* Unique element ID */ { StyledElement *elementPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); StyleEngine *enginePtr2; @@ -912,7 +909,7 @@ InitWidgetSpec( { int i, nbOptions; Tk_ElementOptionSpec *elementOptionPtr; - CONST Tk_OptionSpec *widgetOptionPtr; + const Tk_OptionSpec *widgetOptionPtr; widgetSpecPtr->elementPtr = elementPtr; widgetSpecPtr->optionTable = optionTable; @@ -930,7 +927,7 @@ InitWidgetSpec( * Build the widget option list. */ - widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr = (CONST Tk_OptionSpec **) + widgetSpecPtr->optionsPtr = (const Tk_OptionSpec **) ckalloc(sizeof(Tk_OptionSpec *) * nbOptions); for (i = 0, elementOptionPtr = elementPtr->specPtr->options; i < nbOptions; i++, elementOptionPtr++) { @@ -1232,12 +1229,12 @@ Tk_DrawElement( Tk_Style Tk_CreateStyle( - CONST char *name, /* Name of the style to create. NULL or empty + const char *name, /* Name of the style to create. NULL or empty * means the default system style. */ Tk_StyleEngine engine, /* The style engine. */ ClientData clientData) /* Private data passed as is to engine code. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; int newEntry; @@ -1263,10 +1260,9 @@ Tk_CreateStyle( stylePtr = (Style *) ckalloc(sizeof(Style)); InitStyle(stylePtr, Tcl_GetHashKey(&tsdPtr->styleTable, entryPtr), - (engine != NULL ? (StyleEngine *) engine : - tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr), + (engine!=NULL ? (StyleEngine*) engine : tsdPtr->defaultEnginePtr), clientData); - Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, (ClientData) stylePtr); + Tcl_SetHashValue(entryPtr, stylePtr); return (Tk_Style) stylePtr; } @@ -1290,7 +1286,7 @@ Tk_CreateStyle( *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_NameOfStyle( Tk_Style style) /* Style whose name is desired. */ { @@ -1318,7 +1314,7 @@ Tk_NameOfStyle( static void InitStyle( Style *stylePtr, /* Points to an uninitialized style. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of the registered style. NULL or empty + const char *name, /* Name of the registered style. NULL or empty * means the default system style. Usually * points to the hash key. */ StyleEngine *enginePtr, /* The style engine. */ @@ -1350,10 +1346,10 @@ InitStyle( Tk_Style Tk_GetStyle( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp for error return. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty + const char *name) /* Name of the style to retrieve. NULL or empty * means the default system style. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr; Style *stylePtr; @@ -1370,7 +1366,7 @@ Tk_GetStyle( } return (Tk_Style) NULL; } - stylePtr = (Style *) Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); + stylePtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr); return (Tk_Style) stylePtr; } @@ -1417,10 +1413,8 @@ Tk_AllocStyleFromObj( if (objPtr->typePtr != &styleObjType) { SetStyleFromAny(interp, objPtr); - stylePtr = (Style *) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; - } else { - stylePtr = (Style *) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; } + stylePtr = objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; return (Tk_Style) stylePtr; } @@ -1452,7 +1446,7 @@ Tk_GetStyleFromObj( SetStyleFromAny(NULL, objPtr); } - return (Tk_Style) objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; + return objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; } /* @@ -1507,7 +1501,7 @@ SetStyleFromAny( } objPtr->typePtr = &styleObjType; - objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = (VOID *) Tk_GetStyle(interp, name); + objPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = Tk_GetStyle(interp, name); return TCL_OK; } @@ -1551,7 +1545,8 @@ DupStyleObjProc( Tcl_Obj *dupObjPtr) /* The object we are copying to. */ { dupObjPtr->typePtr = srcObjPtr->typePtr; - dupObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr=srcObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; + dupObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr = + srcObjPtr->internalRep.otherValuePtr; } /* diff --git a/generic/tkTest.c b/generic/tkTest.c index 432f5f7..b294022 100644 --- a/generic/tkTest.c +++ b/generic/tkTest.c @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTest.c,v 1.35 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTest.c,v 1.36 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ typedef struct TImageInstance { */ static int ImageCreate(Tcl_Interp *interp, - char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], + char *name, int argc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], Tk_ImageType *typePtr, Tk_ImageMaster master, ClientData *clientDataPtr); static ClientData ImageGet(Tk_Window tkwin, ClientData clientData); @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ static NewApp *newAppPtr = NULL;/* First in list of all new interpreters. */ extern int SquareObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); typedef struct CBinding { Tcl_Interp *interp; @@ -144,39 +144,39 @@ static int CBindingEvalProc(ClientData clientData, static void CBindingFreeProc(ClientData clientData); int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); static int ImageCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); static int TestcbindCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); static int TestbitmapObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int TestborderObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int TestcolorObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int TestcursorObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int TestdeleteappsCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); static int TestfontObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestmakeexistCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) static int TestmenubarCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); #endif #if defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK) static int TestmetricsCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); #endif static int TestobjconfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static int CustomOptionSet(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, Tcl_Obj **value, char *recordPtr, @@ -191,15 +191,15 @@ static void CustomOptionRestore(ClientData clientData, static void CustomOptionFree(ClientData clientData, Tk_Window tkwin, char *internalPtr); static int TestpropCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); #if !(defined(__WIN32__) || defined(MAC_OSX_TK)) static int TestwrapperCmd(ClientData dummy, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); #endif static void TrivialCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int TrivialConfigObjCmd(ClientData dummy, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj * const objv[]); static void TrivialEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ TestcbindCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TkWindow *winPtr; Tk_Window tkwin; @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ TestbitmapObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (objc < 2) { @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ TestborderObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (objc < 2) { @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ TestcolorObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "color"); @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ TestcursorObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (objc < 2) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "cursor"); @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ TestdeleteappsCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { NewApp *nextPtr; @@ -618,9 +618,9 @@ TestobjconfigObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *options[] = { + static const char *options[] = { "alltypes", "chain1", "chain2", "configerror", "delete", "info", "internal", "new", "notenoughparams", "twowindows", NULL }; @@ -1249,10 +1249,10 @@ TrivialConfigObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int result = TCL_OK; - static CONST char *options[] = { + static const char *options[] = { "cget", "configure", "csave", NULL }; enum { @@ -1432,9 +1432,9 @@ TestfontObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - static CONST char *options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL}; + static const char *options[] = {"counts", "subfonts", NULL}; enum option {COUNTS, SUBFONTS}; int index; Tk_Window tkwin; @@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ ImageCreate( * image. */ char *name, /* Name to use for image. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument strings for options (doesn't + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument strings for options (doesn't * include image name or type). */ Tk_ImageType *typePtr, /* Pointer to our type record (not used). */ Tk_ImageMaster master, /* Token for image, to be used by us in later @@ -1558,7 +1558,7 @@ ImageCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TImageMaster *timPtr = (TImageMaster *) clientData; int x, y, width, height; @@ -1779,7 +1779,7 @@ TestmakeexistCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData; int i; @@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ TestmenubarCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { #ifdef __UNIX__ Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData; @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ TestmetricsCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { char buf[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; int val; @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ TestpropCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { Tk_Window mainWin = (Tk_Window) clientData; int result, actualFormat; @@ -2043,7 +2043,7 @@ TestwrapperCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TkWindow *winPtr, *wrapperPtr; Tk_Window tkwin; diff --git a/generic/tkText.c b/generic/tkText.c index 0032ad5..97ce974 100644 --- a/generic/tkText.c +++ b/generic/tkText.c @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkText.c,v 1.79 2007/12/13 15:24:16 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkText.c,v 1.80 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -331,13 +331,13 @@ int tkTextDebug = 0; */ static int ConfigureText(Tcl_Interp *interp, - TkText *textPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + TkText *textPtr, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int DeleteIndexRange(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, - TkText *textPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, int viewUpdate); -static int CountIndices(CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, + TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, int viewUpdate); +static int CountIndices(const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, TkTextCountType type); static void DestroyText(TkText *textPtr); static int InsertChars(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, @@ -346,58 +346,58 @@ static int InsertChars(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, static void TextBlinkProc(ClientData clientData); static void TextCmdDeletedProc(ClientData clientData); static int CreateWidget(TkSharedText *sharedPtr, Tk_Window tkwin, - Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST TkText *parent, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Interp *interp, const TkText *parent, + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int TextFetchSelection(ClientData clientData, int offset, char *buffer, int maxBytes); -static int TextIndexSortProc(CONST void *first, - CONST void *second); +static int TextIndexSortProc(const void *first, + const void *second); static int TextInsertCmd(TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int viewUpdate); static int TextReplaceCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int viewUpdate); + const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int viewUpdate); static int TextSearchCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TextEditCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TextWidgetObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int SharedTextObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void TextWorldChangedCallback(ClientData instanceData); static void TextWorldChanged(TkText *textPtr, int mask); static int TextDumpCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int DumpLine(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, int what, TkTextLine *linePtr, int start, int end, int lineno, Tcl_Obj *command); static int DumpSegment(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *key, CONST char *value, - Tcl_Obj *command, CONST TkTextIndex *index, + const char *key, const char *value, + Tcl_Obj *command, const TkTextIndex *index, int what); static int TextEditUndo(TkText *textPtr); static int TextEditRedo(TkText *textPtr); -static Tcl_Obj * TextGetText(CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *index1, - CONST TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly); +static Tcl_Obj * TextGetText(const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *index1, + const TkTextIndex *index2, int visibleOnly); static void GenerateModifiedEvent(TkText *textPtr); static void UpdateDirtyFlag(TkSharedText *sharedPtr); static void TextPushUndoAction(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *undoString, int insert, - CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, - CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); -static int TextSearchIndexInLine(CONST SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, + const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, + const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); +static int TextSearchIndexInLine(const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int byteIndex); static int TextPeerCmd(TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static TkUndoProc TextUndoRedoCallback; /* @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ Tk_TextObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; @@ -479,10 +479,10 @@ CreateWidget( TkSharedText *sharedPtr, /* Shared widget info, or NULL. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - CONST TkText *parent, /* If non-NULL then take default start, end + const TkText *parent, /* If non-NULL then take default start, end * from this parent. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register TkText *textPtr; Tk_OptionTable optionTable; @@ -679,13 +679,13 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData; int result = TCL_OK; int index; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "bbox", "cget", "compare", "configure", "count", "debug", "delete", "dlineinfo", "dump", "edit", "get", "image", "index", "insert", "mark", "peer", "replace", "scan", "search", "see", "tag", "window", @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( switch ((enum options) index) { case TEXT_BBOX: { int x, y, width, height; - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr; if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index"); @@ -757,8 +757,8 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( break; case TEXT_COMPARE: { int relation, value; - CONST char *p; - CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr; + const char *p; + const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr; if (objc != 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index1 op index2"); @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( } break; case TEXT_COUNT: { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr; int i, found = 0, update = 0; Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL; @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( for (i = 2; i < objc-2; i++) { int value, length; - CONST char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length); + const char *option = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i], &length); char c; if (length < 2 || option[0] != '-') { @@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( } if (compare > 0) { - CONST TkTextIndex *tmpPtr = indexFromPtr; + const TkTextIndex *tmpPtr = indexFromPtr; indexFromPtr = indexToPtr; indexToPtr = tmpPtr; @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( * Simple case requires no predetermination of indices. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, *indexPtr2; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, *indexPtr2; /* * Parse the starting and stopping indices. @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( */ for (i = 0; i < objc; i++) { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr = + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[i]); if (indexPtr == NULL) { @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( break; case TEXT_DLINEINFO: { int x, y, width, height, base; - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr; if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index"); @@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( case TEXT_GET: { Tcl_Obj *objPtr = NULL; int i, found = 0, visible = 0; - CONST char *name; + const char *name; int length; if (objc < 3) { @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( } for (; i < objc; i += 2) { - CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr; + const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, *index2Ptr; TkTextIndex index2; index1Ptr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, objv[i]); @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( result = TkTextImageCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv); break; case TEXT_INDEX: { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr; if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "index"); @@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( break; } case TEXT_INSERT: { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr; if (objc < 4) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, @@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ TextWidgetObjCmd( result = TextPeerCmd(textPtr, interp, objc, objv); break; case TEXT_REPLACE: { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, *indexToPtr; if (objc < 5) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, @@ -1530,13 +1530,13 @@ SharedTextObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Information about shared test B-tree. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register TkSharedText *sharedPtr = (TkSharedText *) clientData; int result = TCL_OK; int index; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "delete", "insert", NULL }; enum options { @@ -1636,12 +1636,12 @@ TextPeerCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = textPtr->tkwin; int index; - static CONST char *peerOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *peerOptionStrings[] = { "create", "names", NULL }; enum peerOptions { @@ -1710,12 +1710,12 @@ static int TextReplaceCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexFromPtr, /* Index from which to replace. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, /* Index to which to replace. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ int viewUpdate) /* Update vertical view if set. */ { /* @@ -1780,8 +1780,8 @@ TextReplaceCmd( static int TextIndexSortProc( - CONST void *first, /* Elements to be compared. */ - CONST void *second) + const void *first, /* Elements to be compared. */ + const void *second) { TkTextIndex *pair1 = (TkTextIndex *) first; TkTextIndex *pair2 = (TkTextIndex *) second; @@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ ConfigureText( register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about widget; may or may not * already have values for some fields. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; int oldExport = textPtr->exportSelection; @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@ InsertChars( int resetViewCount; int pixels[2*PIXEL_CLIENTS]; - CONST char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length); + const char *string = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(stringPtr, &length); if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) { sharedTextPtr = textPtr->sharedTextPtr; @@ -2640,9 +2640,9 @@ TextPushUndoAction( TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ Tcl_Obj *undoString, /* New text. */ int insert, /* 1 if insert, else delete. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, + const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, /* Index describing first location. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr) + const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr) /* Index describing second location. */ { TkUndoSubAtom *iAtom, *dAtom; @@ -2864,11 +2864,11 @@ TextUndoRedoCallback( static int CountIndices( - CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing location of first * character to delete. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, /* Index describing location of last character * to delete. NULL means just delete the one * character given by indexPtr1. */ @@ -2921,10 +2921,10 @@ static int DeleteIndexRange( TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared portion of peer widgets. */ TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing location of first * character (or other entity) to delete. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, /* Index describing location of last * character (or other entity) to delete. * NULL means just delete the one character @@ -3491,8 +3491,8 @@ TextInsertCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index at which to insert. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index at which to insert. */ int viewUpdate) /* Update the view if set. */ { TkTextIndex index1, index2; @@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ TextInsertCmd( int i; for (i = 0; i < numTags; i++) { - CONST char *strTag = Tcl_GetString(tagNamePtrs[i]); + const char *strTag = Tcl_GetString(tagNamePtrs[i]); TkBTreeTag(&index1, &index2, TkTextCreateTag(textPtr, strTag, NULL), 1); @@ -3570,12 +3570,12 @@ TextSearchCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int i, argsLeft, code; SearchSpec searchSpec; - static CONST char *switchStrings[] = { + static const char *switchStrings[] = { "--", "-all", "-backwards", "-count", "-elide", "-exact", "-forwards", "-hidden", "-nocase", "-nolinestop", "-overlap", "-regexp", "-strictlimits", NULL @@ -3787,7 +3787,7 @@ TextSearchGetLineIndex( int *offsetPosPtr) /* For returning the text offset in the * line. */ { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr; int line; TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData; @@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ TextSearchGetLineIndex( static int TextSearchIndexInLine( - CONST SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, + const SearchSpec *searchSpecPtr, /* Search parameters. */ TkTextLine *linePtr, /* The line we're looking at. */ int byteIndex) /* Index into the line. */ @@ -4066,7 +4066,7 @@ TextSearchFoundMatch( */ if (searchSpecPtr->exact) { - CONST char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine); + const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine); numChars = Tcl_NumUtfChars(startOfLine + matchOffset, matchLength); } else { @@ -4277,7 +4277,7 @@ TkTextGetTabs( /* * Map these strings to TkTextTabAlign values. */ - static CONST char *tabOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *tabOptionStrings[] = { "left", "right", "center", "numeric", NULL }; @@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ TextDumpCmd( register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "dump". */ { @@ -4449,7 +4449,7 @@ TextDumpCmd( #define TK_DUMP_IMG 0x10 #define TK_DUMP_ALL (TK_DUMP_TEXT|TK_DUMP_MARK|TK_DUMP_TAG| \ TK_DUMP_WIN|TK_DUMP_IMG) - static CONST char *optStrings[] = { + static const char *optStrings[] = { "-all", "-command", "-image", "-mark", "-tag", "-text", "-window", NULL }; @@ -4816,10 +4816,10 @@ static int DumpSegment( TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *key, /* Segment type key. */ - CONST char *value, /* Segment value. */ + const char *key, /* Segment type key. */ + const char *value, /* Segment value. */ Tcl_Obj *command, /* Script callback. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *index, /* index with line/byte position info. */ + const TkTextIndex *index, /* index with line/byte position info. */ int what) /* Look for TK_DUMP_INDEX bit. */ { char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS]; @@ -4831,7 +4831,7 @@ DumpSegment( Tcl_AppendElement(interp, buffer); return 0; } else { - CONST char *argv[4]; + const char *argv[4]; char *list; int oldStateEpoch = TkBTreeEpoch(textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tree); @@ -4956,11 +4956,11 @@ TextEditCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int index; - static CONST char *editOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *editOptionStrings[] = { "modified", "redo", "reset", "separator", "undo", NULL }; enum editOptions { @@ -5080,10 +5080,10 @@ TextEditCmd( static Tcl_Obj * TextGetText( - CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Get text from this index... */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, /* ...to this index. */ int visibleOnly) /* If non-zero, then only return non-elided * characters. */ @@ -5251,7 +5251,7 @@ SearchPerform( */ if (toPtr != NULL) { - CONST TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, *indexFromPtr; + const TkTextIndex *indexToPtr, *indexFromPtr; TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) searchSpecPtr->clientData; indexToPtr = TkTextGetIndexFromObj(interp, textPtr, toPtr); @@ -5345,7 +5345,7 @@ SearchCore( Tcl_Obj *theLine; int alreadySearchOffset = -1; - CONST char *pattern = NULL; /* For exact searches only. */ + const char *pattern = NULL; /* For exact searches only. */ int firstNewLine = -1; /* For exact searches only. */ Tcl_RegExp regexp = NULL; /* For regexp searches only. */ @@ -5403,7 +5403,7 @@ SearchCore( */ if (searchSpecPtr->exact) { - CONST char *nl; + const char *nl; /* * We only need to set the matchLength once for exact searches, and we @@ -5540,11 +5540,11 @@ SearchCore( if (searchSpecPtr->exact) { int maxExtraLines = 0; - CONST char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine); + const char *startOfLine = Tcl_GetString(theLine); do { Tcl_UniChar ch; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; int lastFullLine = lastOffset; if (firstNewLine == -1) { @@ -5569,7 +5569,7 @@ SearchCore( * match. */ - CONST char c = pattern[0]; + const char c = pattern[0]; if (alreadySearchOffset != -1) { p = startOfLine + alreadySearchOffset; @@ -6515,7 +6515,7 @@ TkpTesttextCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TkText *textPtr; size_t len; diff --git a/generic/tkTextDisp.c b/generic/tkTextDisp.c index c8c8606..995b3e8 100644 --- a/generic/tkTextDisp.c +++ b/generic/tkTextDisp.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextDisp.c,v 1.68 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextDisp.c,v 1.69 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -542,23 +542,23 @@ static void DisplayDLine(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, static void DisplayLineBackground(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, DLine *prevPtr, Pixmap pixmap); static void DisplayText(ClientData clientData); -static DLine * FindDLine(DLine *dlPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr); +static DLine * FindDLine(DLine *dlPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static void FreeDLines(TkText *textPtr, DLine *firstPtr, DLine *lastPtr, int action); static void FreeStyle(TkText *textPtr, TextStyle *stylePtr); -static TextStyle * GetStyle(TkText *textPtr, CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr); +static TextStyle * GetStyle(TkText *textPtr, const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static void GetXView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, int report); static void GetYView(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, int report); static int GetYPixelCount(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr); static DLine * LayoutDLine(TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr); -static int MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, CONST char *source, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr); +static int MeasureChars(Tk_Font tkfont, const char *source, int maxBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength, int startX, int maxX, int flags, int *nextXPtr); static void MeasureUp(TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance, + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, int distance, TkTextIndex *dstPtr, int *overlap); static int NextTabStop(Tk_Font tkfont, int x, int tabOrigin); static void UpdateDisplayInfo(TkText *textPtr); @@ -568,8 +568,8 @@ static int SizeOfTab(TkText *textPtr, int tabStyle, TkTextTabArray *tabArrayPtr, int *indexPtr, int x, int maxX); static void TextChanged(TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, - CONST TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); + const TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, + const TkTextIndex *index2Ptr); static void TextInvalidateRegion(TkText *textPtr, TkRegion region); static void TextRedrawTag(TkText *textPtr, TkTextIndex *index1Ptr, TkTextIndex *index2Ptr, @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ static void TextRedrawTag(TkText *textPtr, static void TextInvalidateLineMetrics(TkText *textPtr, TkTextLine *linePtr, int lineCount, int action); static int CalculateDisplayLineHeight(TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *byteCountPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *byteCountPtr, int *mergedLinePtr); static void DlineIndexOfX(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, int x, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ static int DlineXOfIndex(TkText *textPtr, DLine *dlPtr, int byteIndex); static int TextGetScrollInfoObj(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], double *dblPtr, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], double *dblPtr, int *intPtr); static void AsyncUpdateLineMetrics(ClientData clientData); static void AsyncUpdateYScrollbar(ClientData clientData); @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ TkTextFreeDInfo( static TextStyle * GetStyle( TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The character in the text for which display + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The character in the text for which display * information is wanted. */ { TkTextTag **tagPtrs; @@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ FreeStyle( static DLine * LayoutDLine( TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Beginning of display line. May not + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Beginning of display line. May not * necessarily point to a character * segment. */ { @@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ TkTextFindDisplayLineEnd( static int CalculateDisplayLineHeight( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The index at the beginning of the display + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* The index at the beginning of the display * line of interest. */ int *byteCountPtr, /* NULL or used to return the number of byte * indices on the given display line. */ @@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@ CalculateDisplayLineHeight( int TkTextIndexYPixels( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The index of which we want the pixel + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* The index of which we want the pixel * distance from top of logical line to top of * index. */ { @@ -4510,8 +4510,8 @@ void TkTextChanged( TkSharedText *sharedTextPtr,/* Shared widget section, or NULL. */ TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */ - CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */ - CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to + const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */ + const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to * redisplay. */ { if (sharedTextPtr == NULL) { @@ -4528,8 +4528,8 @@ TkTextChanged( static void TextChanged( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget, or NULL. */ - CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */ - CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to + const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* Index of first character to redisplay. */ + const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Index of character just after last one to * redisplay. */ { TextDInfo *dInfoPtr = textPtr->dInfoPtr; @@ -5209,7 +5209,7 @@ TkTextMeasureDown( static void MeasureUp( TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget in which to measure. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Index of character from which to start + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Index of character from which to start * measuring. */ int distance, /* Vertical distance in pixels measured from * the pixel just below the lowest one in @@ -5313,7 +5313,7 @@ TkTextSeeCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "see". */ { @@ -5442,7 +5442,7 @@ TkTextXviewCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "xview". */ { @@ -5725,7 +5725,7 @@ TkTextYviewCmd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "yview". */ { @@ -5751,7 +5751,7 @@ TkTextYviewCmd( pickPlace = 0; if (Tcl_GetString(objv[2])[0] == '-') { - register CONST char *switchStr = + register const char *switchStr = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[2], &switchLength); if ((switchLength >= 2) && (strncmp(switchStr, "-pickplace", @@ -5906,7 +5906,7 @@ TkTextScanCmd( register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "scan". */ { @@ -6414,7 +6414,7 @@ static DLine * FindDLine( register DLine *dlPtr, /* Pointer to first in list of DLines to * search. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Index of desired character. */ { TkTextLine *linePtr; @@ -6784,7 +6784,7 @@ DlineXOfIndex( int TkTextIndexBbox( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index whose bounding box is desired. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index whose bounding box is desired. */ int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Filled with index's upper-left * coordinate. */ int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr, @@ -6914,7 +6914,7 @@ TkTextIndexBbox( int TkTextDLineInfo( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget record for text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index of character whose bounding box is + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Index of character whose bounding box is * desired. */ int *xPtr, int *yPtr, /* Filled with line's upper-left * coordinate. */ @@ -8054,7 +8054,7 @@ NextTabStop( static int MeasureChars( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which to draw characters. */ - CONST char *source, /* Characters to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* Characters to be displayed. Need not be * NULL-terminated. */ int maxBytes, /* Maximum # of bytes to consider from * source. */ @@ -8069,7 +8069,7 @@ MeasureChars( * here. */ { int curX, width, ch; - CONST char *special, *end, *start; + const char *special, *end, *start; ch = 0; /* lint. */ curX = startX; @@ -8161,19 +8161,19 @@ TextGetScrollInfoObj( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ TkText *textPtr, /* Information about the text widget. */ int objc, /* # arguments for command. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Arguments for command. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Arguments for command. */ double *dblPtr, /* Filled in with argument "moveto" option, if * any. */ int *intPtr) /* Filled in with number of pages or lines or * pixels to scroll, if any. */ { - static CONST char *subcommands[] = { + static const char *subcommands[] = { "moveto", "scroll", NULL }; enum viewSubcmds { VIEW_MOVETO, VIEW_SCROLL }; - static CONST char *units[] = { + static const char *units[] = { "units", "pages", "pixels", NULL }; enum viewUnits { diff --git a/generic/tkTextIndex.c b/generic/tkTextIndex.c index 4219feb..e1d58e8 100644 --- a/generic/tkTextIndex.c +++ b/generic/tkTextIndex.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextIndex.c,v 1.28 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextIndex.c,v 1.29 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ * Forward declarations for functions defined later in this file: */ -static CONST char * ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string, +static const char * ForwBack(TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); -static CONST char * StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string, +static const char * StartEnd(TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr); static int GetIndex(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkSharedText *sharedPtr, - TkText *textPtr, CONST char *string, + TkText *textPtr, const char *string, TkTextIndex *indexPtr, int *canCachePtr); /* @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static void UpdateStringOfTextIndex(Tcl_Obj *objPtr); #define GET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr) \ (PTR2INT((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2)) #define SET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr, indexPtr) \ - ((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (VOID *) (indexPtr)) + ((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr1 = (void *) (indexPtr)) #define SET_INDEXEPOCH(objPtr, epoch) \ ((objPtr)->internalRep.twoPtrValue.ptr2 = INT2PTR(epoch)) @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ UpdateStringOfTextIndex( char buffer[TK_POS_CHARS]; register int len; - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr); + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr = GET_TEXTINDEX(objPtr); len = TkTextPrintIndex(indexPtr->textPtr, indexPtr, buffer); @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ MakeObjIndex( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Obj *objPtr, /* Object containing description of * position. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *origPtr) /* Pointer to index. */ + const TkTextIndex *origPtr) /* Pointer to index. */ { TkTextIndex *indexPtr = (TkTextIndex *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextIndex)); @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ MakeObjIndex( return indexPtr; } -CONST TkTextIndex * +const TkTextIndex * TkTextGetIndexFromObj( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ TkTextGetIndexFromObj( Tcl_Obj * TkTextNewIndexObj( TkText *textPtr, /* Text widget for this index */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Pointer to index. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr)/* Pointer to index. */ { Tcl_Obj *retVal; @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ TkTextIndex * TkTextMakeByteIndex( TkTextBTree tree, /* Tree that lineIndex and byteIndex refer * to. */ - CONST TkText *textPtr, + const TkText *textPtr, int lineIndex, /* Index of desired line (0 means first line * of text). */ int byteIndex, /* Byte index of desired character. */ @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ TkTextMakeByteIndex( { TkTextSegment *segPtr; int index; - CONST char *p, *start; + const char *p, *start; Tcl_UniChar ch; indexPtr->tree = tree; @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ TkTextMakeByteIndex( if ((byteIndex > index) && (segPtr->typePtr == &tkTextCharType)) { /* * Prevent UTF-8 character from being split up by ensuring - * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If index + * that byteIndex falls on a character boundary. If the index * falls in the middle of a UTF-8 character, it will be * adjusted to the end of that UTF-8 character. */ @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ TkTextMakeCharIndex( TkTextSegment * TkTextIndexToSeg( - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Text index. */ int *offsetPtr) /* Where to store offset within segment, or * NULL if offset isn't wanted. */ { @@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ TkTextIndexToSeg( int TkTextSegToOffset( - CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr,/* Segment whose offset is desired. */ - CONST TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segPtr. */ + const TkTextSegment *segPtr,/* Segment whose offset is desired. */ + const TkTextLine *linePtr) /* Line containing segPtr. */ { - CONST TkTextSegment *segPtr2; + const TkTextSegment *segPtr2; int offset = 0; for (segPtr2 = linePtr->segPtr; segPtr2 != segPtr; @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ int TkTextGetIndex( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ - CONST char *string, /* Textual description of position. */ + const char *string, /* Textual description of position. */ TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index structure to fill in. */ { return GetIndex(interp, NULL, textPtr, string, indexPtr, NULL); @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ GetIndex( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Use this for error reporting. */ TkSharedText *sharedPtr, TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ - CONST char *string, /* Textual description of position. */ + const char *string, /* Textual description of position. */ TkTextIndex *indexPtr, /* Index structure to fill in. */ int *canCachePtr) /* Pointer to integer to store whether we can * cache the index (or NULL). */ @@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ GetIndex( TkTextIndex first, last; int wantLast, result; char c; - CONST char *cp; + const char *cp; Tcl_DString copy; int canCache = 0; @@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ GetIndex( TkTextSearch search; TkTextTag *tagPtr; Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL; - CONST char *tagName; + const char *tagName; if ((p[1] == 'f') && (strncmp(p+1, "first", 5) == 0)) { wantLast = 0; @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ GetIndex( hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&sharedPtr->tagTable, tagName); *p = '.'; if (hPtr != NULL) { - tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } } @@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ GetIndex( int TkTextPrintIndex( - CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */ + const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr,/* Pointer to index. */ char *string) /* Place to store the position. Must have at * least TK_POS_CHARS characters. */ { @@ -1086,8 +1086,8 @@ TkTextPrintIndex( int TkTextIndexCmp( - CONST TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* First index. */ - CONST TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Second index. */ + const TkTextIndex*index1Ptr,/* First index. */ + const TkTextIndex*index2Ptr)/* Second index. */ { int line1, line2; @@ -1139,15 +1139,15 @@ TkTextIndexCmp( *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static CONST char * +static const char * ForwBack( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ - CONST char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about + const char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about * modifier (count and units). Points to "+" * or "-" that starts modifier. */ TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to update as specified in string. */ { - register CONST char *p, *units; + register const char *p, *units; char *end; int count, lineIndex, modifier; size_t length; @@ -1387,8 +1387,8 @@ ForwBack( int TkTextIndexForwBytes( - CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ + const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ int byteCount, /* How many bytes forward to move. May be * negative. */ TkTextIndex *dstPtr) /* Destination index: gets modified. */ @@ -1459,8 +1459,8 @@ TkTextIndexForwBytes( void TkTextIndexForwChars( - CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ + const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ int charCount, /* How many characters forward to move. May * be negative. */ TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */ @@ -1480,8 +1480,7 @@ TkTextIndexForwChars( return; } if (checkElided) { - infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) - ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo)); + infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextElideInfo)); elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, srcPtr, infoPtr); } @@ -1639,11 +1638,11 @@ TkTextIndexForwChars( int TkTextIndexCount( - CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, + const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr1, /* Index describing location of character from * which to count. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, + const TkTextIndex *indexPtr2, /* Index describing location of last character * at which to stop the count. */ TkTextCountType type) /* The kind of indices to count. */ @@ -1665,8 +1664,7 @@ TkTextIndexCount( seg2Ptr = TkTextIndexToSeg(indexPtr2, &maxBytes); if (checkElided) { - infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) - ckalloc((unsigned) sizeof(TkTextElideInfo)); + infoPtr = (TkTextElideInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkTextElideInfo)); elide = TkTextIsElided(textPtr, indexPtr1, infoPtr); } @@ -1835,8 +1833,8 @@ TkTextIndexCount( int TkTextIndexBackBytes( - CONST TkText *textPtr, - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ + const TkText *textPtr, + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ int byteCount, /* How many bytes backward to move. May be * negative. */ TkTextIndex *dstPtr) /* Destination index: gets modified. */ @@ -1905,8 +1903,8 @@ TkTextIndexBackBytes( void TkTextIndexBackChars( - CONST TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ - CONST TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ + const TkText *textPtr, /* Overall information about text widget. */ + const TkTextIndex *srcPtr, /* Source index. */ int charCount, /* How many characters backward to move. May * be negative. */ TkTextIndex *dstPtr, /* Destination index: gets modified. */ @@ -1915,7 +1913,7 @@ TkTextIndexBackChars( TkTextSegment *segPtr, *oldPtr; TkTextElideInfo *infoPtr = NULL; int lineIndex, segSize; - CONST char *p, *start, *end; + const char *p, *start, *end; int elide = 0; int checkElided = (type & COUNT_DISPLAY); @@ -2114,15 +2112,15 @@ TkTextIndexBackChars( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static CONST char * +static const char * StartEnd( TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ - CONST char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about + const char *string, /* String to parse for additional info about * modifier (count and units). Points to first * character of modifer word. */ TkTextIndex *indexPtr) /* Index to modify based on string. */ { - CONST char *p; + const char *p; size_t length; register TkTextSegment *segPtr; int modifier; diff --git a/generic/tkTextTag.c b/generic/tkTextTag.c index 97929bd..b54ae3f 100644 --- a/generic/tkTextTag.c +++ b/generic/tkTextTag.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextTag.c,v 1.27 2007/12/13 15:24:17 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkTextTag.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static void ChangeTagPriority(TkText *textPtr, TkTextTag *tagPtr, static TkTextTag * FindTag(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkText *textPtr, Tcl_Obj *tagName); static void SortTags(int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr); -static int TagSortProc(CONST VOID *first, CONST VOID *second); +static int TagSortProc(const void *first, const void *second); static void TagBindEvent(TkText *textPtr, XEvent *eventPtr, int numTags, TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr); @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ TkTextTagCmd( register TkText *textPtr, /* Information about text widget. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. Someone else has already * parsed this command enough to know that * objv[1] is "tag". */ { - static CONST char *tagOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *tagOptionStrings[] = { "add", "bind", "cget", "configure", "delete", "lower", "names", "nextrange", "prevrange", "raise", "ranges", "remove", NULL }; @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd( if (addTag && textPtr->exportSelection && !(textPtr->flags & GOT_SELECTION)) { Tk_OwnSelection(textPtr->tkwin, XA_PRIMARY, - TkTextLostSelection, (ClientData) textPtr); + TkTextLostSelection, textPtr); textPtr->flags |= GOT_SELECTION; } textPtr->abortSelections = 1; @@ -285,13 +285,13 @@ TkTextTagCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } } else if (objc == 5) { - CONST char *command; + const char *command; command = Tk_GetBinding(interp, textPtr->sharedTextPtr->bindingTable, (ClientData) tagPtr->name, Tcl_GetString(objv[4])); if (command == NULL) { - CONST char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp); + const char *string = Tcl_GetStringResult(interp); /* * Ignore missing binding errors. This is a special hack that @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd( continue; } - tagPtr = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + tagPtr = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if (tagPtr == textPtr->selTagPtr) { continue; } @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ TkTextTagCmd( for (i=0, hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry( &textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search); hPtr != NULL; i++, hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { - arrayPtr[i] = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + arrayPtr[i] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } /* @@ -928,14 +928,14 @@ TkTextTagCmd( TkTextTag * TkTextCreateTag( TkText *textPtr, /* Widget in which tag is being used. */ - CONST char *tagName, /* Name of desired tag. */ + const char *tagName, /* Name of desired tag. */ int *newTag) /* If non-NULL, then return 1 if new, or 0 if * already exists. */ { register TkTextTag *tagPtr; Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr = NULL; int isNew; - CONST char *name; + const char *name; if (!strcmp(tagName, "sel")) { if (textPtr->selTagPtr != NULL) { @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ TkTextCreateTag( *newTag = isNew; } if (!isNew) { - return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } name = Tcl_GetHashKey(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, hPtr); } @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ FindTag( { Tcl_HashEntry *hPtr; int len; - CONST char *str; + const char *str; str = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(tagName, &len); if (len == 3 && !strcmp(str,"sel")) { @@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ FindTag( hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, Tcl_GetString(tagName)); if (hPtr != NULL) { - return (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } if (interp != NULL) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "tag \"", Tcl_GetString(tagName), @@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ SortTags( static int TagSortProc( - CONST void *first, - CONST void *second) /* Elements to be compared. */ + const void *first, + const void *second) /* Elements to be compared. */ { TkTextTag *tagPtr1, *tagPtr2; @@ -1349,7 +1349,7 @@ ChangeTagPriority( } for (hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&textPtr->sharedTextPtr->tagTable, &search); hPtr != NULL; hPtr = Tcl_NextHashEntry(&search)) { - tagPtr2 = (TkTextTag *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + tagPtr2 = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); if ((tagPtr2->priority >= low) && (tagPtr2->priority <= high)) { tagPtr2->priority += delta; } @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ TkTextBindProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to canvas structure. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Pointer to X event that just happened. */ { - TkText *textPtr = (TkText *) clientData; + TkText *textPtr = clientData; int repick = 0; # define AnyButtonMask \ @@ -1687,8 +1687,8 @@ TagBindEvent( TkTextTag **tagArrayPtr) /* Array of relevant tags. */ { #define NUM_BIND_TAGS 10 - CONST char *nameArray[NUM_BIND_TAGS]; - CONST char **nameArrPtr; + const char *nameArray[NUM_BIND_TAGS]; + const char **nameArrPtr; int i; /* @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ TagBindEvent( */ if (numTags > NUM_BIND_TAGS) { - nameArrPtr = (CONST char **) ckalloc(numTags * sizeof(CONST char *)); + nameArrPtr = (const char **) ckalloc(numTags * sizeof(const char *)); } else { nameArrPtr = nameArray; } diff --git a/generic/tkVisual.c b/generic/tkVisual.c index 1b880d1..e0e100a 100644 --- a/generic/tkVisual.c +++ b/generic/tkVisual.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkVisual.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:24:21 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkVisual.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Visual * Tk_GetVisual( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which visual will be used. */ - CONST char *string, /* String describing visual. See manual entry + const char *string, /* String describing visual. See manual entry * for details. */ int *depthPtr, /* The depth of the returned visual is stored * here. */ @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Tk_GetVisual( Visual *visual; ptrdiff_t length; int c, numVisuals, prio, bestPrio, i; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; VisualDictionary *dictPtr; TkColormap *cmapPtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr = ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->dispPtr; @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Colormap Tk_GetColormap( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window where colormap will be used. */ - CONST char *string) /* String that identifies colormap: either + const char *string) /* String that identifies colormap: either * "new" or the name of another window. */ { Colormap colormap; diff --git a/generic/tkWindow.c b/generic/tkWindow.c index c73b950..8820c73 100644 --- a/generic/tkWindow.c +++ b/generic/tkWindow.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWindow.c,v 1.94 2008/04/16 14:51:29 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWindow.c,v 1.95 2008/04/27 22:38:58 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ static Tk_ArgvInfo argTable[] = { */ static Tk_Window CreateTopLevelWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window parent, CONST char *name, - CONST char *screenName, unsigned int flags); + Tk_Window parent, const char *name, + const char *screenName, unsigned int flags); static void DeleteWindowsExitProc(ClientData clientData); -static TkDisplay * GetScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, CONST char *screenName, +static TkDisplay * GetScreen(Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *screenName, int *screenPtr); static int Initialize(Tcl_Interp *interp); static int NameWindow(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkWindow *winPtr, - TkWindow *parentPtr, CONST char *name); + TkWindow *parentPtr, const char *name); static void UnlinkWindow(TkWindow *winPtr); /* @@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow( Tk_Window parent, /* Token for logical parent of new window * (used for naming, options, etc.). May be * NULL. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name for new window; if parent is non-NULL, + const char *name, /* Name for new window; if parent is non-NULL, * must be unique among parent's children. */ - CONST char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window. + const char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window. * NULL means use DISPLAY environment variable * to determine. Empty string means use * parent's screen, or DISPLAY if no @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow( register TkWindow *winPtr; register TkDisplay *dispPtr; int screenId; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (!tsdPtr->initialized) { @@ -446,15 +446,15 @@ CreateTopLevelWindow( static TkDisplay * GetScreen( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Place to leave error message. */ - CONST char *screenName, /* Name for screen. NULL or empty means use + const char *screenName, /* Name for screen. NULL or empty means use * DISPLAY envariable. */ int *screenPtr) /* Where to store screen number. */ { register TkDisplay *dispPtr; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; int screenId; size_t length; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ TkGetDisplay( Display *display) /* X's display pointer */ { TkDisplay *dispPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); for (dispPtr = tsdPtr->displayList; dispPtr != NULL; @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ TkGetDisplay( TkDisplay * TkGetDisplayList(void) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); return tsdPtr->displayList; @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ TkGetDisplayList(void) TkMainInfo * TkGetMainInfoList(void) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); return tsdPtr->mainWindowList; @@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ NameWindow( register TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to be named and inserted. */ TkWindow *parentPtr, /* Pointer to logical parent for winPtr (used * for naming, options, etc.). */ - CONST char *name) /* Name for winPtr; must be unique among + const char *name) /* Name for winPtr; must be unique among * parentPtr's children. */ { #define FIXED_SIZE 200 @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ NameWindow( Tk_Window TkCreateMainWindow( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - CONST char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window. + const char *screenName, /* Name of screen on which to create window. * Empty or NULL string means use DISPLAY * environment variable. */ char *baseName) /* Base name for application; usually of the @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ TkCreateMainWindow( register TkWindow *winPtr; register TkCmd *cmdPtr; ClientData clientData; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* @@ -952,13 +952,13 @@ TkCreateMainWindow( Tcl_Panic("TkCreateMainWindow: builtin command with NULL string and object procs"); } if (cmdPtr->passMainWindow) { - clientData = (ClientData) tkwin; + clientData = tkwin; } else { - clientData = (ClientData) NULL; + clientData = NULL; } if (cmdPtr->cmdProc != NULL) { Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->cmdProc, - clientData, (void (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((ClientData))) NULL); + clientData, NULL); } else { Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, cmdPtr->name, cmdPtr->objProc, clientData, NULL); @@ -1011,9 +1011,9 @@ Tk_CreateWindow( * the interp's result is assumed to be * initialized by the caller. */ Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name for new window. Must be unique among + const char *name, /* Name for new window. Must be unique among * parent's children. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on + const char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on * same screen as its parent. If non-NULL, * gives name of screen on which to create new * window; window will be a top-level @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ Tk_CreateAnonymousWindow( * the interp's result is assumed to be * initialized by the caller. */ Tk_Window parent, /* Token for parent of new window. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on + const char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be internal on * same screen as its parent. If non-NULL, * gives name of screen on which to create new * window; window will be a top-level @@ -1142,11 +1142,11 @@ Tk_CreateWindowFromPath( * initialized by the caller. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in application that is * to contain new window. */ - CONST char *pathName, /* Path name for new window within the + const char *pathName, /* Path name for new window within the * application of tkwin. The parent of this * window must already exist, but the window * itself must not exist. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be on same screen + const char *screenName) /* If NULL, new window will be on same screen * as its parent. If non-NULL, gives name of * screen on which to create new window; * window will be a top-level window. */ @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow( TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; XEvent event; TkHalfdeadWindow *halfdeadPtr, *prev_halfdeadPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (winPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) { @@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow( if (winPtr->mainPtr != NULL) { if (winPtr->pathName != NULL) { Tk_DeleteAllBindings(winPtr->mainPtr->bindingTable, - (ClientData) winPtr->pathName); + winPtr->pathName); Tcl_DeleteHashEntry(Tcl_FindHashEntry(&winPtr->mainPtr->nameTable, winPtr->pathName)); @@ -1607,7 +1607,7 @@ Tk_DestroyWindow( #endif } } - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(winPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } /* @@ -2235,7 +2235,7 @@ TkDoConfigureNotify( void Tk_SetClass( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window to assign class. */ - CONST char *className) /* New class for tkwin. */ + const char *className) /* New class for tkwin. */ { register TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -2299,7 +2299,7 @@ Tk_SetClassProcs( Tk_Window Tk_NameToWindow( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Where to report errors. */ - CONST char *pathName, /* Path name of window. */ + const char *pathName, /* Path name of window. */ Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window: name is assumed to belong * to the same main window as tkwin. */ { @@ -2326,7 +2326,7 @@ Tk_NameToWindow( } return NULL; } - return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } /* @@ -2369,7 +2369,7 @@ Tk_IdToWindow( if (hPtr == NULL) { return NULL; } - return (Tk_Window) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + return Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); } /* @@ -2389,7 +2389,7 @@ Tk_IdToWindow( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_DisplayName( Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display name is desired. */ { @@ -2628,8 +2628,7 @@ Tk_MainWindow( return NULL; } #endif - tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); for (mainPtr = tsdPtr->mainWindowList; mainPtr != NULL; mainPtr = mainPtr->nextPtr) { @@ -2697,8 +2696,7 @@ Tk_GetNumMainWindows(void) } #endif - tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); return tsdPtr->numMainWindows; } @@ -2756,7 +2754,7 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc( { TkDisplay *dispPtr, *nextPtr; Tcl_Interp *interp; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) clientData; + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = clientData; if (tsdPtr == NULL) { return; @@ -2772,11 +2770,11 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc( while (tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList != NULL) { interp = tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->mainPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->flags |= HD_CLEANUP; tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr->flags &= ~TK_ALREADY_DEAD; Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->halfdeadWindowList->winPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); } /* @@ -2785,9 +2783,9 @@ DeleteWindowsExitProc( while (tsdPtr->mainWindowList != NULL) { interp = tsdPtr->mainWindowList->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Preserve(interp); Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) tsdPtr->mainWindowList->winPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) interp); + Tcl_Release(interp); } /* @@ -2937,9 +2935,9 @@ Initialize( { char *p; int argc, code; - CONST char **argv; + const char **argv; char *args[20]; - CONST char *argString = NULL; + const char *argString = NULL; Tcl_DString class; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr; @@ -2958,8 +2956,7 @@ Initialize( TkRegisterObjTypes(); - tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) - Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); + tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); /* * Start by initializing all the static variables to default acceptable @@ -2979,7 +2976,7 @@ Initialize( argv = NULL; /* - * We start by resetting the result because it might not be clean + * We start by resetting the result because it might not be clean. */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); @@ -3155,7 +3152,7 @@ Initialize( visual = NULL; } args[argc] = NULL; - code = TkCreateFrame((ClientData) NULL, interp, argc, args, 1, name); + code = TkCreateFrame(NULL, interp, argc, args, 1, name); Tcl_DStringFree(&class); if (code != TCL_OK) { @@ -3253,7 +3250,7 @@ tkInit"); * specific cleanups take place to avoid panics in finalization. */ - TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, (ClientData) tsdPtr); + TkCreateThreadExitHandler(DeleteWindowsExitProc, tsdPtr); } return code; @@ -3284,16 +3281,16 @@ tkInit"); *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_PkgInitStubsCheck( Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char * version, + const char * version, int exact) { - CONST char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0); + const char *actualVersion = Tcl_PkgRequire(interp, "Tk", version, 0); if (exact && actualVersion) { - CONST char *p = version; + const char *p = version; int count = 0; while (*p) { diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c index bae3e6a..4d1adcd 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkButton.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkButton.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:26:24 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkButton.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * label, button, checkbutton, radiobutton, and menubutton widgets. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ CheckbuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask) */ static int CheckbuttonInvokeCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Checkbutton *checkPtr = recordPtr; WidgetCore *corePtr = &checkPtr->core; @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ RadiobuttonPostConfigure(Tcl_Interp *interp, void *recordPtr, int mask) */ static int RadiobuttonInvokeCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Radiobutton *radioPtr = recordPtr; WidgetCore *corePtr = &radioPtr->core; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c index 3dcb379..8c50485 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkImage.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkImage.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkImage.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Image specifications and image element factory. * * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sf.net> @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Ttk_CreateImageElement( void *clientData, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { const char *optionStrings[] = { "-border","-height","-padding","-sticky","-width",NULL }; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c index c0d930a..76d1768 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkInit.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkInit.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkInit.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Ttk package: initialization routine and miscellaneous utilities. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ int Ttk_GetCompoundFromObj( * Legal values for the -orient option. * See also: enum Ttk_Orient. */ -CONST char *ttkOrientStrings[] = { +const char *ttkOrientStrings[] = { "horizontal", "vertical", NULL }; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c index 68fd665..7b10300 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkNotebook.c,v 1.13 2008/01/28 00:36:08 jenglish Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkNotebook.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English */ @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ static void DestroyTab(Notebook *nb, Tab *tab) static int ConfigureTab( Tcl_Interp *interp, Notebook *nb, Tab *tab, Tk_Window slaveWindow, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Ttk_Sticky sticky = tab->sticky; Ttk_Padding padding = tab->padding; @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ static int GetTabIndex( /* $nb add window ?options ... ? */ static int NotebookAddCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; int index = Ttk_NumberSlaves(nb->notebook.mgr); @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ static int NotebookInsertCommand( * Removes the specified tab. */ static int NotebookForgetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; int index; @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ static int NotebookForgetCommand( * Hides the specified tab. */ static int NotebookHideCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; int index; @@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ static int NotebookHideCommand( * Returns name of tab element at $x,$y; empty string if none. */ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; Ttk_LayoutNode *node = NULL; @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ static int NotebookIdentifyCommand( * See above for valid item formats. */ static int NotebookIndexCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; int index, status; @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ static int NotebookIndexCommand( * the currently-selected pane. */ static int NotebookSelectCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ static int NotebookSelectCommand( * Return list of tabs. */ static int NotebookTabsCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr; @@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ static int NotebookTabsCommand( /* $nb tab $tab ?-option ?value -option value...?? */ static int NotebookTabCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Notebook *nb = recordPtr; Ttk_Manager *mgr = nb->notebook.mgr; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c index cac3d20..bd9457c 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkPanedwindow.c,v 1.14 2008/02/23 17:35:28 jenglish Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkPanedwindow.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * * Copyright (c) 2005, Joe English. Freely redistributable. * @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static void DestroyPane(Paned *pw, Pane *pane) */ static int ConfigurePane( Tcl_Interp *interp, Paned *pw, Pane *pane, Tk_Window slaveWindow, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr; Tk_SavedOptions savedOptions; @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ static void PanedDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable d) /* $pw add window [ options ... ] */ static int PanedAddCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; Tk_Window slaveWindow; @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ static int PanedAddCommand( * Insert new slave, or move existing one. */ static int PanedInsertCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; int nSlaves = Ttk_NumberSlaves(pw->paned.mgr); @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ static int PanedInsertCommand( /* $pw forget $pane */ static int PanedForgetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; int paneIndex; @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ static int PanedForgetCommand( * Return index of sash at $x,$y */ static int PanedIdentifyCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; int sashThickness = pw->paned.sashThickness; @@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ static int PanedIdentifyCommand( * Query/modify pane options. */ static int PanedPaneCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; int paneIndex; @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ static int PanedPaneCommand( * Return list of managed panes. */ static int PanedPanesCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; Ttk_Manager *mgr = pw->paned.mgr; @@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ static int PanedPanesCommand( * Query or modify sash position. */ static int PanedSashposCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Paned *pw = recordPtr; int sashIndex, position = -1; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c index 6d6db8d..b5883e1 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkProgress.c,v 1.5 2007/01/11 14:49:47 jenglish Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkProgress.c,v 1.6 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * * Copyright (c) Joe English, Pat Thoyts, Michael Kirkham * @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ static Ttk_Layout ProgressbarGetLayout( /* $sb step ?amount? */ static int ProgressbarStepCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Progressbar *pb = recordPtr; double value = 0.0, stepAmount = 1.0; @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ static int ProgressbarStepCommand( * and pass to interpreter. */ static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + Tcl_Interp *interp, const char *cmdName, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Tcl_Obj *cmd = Tcl_NewListObj(objc, objv); Tcl_Obj *prefix[2]; @@ -473,14 +473,14 @@ static int ProgressbarStartStopCommand( } static int ProgressbarStartCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { return ProgressbarStartStopCommand( interp, "::ttk::progressbar::start", objc, objv); } static int ProgressbarStopCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { return ProgressbarStartStopCommand( interp, "::ttk::progressbar::stop", objc, objv); diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c index 4c8d1eb..68438a2 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScale.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkScale.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkScale.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (C) 2004 Pat Thoyts <patthoyts@users.sourceforge.net> * * ttk::scale widget. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ static double ScaleFraction(Scale *scalePtr, double value) */ static int ScaleGetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr; int x, y, r = TCL_OK; @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ScaleGetCommand( */ static int ScaleSetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr; double from = 0.0, to = 1.0, value; @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ ScaleSetCommand( static int ScaleCoordsCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scale *scalePtr = recordPtr; double value; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c index 82bb880..26656f2 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkScrollbar.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkScrollbar.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * ttk::scrollbar widget. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static void ScrollbarDoLayout(void *recordPtr) */ static int ScrollbarSetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr; Tcl_Obj *firstObj, *lastObj; @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ ScrollbarSetCommand( */ static int ScrollbarGetCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scrollbar *scrollbar = recordPtr; Tcl_Obj *result[2]; @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ ScrollbarGetCommand( */ static int ScrollbarDeltaCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr; double dx, dy; @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ ScrollbarDeltaCommand( */ static int ScrollbarFractionCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { Scrollbar *sb = recordPtr; Ttk_Box b = sb->scrollbar.troughBox; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c index 598bc34..3439ef0 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * $Id: ttkTheme.c,v 1.11 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ + * $Id: ttkTheme.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include <stdlib.h> @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ #include "ttkThemeInt.h" #ifdef NO_PRIVATE_HEADERS -EXTERN CONST Tk_OptionSpec *TkGetOptionSpec (CONST char *name, +EXTERN const Tk_OptionSpec *TkGetOptionSpec(const char *name, Tk_OptionTable optionTable); #else #include <tkInt.h> @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ int Ttk_RegisterElementFactory( static int Ttk_CloneElement( Tcl_Interp *interp, void *clientData, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { Ttk_Theme fromTheme; ElementImpl *fromElement; @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ StyleMapCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ usage: /* + style configure $style -option ?value... */ static int StyleConfigureCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ usage: /* + style lookup $style -option ?statespec? ?defaultValue? */ static int StyleLookupCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ static int StyleLookupCmd( /* + style theme create name ?-parent $theme? ?-settings { script }? */ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; static const char *optStrings[] = @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ static int StyleThemeCreateCmd( * Return list of registered themes. */ static int StyleThemeNamesCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData; return EnumerateHashTable(interp, &pkgPtr->themeTable); @@ -1426,7 +1426,7 @@ StyleThemeSettingsCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme oldTheme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ StyleThemeSettingsCmd( /* + style element create name type ? ...args ? */ static int StyleElementCreateCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@ static int StyleElementCreateCmd( * Return a list of elements defined in the current theme. */ static int StyleElementNamesCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@ static int StyleElementNamesCmd( * Return list of element options for specified element */ static int StyleElementOptionsCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ static int StyleElementOptionsCmd( /* + style layout name ?spec? */ static int StyleLayoutCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = (StylePackageData *)clientData; Ttk_Theme theme = pkgPtr->currentTheme; @@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ StyleThemeUseCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { StylePackageData *pkgPtr = clientData; Ttk_Theme theme; @@ -1635,7 +1635,7 @@ StyleObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Master StylePackageData pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects */ { struct Ensemble *ensemble = StyleEnsemble; int optPtr = 1; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c index 37a319b..cb2f1c7 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTrace.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkTrace.c,v 1.1 2006/10/31 01:42:26 hobbs Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkTrace.c,v 1.2 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * * Copyright 2003, Joe English * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ static char * VarTraceProc( ClientData clientData, /* Widget record pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter containing variable. */ - CONST char *name1, /* (unused) */ - CONST char *name2, /* (unused) */ + const char *name1, /* (unused) */ + const char *name2, /* (unused) */ int flags) /* Information about what happened. */ { Ttk_TraceHandle *tracePtr = clientData; diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c index ad60f4b..95c9a99 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkTreeview.c,v 1.23 2007/12/13 15:26:26 dgp Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkTreeview.c,v 1.24 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2004, Joe English * * ttk::treeview widget implementation. @@ -2915,8 +2915,8 @@ static int TreeviewTagBindCommand( Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(script,-1)); } } else if (objc == 6) { /* $tv tag bind $tag $sequence $script */ - CONST char *sequence = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); - CONST char *script = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]); + const char *sequence = Tcl_GetString(objv[4]); + const char *script = Tcl_GetString(objv[5]); unsigned long mask = Tk_CreateBinding(interp, tv->tree.bindingTable, tag, sequence, script, 0); diff --git a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c index ae00a32..43c6086 100644 --- a/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c +++ b/generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -/* $Id: ttkWidget.c,v 1.11 2008/01/06 22:35:41 jenglish Exp $ +/* $Id: ttkWidget.c,v 1.12 2008/04/27 22:41:12 dkf Exp $ * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English * * Core widget utilities. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ WidgetInstanceObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Widget record pointer */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { WidgetCore *corePtr = (WidgetCore *)clientData; const WidgetCommandSpec *commands = corePtr->widgetSpec->commands; @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ static struct Tk_ClassProcs widgetClassProcs = { * ClientData is a WidgetSpec *. */ int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { WidgetSpec *widgetSpec = (WidgetSpec *)clientData; const char *className = widgetSpec->className; @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ int TtkWidgetSize(void *recordPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr) /* $w cget -option */ int TtkWidgetCgetCommand( -Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) +Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Tcl_Obj *result; @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj * CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) /* $w configure ?-option ?value ....?? */ int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand( -Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) +Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Tcl_Obj *result; @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) */ int TtkWidgetStateCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Ttk_StateSpec spec; @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ int TtkWidgetStateCommand( */ int TtkWidgetInstateCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Ttk_State state = corePtr->state; @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ int TtkWidgetInstateCommand( * Returns: name of element at $x, $y */ int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand( - Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], void *recordPtr) + Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[], void *recordPtr) { WidgetCore *corePtr = recordPtr; Ttk_LayoutNode *node; diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c index 7b66a38..74dadbd 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXBitmap.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXBitmap.c,v 1.7 2007/04/23 21:24:32 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXBitmap.c,v 1.8 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ TkpDefineNativeBitmaps(void) Pixmap TkpCreateNativeBitmap( Display *display, - CONST char *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */ + const char *source) /* Info about the icon to build. */ { Pixmap pix; Rect destRect; @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ TkpCreateNativeBitmap( Pixmap TkpGetNativeAppBitmap( Display *display, /* The display. */ - CONST char *name, /* The name of the bitmap. */ + const char *name, /* The name of the bitmap. */ int *width, /* The width & height of the bitmap. */ int *height) { @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ TkpGetNativeAppBitmap( Str255 dummy; /* - * We need to first paint the background white. Also, for - * some reason we *must* use GetCIcon instead of GetNamedResource - * for PlotCIcon to work - so we use GetResInfo to get the id. + * We need to first paint the background white. Also, for some reason + * we *must* use GetCIcon instead of GetNamedResource for PlotCIcon to + * work - so we use GetResInfo to get the id. */ RGBForeColor(&white); diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c index 197cfbe..f015ea5 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXConfig.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXConfig.c,v 1.4 2007/04/23 21:24:33 das Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXConfig.c,v 1.5 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault( Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ - CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ + const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ + const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ { return NULL; } diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c index 64b967c..b2d9ba8 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXCursor.c @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXCursor.c,v 1.13 2007/12/13 15:27:08 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXCursor.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" /* - * There are three different ways to set the cursor on the Mac. - * The default theme cursors (listed in cursorNames below), - * color resource cursors, & normal cursors. + * There are three different ways to set the cursor on the Mac. The default + * theme cursors (listed in cursorNames below), color resource cursors, & + * normal cursors. */ #define NONE -1 /* Hidden cursor */ @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ #define NORMAL 3 /* Cursors of type CURS. */ /* - * The following data structure contains the system specific data - * necessary to control Windows cursors. + * The following data structure contains the system specific data necessary to + * control Windows cursors. */ typedef struct { TkCursor info; /* Generic cursor info used by tkCursor.c */ - Handle macCursor; /* Resource containing Macintosh cursor. - * For theme cursors, this is -1. */ - int type; /* Type of Mac cursor: for theme cursors - * this is the theme cursor constant, - * otherwise one of crsr or CURS */ + Handle macCursor; /* Resource containing Macintosh cursor. For + * theme cursors, this is -1. */ + int type; /* Type of Mac cursor: for theme cursors this + * is the theme cursor constant, otherwise one + * of crsr or CURS. */ int count; /* For animating cursors, the count for the * cursor. */ } TkMacOSXCursor; @@ -94,25 +94,23 @@ static struct CursorName animatedThemeCursorNames[] = { * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ -static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL; /* A pointer to the current - * cursor. */ -static int gResizeOverride = false; /* A boolean indicating whether - * we should use the resize - * cursor during installations. */ -static int gTkOwnsCursor = true; /* A boolean indicating whether - * Tk owns the cursor. If not (for - * instance, in the case where a Tk - * window is embedded in another app's - * window, and the cursor is out of - * the tk window, we will not attempt - * to adjust the cursor */ +static TkMacOSXCursor * gCurrentCursor = NULL; + /* A pointer to the current cursor. */ +static int gResizeOverride = false; + /* A boolean indicating whether we should use + * the resize cursor during installations. */ +static int gTkOwnsCursor = true;/* A boolean indicating whether Tk owns the + * cursor. If not (for instance, in the case + * where a Tk window is embedded in another + * app's window, and the cursor is out of the + * tk window, we will not attempt to adjust + * the cursor. */ /* * Declarations of procedures local to this file */ static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string); - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -120,10 +118,9 @@ static void FindCursorByName(TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr, const char *string); * FindCursorByName -- * * Retrieve a system cursor by name, and fill the macCursorPtr - * structure. If the cursor cannot be found, the macCursor field - * will be NULL. The function first attempts to load a color - * cursor. If that fails it will attempt to load a black & white - * cursor. + * structure. If the cursor cannot be found, the macCursor field will be + * NULL. The function first attempts to load a color cursor. If that + * fails it will attempt to load a black & white cursor. * * Results: * Fills the macCursorPtr record. @@ -205,9 +202,9 @@ TkGetCursorByName( macCursorPtr->info.cursor = (Tk_Cursor) macCursorPtr; /* - * To find a cursor we must first determine if it is one of the - * builtin cursors or the standard arrow cursor. Otherwise, we - * attempt to load the cursor as a named Mac resource. + * To find a cursor we must first determine if it is one of the builtin + * cursors or the standard arrow cursor. Otherwise, we attempt to load the + * cursor as a named Mac resource. */ if (strcmp(noneCursorName.name, string) == 0) { @@ -225,11 +222,14 @@ TkGetCursorByName( if (namePtr->name == NULL) { for (namePtr = animatedThemeCursorNames; namePtr->name != NULL; namePtr++) { - int namelen = strlen (namePtr->name); + int namelen = strlen(namePtr->name); + if (strncmp(namePtr->name, string, namelen) == 0) { const char *numPtr = string + namelen; + if (*numPtr) { int result = Tcl_GetInt(NULL, numPtr, &count); + if (result != TCL_OK) { continue; } @@ -251,9 +251,9 @@ TkGetCursorByName( int argc; /* - * The user may be trying to specify an XCursor with fore - * & back colors. We don't want this to be an error, so pick - * off the first word, and try again. + * The user may be trying to specify an XCursor with fore & back + * colors. We don't want this to be an error, so pick off the + * first word, and try again. */ if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) == TCL_OK ) { @@ -269,9 +269,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName( ckfree((char *)macCursorPtr); Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad cursor spec \"", string, "\"", NULL); return NULL; - } else { - return (TkCursor *) macCursorPtr; } + return (TkCursor *) macCursorPtr; } /* @@ -293,8 +292,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName( TkCursor * TkCreateCursorFromData( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ @@ -327,12 +326,12 @@ TkpFreeCursor( TkMacOSXCursor *macCursorPtr = (TkMacOSXCursor *) cursorPtr; switch (macCursorPtr->type) { - case COLOR: - DisposeCCursor((CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor); - break; - case NORMAL: - ReleaseResource(macCursorPtr->macCursor); - break; + case COLOR: + DisposeCCursor((CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor); + break; + case NORMAL: + ReleaseResource(macCursorPtr->macCursor); + break; } if (macCursorPtr == gCurrentCursor) { @@ -345,9 +344,8 @@ TkpFreeCursor( * * TkMacOSXInstallCursor -- * - * Installs either the current cursor as defined by TkpSetCursor - * or a resize cursor as the cursor the Macintosh should currently - * display. + * Installs either the current cursor as defined by TkpSetCursor or a + * resize cursor as the cursor the Macintosh should currently display. * * Results: * None. @@ -382,35 +380,35 @@ TkMacOSXInstallCursor( SetThemeCursor(kThemeArrowCursor); } else { struct CursorName *namePtr; + switch (macCursorPtr->type) { - case NONE: - if (!cursorHidden) { - cursorHidden = 1; - HideCursor(); - } - cursorNone = 1; - break; - case THEME: - namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor; - SetThemeCursor( - namePtr->id); - break; - case ANIMATED: - namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor; - if (macCursorPtr->count == -1) { - SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, cursorStep++); - } else { - SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, macCursorPtr->count); - } - break; - case COLOR: - ccursor = (CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor; - SetCCursor(ccursor); - break; - case NORMAL: - cursor = (CursHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor; - SetCursor(*cursor); - break; + case NONE: + if (!cursorHidden) { + cursorHidden = 1; + HideCursor(); + } + cursorNone = 1; + break; + case THEME: + namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor; + SetThemeCursor(namePtr->id); + break; + case ANIMATED: + namePtr = (struct CursorName *) macCursorPtr->macCursor; + if (macCursorPtr->count == -1) { + SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, cursorStep++); + } else { + SetAnimatedThemeCursor(namePtr->id, macCursorPtr->count); + } + break; + case COLOR: + ccursor = (CCrsrHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor; + SetCCursor(ccursor); + break; + case NORMAL: + cursor = (CursHandle) macCursorPtr->macCursor; + SetCursor(*cursor); + break; } } if (cursorHidden && !cursorNone) { @@ -448,10 +446,10 @@ TkpSetCursor( if (cursor == None) { /* * This is a little tricky. We can't really tell whether - * gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around - * or because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input - * cursor is NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the - * cursorChanged logic. + * gCurrentCursor is NULL because it was NULL last time around or + * because we just freed the current cursor. So if the input cursor is + * NULL, we always need to reset it, we can't trust the cursorChanged + * logic. */ gCurrentCursor = NULL; diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c index 24c74e3..abe3c2b 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXDialog.c,v 1.36 2007/12/13 15:27:08 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXDialog.c,v 1.37 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" @@ -104,16 +104,14 @@ static int fileDlgInited = 0; static NavObjectFilterUPP openFileFilterUPP; static NavEventUPP openFileEventUPP; - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Mac - * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it - * does. + * This procedure implements the color dialog box for the Mac platform. + * See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -129,11 +127,11 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { OSStatus err; int result = TCL_ERROR; - Tk_Window parent, tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window parent, tkwin = clientData; const char *title; int i, srcRead, dstWrote; CMError cmerr; @@ -204,7 +202,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( cpinfo.placeWhere = kCenterOnMainScreen; /* Currently, this does not actually change the colorpicker title */ Tcl_UtfToExternal(NULL, TkMacOSXCarbonEncoding, title, -1, 0, NULL, - StrBody(cpinfo.prompt), 255, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL); + StrBody(cpinfo.prompt), 255, &srcRead, &dstWrote, NULL); StrLength(cpinfo.prompt) = (unsigned char) dstWrote; TkMacOSXTrackingLoop(1); @@ -225,7 +223,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( } result = TCL_OK; -end: + end: return result; } @@ -234,9 +232,8 @@ end: * * Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the - * Mac platform. See the user documentation for details on what - * it does. + * This procedure implements the "open file" dialog box for the Mac + * platform. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -251,7 +248,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int i, result = TCL_ERROR, multiple = 0; OpenFileData ofd; @@ -301,51 +298,54 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( } switch (index) { - case OPEN_DEFAULT: - break; - case OPEN_FILETYPES: - types = objv[i + 1]; - if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - break; - case OPEN_INITDIR: - initialDir = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ - if (choiceLen == 0) { initialDir = NULL; } - break; - case OPEN_INITFILE: - initialFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); - /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ - if (choiceLen == 0) { initialFile = NULL; } - break; - case OPEN_MESSAGE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) - choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; - case OPEN_MULTIPLE: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], &multiple) - != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - break; - case OPEN_PARENT: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, - (Tk_Window) clientData); - if (parent == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; - case OPEN_TITLE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) - choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; - case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE: - typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1]; - break; + case OPEN_DEFAULT: + break; + case OPEN_FILETYPES: + types = objv[i + 1]; + if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + break; + case OPEN_INITDIR: + initialDir = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ + if (choiceLen == 0) { + initialDir = NULL; + } + break; + case OPEN_INITFILE: + initialFile = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); + /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ + if (choiceLen == 0) { + initialFile = NULL; + } + break; + case OPEN_MESSAGE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; + case OPEN_MULTIPLE: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], + &multiple) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + break; + case OPEN_PARENT: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, clientData); + if (parent == NULL) { + goto end; + } + break; + case OPEN_TITLE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; + case OPEN_TYPEVARIABLE: + typeVariablePtr = objv[i + 1]; + break; } } @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( Tcl_SetVar(interp, Tcl_GetString(typeVariablePtr), filterPtr->name, 0); } -end: + end: TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl); if (initialDesc.dataHandle) { ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc); @@ -394,8 +394,7 @@ end: * * Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd -- * - * Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box - * instead + * Same as Tk_GetOpenFileCmd but opens a "save file" dialog box instead. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -410,7 +409,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int i, result = TCL_ERROR; char *initialFile = NULL; @@ -453,47 +452,46 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( goto end; } switch (index) { - case SAVE_DEFAULT: - break; - case SAVE_FILETYPES: - types = objv[i + 1]; - if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - break; - case SAVE_INITDIR: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ - if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice, - &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - break; - case SAVE_INITFILE: - initialFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ - if (choiceLen == 0) { - initialFile = NULL; - } - break; - case SAVE_MESSAGE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) - choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; - case SAVE_PARENT: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, - (Tk_Window) clientData); - if (parent == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; - case SAVE_TITLE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) - choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; + case SAVE_DEFAULT: + break; + case SAVE_FILETYPES: + types = objv[i + 1]; + if (TkGetFileFilters(interp, &ofd.fl, types, 0) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + break; + case SAVE_INITDIR: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ + if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice, + &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + break; + case SAVE_INITFILE: + initialFile = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + /* empty strings should be like no selection given */ + if (choiceLen == 0) { + initialFile = NULL; + } + break; + case SAVE_MESSAGE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; + case SAVE_PARENT: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, (Tk_Window) clientData); + if (parent == NULL) { + goto end; + } + break; + case SAVE_TITLE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; } } @@ -503,7 +501,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( result = NavServicesGetFile(interp, &ofd, initialPtr, initialFile, NULL, title, message, NULL, false, SAVE_FILE, parent); TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl); -end: + end: if (initialDesc.dataHandle) { ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc); } @@ -521,9 +519,9 @@ end: * * Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box - * for the Windows platform. See the user documentation for details - * on what it does. + * This procedure implements the "tk_chooseDirectory" dialog box for the + * MacOS X platform. See the user documentation for details on what it + * does. * * Results: * See user documentation. @@ -535,11 +533,11 @@ end: */ int -Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) - ClientData clientData; /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd( + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int i, result = TCL_ERROR; Tk_Window parent = NULL; @@ -560,9 +558,8 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) } for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) { - char *choice; + char *string, *choice; int index, choiceLen; - char *string; if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], chooseOptionStrings, "option", TCL_EXACT, &index) != TCL_OK) { @@ -575,31 +572,30 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) goto end; } switch (index) { - case CHOOSE_INITDIR: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice, - &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - break; - case CHOOSE_MESSAGE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) - choice, choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; - case CHOOSE_PARENT: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, - (Tk_Window) clientData); - if (parent == NULL) { - goto end; - } - break; - case CHOOSE_TITLE: - choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); - title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char*) choice, - choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); - break; + case CHOOSE_INITDIR: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + if (choiceLen && HandleInitialDirectory(interp, NULL, choice, + &dirRef, NULL, &initialDesc) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + break; + case CHOOSE_MESSAGE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + message = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; + case CHOOSE_PARENT: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + parent = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, choice, clientData); + if (parent == NULL) { + goto end; + } + break; + case CHOOSE_TITLE: + choice = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[i + 1], &choiceLen); + title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (unsigned char *) choice, + choiceLen, kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); + break; } } @@ -611,7 +607,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd(clientData, interp, objc, objv) result = NavServicesGetFile(interp, &ofd, initialPtr, NULL, NULL, title, message, NULL, false, CHOOSE_FOLDER, parent); TkFreeFileFilters(&ofd.fl); -end: + end: if (initialDesc.dataHandle) { ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &initialDesc); } @@ -660,16 +656,16 @@ HandleInitialDirectory( if (dirName == NULL) { goto end; } - err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*) dirName, - dirRef, &isDirectory); + err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) dirName, dirRef, + &isDirectory); if (err != noErr) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad directory \"", initialDir, "\"", NULL); goto end; } if (!isDirectory) { - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-intialdir \"", - initialDir, " is a file, not a directory.\"", NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "-intialdir \"", initialDir, "\"" + " is a file, not a directory.", NULL); goto end; } ChkErr(AECreateDesc, typeFSRef, dirRef, sizeof(*dirRef), dirDescPtr); @@ -690,7 +686,7 @@ HandleInitialDirectory( ChkErr(AECreateList, NULL, 0, false, selectDescPtr); - err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*) namePtr, &fileRef, + err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) namePtr, &fileRef, &isDirectory); if (err != noErr) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad initialfile \"", initialFile, @@ -702,7 +698,7 @@ HandleInitialDirectory( ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &fileDesc); } result = TCL_OK; -end: + end: if (dirName) { Tcl_DStringFree(&ds); } @@ -766,7 +762,7 @@ NavServicesGetFile( NavHandlerUserData data; NavDialogCreationOptions options; NavDialogRef dialogRef = NULL; - CFStringRef * menuItemNames = NULL; + CFStringRef *menuItemNames = NULL; OSStatus err; Tcl_Obj *theResult = NULL; int result = TCL_ERROR; @@ -782,7 +778,7 @@ NavServicesGetFile( options.optionFlags |= kNavAllowMultipleFiles; } options.modality = kWindowModalityAppModal; - if (parent && ((TkWindow*)parent)->window != None && + if (parent && ((TkWindow *) parent)->window != None && TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(parent)) { options.parentWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(Tk_WindowId(parent)); TK_IF_HI_TOOLBOX (5, @@ -802,10 +798,10 @@ NavServicesGetFile( * Now process the selection list. We have to use the popupExtension * to fill the menu. */ + if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup) { - FileFilter *filterPtr; + FileFilter *filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; - filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; if (filterPtr == NULL) { ofdPtr->usePopup = 0; } @@ -815,8 +811,8 @@ NavServicesGetFile( int index = 0; ofdPtr->curType = 0; - menuItemNames = (CFStringRef *) ckalloc(ofdPtr->fl.numFilters - * sizeof(CFStringRef)); + menuItemNames = (CFStringRef *) + ckalloc(ofdPtr->fl.numFilters * sizeof(CFStringRef)); for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr != NULL; filterPtr = filterPtr->next, index++) { @@ -836,8 +832,8 @@ NavServicesGetFile( options.message = message; options.windowTitle = title; if (initialFile) { - options.saveFileName = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, - initialFile, kCFStringEncodingUTF8); + options.saveFileName = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, initialFile, + kCFStringEncodingUTF8); } else { options.saveFileName = NULL; } @@ -878,9 +874,10 @@ NavServicesGetFile( } /* - * Most commands assume that the file dialogs return a single - * item, not a list. So only build a list if multiple is true... + * Most commands assume that the file dialogs return a single item, not a + * list. So only build a list if multiple is true... */ + if (err == noErr) { if (multiple) { theResult = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); @@ -893,67 +890,89 @@ NavServicesGetFile( } if (err == noErr && data.reply.validRecord) { AEDesc resultDesc; - long count; + long count, i; FSRef fsRef; char pathPtr[PATH_MAX + 1]; + char saveName[PATH_MAX + 1]; err = ChkErr(AECountItems, &data.reply.selection, &count); - if (err == noErr) { - long i; + if (err != noErr) { + /* + * There was an error when counting the items? Treat as if no + * items were chosen. + */ - for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) { - err = ChkErr(AEGetNthDesc, &data.reply.selection, i, - typeFSRef, NULL, &resultDesc); - if (err == noErr) { - err = ChkErr(AEGetDescData, &resultDesc, &fsRef, - sizeof(fsRef)); - if (err == noErr) { - err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &fsRef, (unsigned char*) - pathPtr, PATH_MAX + 1); - if (err == noErr) { - int pathValid = 0; - - if (isOpen == SAVE_FILE) { - if (data.saveNameRef) { - char saveName [PATH_MAX + 1]; - - if (CFStringGetCString(data.saveNameRef, - saveName, PATH_MAX + 1, - kCFStringEncodingUTF8)) { - if (strlen(pathPtr) + strlen(saveName) - < PATH_MAX) { - strcat(pathPtr, "/"); - strcat(pathPtr, saveName); - pathValid = 1; - } else { - TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Path name too " - "long"); - } - } else { - TkMacOSXDbgMsg("CFStringGetCString " - "failed"); - } - } else { - TkMacOSXDbgMsg("NavDialogGetSaveFileName " - "failed"); - } - } else { - pathValid = 1; - } - if (pathValid) { - if (multiple) { - Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, theResult, - Tcl_NewStringObj(pathPtr, -1)); - } else { - Tcl_SetStringObj(theResult, pathPtr, -1); - } - } - } - } - ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &resultDesc); + goto installResult; + } + + /* + * Process the chosen files. This will be one unless -multiple was + * specified. + */ + + for (i = 1; i <= count; i++) { + /* + * Get the name of the selected file. + */ + + err = ChkErr(AEGetNthDesc, &data.reply.selection, i, + typeFSRef, NULL, &resultDesc); + if (err != noErr) { + continue; + } + err = ChkErr(AEGetDescData, &resultDesc, &fsRef, sizeof(fsRef)); + if (err != noErr) { + goto nextFilename; + } + err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &fsRef, (unsigned char *) pathPtr, + PATH_MAX + 1); + if (err != noErr) { + goto nextFilename; + } + + /* + * If we're saving the file, we're creating a new filename and + * must therefore check whether it is a legal filename (not + * exceeding path length limits, etc.) + */ + + if (isOpen == SAVE_FILE) { + if (!data.saveNameRef) { + TkMacOSXDbgMsg("NavDialogGetSaveFileName failed"); + goto nextFilename; + } + + if (!CFStringGetCString(data.saveNameRef, saveName, + PATH_MAX + 1, kCFStringEncodingUTF8)) { + TkMacOSXDbgMsg("CFStringGetCString failed"); + goto nextFilename; } + + if (strlen(pathPtr) + strlen(saveName) >= PATH_MAX) { + TkMacOSXDbgMsg("Path name too long"); + goto nextFilename; + } + + strcat(pathPtr, "/"); + strcat(pathPtr, saveName); } + + /* + * Got a valid file name; put it in the result object. + */ + + if (multiple) { + Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, theResult, + Tcl_NewStringObj(pathPtr, -1)); + } else { + Tcl_SetStringObj(theResult, pathPtr, -1); + } + + nextFilename: + ChkErr(AEDisposeDesc, &resultDesc); } + + installResult: Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, theResult); result = TCL_OK; } else if (err == userCanceledErr) { @@ -979,10 +998,11 @@ NavServicesGetFile( } if (menuItemNames) { int i; + for (i = 0; i < ofdPtr->fl.numFilters; i++) { CFRelease(menuItemNames[i]); } - ckfree((void *)menuItemNames); + ckfree((void *) menuItemNames); } if (options.popupExtension) { CFRelease(options.popupExtension); @@ -1032,7 +1052,7 @@ OpenEventProc( selectItem.menuCreator = 0; selectItem.menuType = ofd->initialType; selectItem.menuItemName[0] = strlen(filterPtr->name); - strncpy((char*) &selectItem.menuItemName[1], + strncpy((char *) &selectItem.menuItemName[1], filterPtr->name, 255); ChkErr(NavCustomControl, callBackParams->context, kNavCtlSelectCustomType, &selectItem); @@ -1093,85 +1113,80 @@ OpenEventProc( pascal Boolean OpenFileFilterProc( - AEDesc* theItem, void* info, + AEDesc *theItem, + void *info, NavCallBackUserData callBackUD, NavFilterModes filterMode) { - OpenFileData *ofdPtr = ((NavHandlerUserData*) callBackUD)->ofdPtr; + OpenFileData *ofdPtr = ((NavHandlerUserData *) callBackUD)->ofdPtr; int result = MATCHED; - if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup) { - if (ofdPtr->fl.numFilters > 0) { - if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) - || (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) { - NavFileOrFolderInfo* theInfo = (NavFileOrFolderInfo *) info; - char fileName[256]; - - if (!theInfo->isFolder) { - OSType fileType; - StringPtr fileNamePtr = NULL; - Tcl_DString fileNameDString; - int i; - FileFilter *filterPtr; - - fileType = - theInfo->fileAndFolder.fileInfo.finderInfo.fdType; - Tcl_DStringInit (&fileNameDString); - - if (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) { - int len; - fileNamePtr = ((FSSpec *) *theItem->dataHandle)->name; - len = fileNamePtr[0]; - strncpy(fileName, (char*) fileNamePtr + 1, len); - fileName[len] = '\0'; - fileNamePtr = (unsigned char*) fileName; - } else if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) { - OSStatus err; - FSRef *theRef = (FSRef *) *theItem->dataHandle; - HFSUniStr255 uniFileName; - err = ChkErr(FSGetCatalogInfo, theRef, kFSCatInfoNone, - NULL, &uniFileName, NULL, NULL); - - if (err == noErr) { - Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString ( - (Tcl_UniChar *) uniFileName.unicode, - uniFileName.length, &fileNameDString); - fileNamePtr = (unsigned char*) - Tcl_DStringValue(&fileNameDString); - } - } - if (ofdPtr->usePopup) { - i = ofdPtr->curType; - for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; - filterPtr && i > 0; i--) { - filterPtr = filterPtr->next; - } - if (filterPtr) { - result = MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, - ofdPtr, filterPtr); - } else { - result = UNMATCHED; - } - } else { - /* - * We are not using the popup menu. In this case, the - * file is considered matched if it matches any of - * the file filters. - */ - - result = UNMATCHED; - for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr; - filterPtr = filterPtr->next) { - if (MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, - ofdPtr, filterPtr) == MATCHED) { - result = MATCHED; - break; - } - } + if (ofdPtr && ofdPtr->usePopup && ofdPtr->fl.numFilters > 0 && + ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) + || (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef))) { + NavFileOrFolderInfo *theInfo = info; + char fileName[256]; + OSType fileType; + StringPtr fileNamePtr = NULL; + Tcl_DString fileNameDString; + int i; + FileFilter *filterPtr; + + if (!theInfo->isFolder) { + fileType = theInfo->fileAndFolder.fileInfo.finderInfo.fdType; + Tcl_DStringInit(&fileNameDString); + + if (theItem->descriptorType == typeFSS) { + int len; + + fileNamePtr = ((FSSpec *) *theItem->dataHandle)->name; + len = fileNamePtr[0]; + strncpy(fileName, (char *) fileNamePtr + 1, len); + fileName[len] = '\0'; + fileNamePtr = (unsigned char *) fileName; + } else if ((theItem->descriptorType == typeFSRef)) { + OSStatus err; + FSRef *theRef = (FSRef *) *theItem->dataHandle; + HFSUniStr255 uniFileName; + + err = ChkErr(FSGetCatalogInfo, theRef, kFSCatInfoNone, + NULL, &uniFileName, NULL, NULL); + + if (err == noErr) { + Tcl_UniCharToUtfDString((Tcl_UniChar *)uniFileName.unicode, + uniFileName.length, &fileNameDString); + fileNamePtr = (unsigned char *) + Tcl_DStringValue(&fileNameDString); + } + } + if (ofdPtr->usePopup) { + i = ofdPtr->curType; + for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr && i>0; i--) { + filterPtr = filterPtr->next; + } + if (filterPtr) { + result = MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, ofdPtr, + filterPtr); + } else { + result = UNMATCHED; + } + } else { + /* + * We are not using the popup menu. In this case, the file is + * considered matched if it matches any of the file filters. + */ + + result = UNMATCHED; + for (filterPtr = ofdPtr->fl.filters; filterPtr; + filterPtr = filterPtr->next) { + if (MatchOneType(fileNamePtr, fileType, ofdPtr, + filterPtr) == MATCHED) { + result = MATCHED; + break; } - Tcl_DStringFree (&fileNameDString); } } + Tcl_DStringFree(&fileNameDString); } } return (result == MATCHED); @@ -1206,20 +1221,20 @@ MatchOneType( FileFilterClause *clausePtr; /* - * A file matches with a file type if it matches with at least one - * clause of the type. + * A file matches with a file type if it matches with at least one clause + * of the type. * - * If the clause has both glob patterns and ostypes, the file must - * match with at least one pattern AND at least one ostype. + * If the clause has both glob patterns and ostypes, the file must match + * with at least one pattern AND at least one ostype. * * If the clause has glob patterns only, the file must match with at least * one pattern. * - * If the clause has mac types only, the file must match with at least - * one mac type. + * If the clause has mac types only, the file must match with at least one + * mac type. * - * If the clause has neither glob patterns nor mac types, it's - * considered an error. + * If the clause has neither glob patterns nor mac types, it's considered + * an error. */ for (clausePtr = filterPtr->clauses; clausePtr; @@ -1261,10 +1276,7 @@ MatchOneType( if (Tcl_StringMatch((char*) fileNamePtr, ext)) { goto glob_matched; - } else { - goto glob_unmatched; } - glob_unmatched: continue; @@ -1281,13 +1293,12 @@ MatchOneType( } /* - * On Mac OS X, it is not uncommon for files to have NO - * file type. But folks with Tcl code on Classic MacOS pretty - * much assume that a generic file will have type TEXT. So - * if we were strict about matching types when the source file - * had NO type set, they would have to add another rule always - * with no fileType. To avoid that, we pass the macMatch side - * of the test if no fileType is set. + * On Mac OS X, it is not uncommon for files to have NO file type. But + * folks with Tcl code on Classic MacOS pretty much assume that a + * generic file will have type TEXT. So if we were strict about + * matching types when the source file had NO type set, they would + * have to add another rule always with no fileType. To avoid that, we + * pass the macMatch side of the test if no fileType is set. */ if (globMatched && (macMatched || (fileType == 0))) { @@ -1303,8 +1314,8 @@ MatchOneType( * * TkAboutDlg -- * - * Displays the default Tk About box. This code uses Macintosh - * resources to define the content of the About Box. + * Displays the default Tk About box. This code uses Macintosh resources + * to define the content of the About Box. * * Results: * None. @@ -1358,9 +1369,9 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; AlertStdCFStringAlertParamRec paramCFStringRec; AlertType alertType; DialogRef dialogRef; @@ -1459,107 +1470,104 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( } switch (index) { - case ALERT_DEFAULT: - /* - * Need to postpone processing of this option until we are - * sure to know the '-type' as well. - */ - haveDefaultOption = true; - indexDefaultOption = i; - break; + case ALERT_DEFAULT: + /* + * Need to postpone processing of this option until we are sure to + * know the '-type' as well. + */ - case ALERT_DETAIL: - str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); - finemessageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str, - kCFStringEncodingUTF8); - break; + haveDefaultOption = true; + indexDefaultOption = i; + break; - case ALERT_ICON: - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], - movableIconStrings, "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) - != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - switch (iconIndex) { - case ICON_ERROR: - alertType = kAlertStopAlert; - break; - case ICON_INFO: - alertType = kAlertNoteAlert; - break; - case ICON_QUESTION: - alertType = kAlertCautionAlert; - break; - case ICON_WARNING: - alertType = kAlertCautionAlert; - break; - } - break; + case ALERT_DETAIL: + str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); + finemessageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str, + kCFStringEncodingUTF8); + break; - case ALERT_MESSAGE: - str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); - messageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str, - kCFStringEncodingUTF8); + case ALERT_ICON: + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], movableIconStrings, + "value", TCL_EXACT, &iconIndex) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + switch (iconIndex) { + case ICON_ERROR: + alertType = kAlertStopAlert; break; - - case ALERT_PARENT: - str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); - tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin); - if (tkwin == NULL) { - goto end; - } - if (((TkWindow*)tkwin)->window != None && - TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(tkwin)) { - haveParentOption = true; - } + case ICON_INFO: + alertType = kAlertNoteAlert; break; - - case ALERT_TITLE: + case ICON_QUESTION: + alertType = kAlertCautionAlert; + break; + case ICON_WARNING: + alertType = kAlertCautionAlert; break; + } + break; - case ALERT_TYPE: - if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1],\ - movableTypeStrings, "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) - != TCL_OK) { - goto end; - } - switch (typeIndex) { - case TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Abort"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Retry"); - paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Ignore"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = - kAlertStdAlertOtherButton; - break; - case TYPE_OK: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK"); - break; - case TYPE_OKCANCEL: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel"); - break; - case TYPE_RETRYCANCEL: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Retry"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel"); - break; - case TYPE_YESNO: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No"); - break; - case TYPE_YESNOCANCEL: - paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No"); - paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Cancel"); - paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = - kAlertStdAlertOtherButton; - break; - } + case ALERT_MESSAGE: + str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); + messageTextCF = CFStringCreateWithCString(NULL, str, + kCFStringEncodingUTF8); + break; + + case ALERT_PARENT: + str = Tcl_GetString(objv[i + 1]); + tkwin = Tk_NameToWindow(interp, str, tkwin); + if (tkwin == NULL) { + goto end; + } + if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->window != None && + TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(tkwin)) { + haveParentOption = true; + } + break; + + case ALERT_TITLE: + /* TODO: message box title missing? */ + break; + + case ALERT_TYPE: + if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i + 1], movableTypeStrings, + "value", TCL_EXACT, &typeIndex) != TCL_OK) { + goto end; + } + switch (typeIndex) { + case TYPE_ABORTRETRYIGNORE: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Abort"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Retry"); + paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Ignore"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = kAlertStdAlertOtherButton; + break; + case TYPE_OK: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK"); break; + case TYPE_OKCANCEL: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("OK"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel"); + break; + case TYPE_RETRYCANCEL: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Retry"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("Cancel"); + break; + case TYPE_YESNO: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No"); + break; + case TYPE_YESNOCANCEL: + paramCFStringRec.defaultText = CFSTR("Yes"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelText = CFSTR("No"); + paramCFStringRec.otherText = CFSTR("Cancel"); + paramCFStringRec.cancelButton = kAlertStdAlertOtherButton; + break; + } + break; } } if (haveDefaultOption) { - /* * Any '-default' option needs to know the '-type' option, which is why * we do this here. @@ -1642,19 +1650,18 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( } } if (err == noErr) { - int ind; - /* * Map 'itemHit' (1, 2, 3) to descriptive text string. */ - ind = nativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[typeIndex][itemHit]; + int ind = nativeButtonIndexAndTypeToButtonIndex[typeIndex][itemHit]; + Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(movableButtonStrings[ind], -1)); result = TCL_OK; } -end: + end: if (finemessageTextCF) { CFRelease(finemessageTextCF); } @@ -1686,21 +1693,21 @@ AlertHandler( EventRef eventRef, void *userData) { - AlertHandlerUserData *data = (AlertHandlerUserData *) userData; + AlertHandlerUserData *data = userData; HICommand cmd; ChkErr(GetEventParameter,eventRef, kEventParamDirectObject, typeHICommand, NULL, sizeof(cmd), NULL, &cmd); switch (cmd.commandID) { - case kHICommandOK: - data->buttonIndex = 1; - break; - case kHICommandCancel: - data->buttonIndex = 2; - break; - case kHICommandOther: - data->buttonIndex = 3; - break; + case kHICommandOK: + data->buttonIndex = 1; + break; + case kHICommandCancel: + data->buttonIndex = 2; + break; + case kHICommandOther: + data->buttonIndex = 3; + break; } if (data->buttonIndex) { ChkErr(QuitAppModalLoopForWindow, data->dialogWindow); diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c index a971c0d..47a9ed7 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXEmbed.c @@ -3,52 +3,49 @@ * * This file contains platform-specific procedures for theMac to provide * basic operations needed for application embedding (where one - * application can use as its main window an internal window from - * some other application). - * Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same Tk application is - * allowed on the Macintosh. + * application can use as its main window an internal window from some + * other application). Currently only Toplevel embedding within the same + * Tk application is allowed on the Macintosh. * * Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXEmbed.c,v 1.16 2007/12/13 15:27:09 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXEmbed.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" /* * One of the following structures exists for each container in this - * application. It keeps track of the container window and its - * associated embedded window. + * application. It keeps track of the container window and its associated + * embedded window. */ typedef struct Container { - Window parent; /* The Mac Drawable for the parent of - * the pair (the container). */ - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Tk's information about the container, - * or NULL if the container isn't + Window parent; /* The Mac Drawable for the parent of the pair + * (the container). */ + TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Tk's information about the container, or + * NULL if the container isn't in this + * process. */ + Window embedded; /* The MacDrawable for the embedded window. + * Starts off as None, but gets filled in when + * the window is eventually created. */ + TkWindow *embeddedPtr; /* Tk's information about the embedded window, + * or NULL if the embedded application isn't * in this process. */ - Window embedded; /* The MacDrawable for the embedded - * window. Starts off as None, but - * gets filled in when the window is - * eventually created. */ - TkWindow *embeddedPtr; /* Tk's information about the embedded - * window, or NULL if the - * embedded application isn't in - * this process. */ - struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in - * this process. */ + struct Container *nextPtr; /* Next in list of all containers in this + * process. */ } Container; static Container *firstContainerPtr = NULL; - /* First in list of all containers - * managed by this process. */ + /* First in list of all containers managed by + * this process. */ /* - * Globals defined in this file + * Globals defined in this file: */ TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL; @@ -57,25 +54,24 @@ TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = NULL; * Prototypes for static procedures defined in this file: */ -static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container * containerPtr, int width, - int height); -static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr); -static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); -static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr); - +static void ContainerEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbeddedEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbedActivateProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbedFocusProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbedGeometryRequest(Container *containerPtr, int width, + int height); +static void EmbedSendConfigure(Container *containerPtr); +static void EmbedStructureProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); +static void EmbedWindowDeleted(TkWindow *winPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler -- * - * Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like - * Netscape plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does - * not control the main window + * Registers a handler for an in process form of embedding, like Netscape + * plugins, where Tk is loaded into the process, but does not control the + * main window * * Results: * None @@ -95,7 +91,8 @@ Tk_MacOSXSetEmbedHandler( Tk_MacOSXEmbedGetOffsetInParentProc *getOffsetProc) { if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler == NULL) { - tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = (TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler)); + tkMacOSXEmbedHandler = (TkMacOSXEmbedHandler *) + ckalloc(sizeof(TkMacOSXEmbedHandler)); } tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->registerWinProc = registerWinProc; tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getPortProc = getPortProc; @@ -129,9 +126,8 @@ TkpMakeWindow( XEvent event; /* - * If this window is marked as embedded then - * the window structure should have already been - * created in the TkpUseWindow function. + * If this window is marked as embedded then the window structure should + * have already been created in the TkpUseWindow function. */ if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { @@ -158,22 +154,24 @@ TkpMakeWindow( macWin->size = CGSizeZero; if (Tk_IsTopLevel(macWin->winPtr)) { /* - *This will be set when we are mapped. + * This will be set when we are mapped. */ + macWin->xOff = 0; macWin->yOff = 0; macWin->toplevel = macWin; } else { macWin->xOff = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->xOff + - winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width + - winPtr->changes.x; + winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width + + winPtr->changes.x; macWin->yOff = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->yOff + - winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width + - winPtr->changes.y; + winPtr->parentPtr->changes.border_width + + winPtr->changes.y; macWin->toplevel = winPtr->parentPtr->privatePtr->toplevel; } macWin->toplevel->referenceCount++; } + /* * TODO: need general solution for visibility events. */ @@ -195,15 +193,15 @@ TkpMakeWindow( * * TkpUseWindow -- * - * This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given X window as - * its parent window, rather than the root window for the screen. - * It is invoked by an embedded application to specify the window - * in which it is embedded. + * This procedure causes a Tk window to use a given X window as its + * parent window, rather than the root window for the screen. It is + * invoked by an embedded application to specify the window in which it + * is embedded. * * Results: - * The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such - * as string not being a valid window spec), then the return value - * is TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if + * The return value is normally TCL_OK. If an error occurs (such as + * string not being a valid window spec), then the return value is + * TCL_ERROR and an error message is left in the interp's result if * interp is non-NULL. * * Side effects: @@ -214,12 +212,12 @@ TkpMakeWindow( int TkpUseWindow( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting - * if string is bogus. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* If not NULL, used for error reporting if + * string is bogus. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an * associated X window. */ - CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use - * for tkwin; must be an integer value. */ + const char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for + * tkwin; must be an integer value. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; TkWindow *usePtr; @@ -233,13 +231,12 @@ TkpUseWindow( } /* - * Decode the container pointer, and look for it among the - * list of available containers. + * Decode the container pointer, and look for it among the list of + * available containers. * * N.B. For now, we are limiting the containers to be in the same Tk - * application as tkwin, since otherwise they would not be in our list - * of containers. - * + * application as tkwin, since otherwise they would not be in our list of + * containers. */ if (Tcl_GetInt(interp, string, (int*) &parent) != TCL_OK) { @@ -261,8 +258,8 @@ TkpUseWindow( */ /* - * Save information about the container and the embedded window - * in a Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing + * Save information about the container and the embedded window in a + * Container structure. Currently, there must already be an existing * Container structure, since we only allow the case where both container * and embedded app. are in the same process. */ @@ -290,11 +287,11 @@ TkpUseWindow( winPtr->privatePtr = macWin; /* - * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. - * It is none of our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, - * but we will initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc - * set it. In any case, you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort - * to get the portPtr. It will correctly find the container's port. + * The grafPtr will be NULL for a Tk in Tk embedded window. It is none of + * our business what it is for a Tk not in Tk embedded window, but we will + * initialize it to NULL, and let the registerWinProc set it. In any case, + * you must always use TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort to get the portPtr. It will + * correctly find the container's port. */ macWin->grafPtr = NULL; @@ -310,19 +307,17 @@ TkpUseWindow( winPtr->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; - /* - * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes - * we need this to get the port after the TkWindow structure - * has been freed. + * Make a copy of the TK_EMBEDDED flag, since sometimes we need this to + * get the port after the TkWindow structure has been freed. */ macWin->flags |= TK_EMBEDDED; /* - * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the first - * case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler registered, - * and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin. + * Now check whether it is embedded in another Tk widget. If not (the + * first case below) we see if there is an in-process embedding handler + * registered, and if so, let that fill in the rest of the macWin. */ if (containerPtr == NULL) { @@ -345,10 +340,8 @@ TkpUseWindow( containerPtr->embeddedPtr = macWin->winPtr; containerPtr->nextPtr = firstContainerPtr; firstContainerPtr = containerPtr; - } } else { - /* * The window is embedded in another Tk window. */ @@ -360,10 +353,9 @@ TkpUseWindow( parent->winPtr->changes.border_width + winPtr->changes.y; - /* - * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded window's - * information. + * Finish filling up the container structure with the embedded + * window's information. */ containerPtr->embedded = (Window) macWin; @@ -375,8 +367,7 @@ TkpUseWindow( */ Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbeddedEventProc, - (ClientData) winPtr); - + winPtr); } return TCL_OK; @@ -387,10 +378,10 @@ TkpUseWindow( * * TkpMakeContainer -- * - * This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window - * will be a container for an embedded application. This changes - * certain aspects of the window's behavior, such as whether it - * will receive events anymore. + * This procedure is called to indicate that a particular window will be + * a container for an embedded application. This changes certain aspects + * of the window's behavior, such as whether it will receive events + * anymore. * * Results: * None. @@ -403,18 +394,17 @@ TkpUseWindow( void TkpMakeContainer( - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for a window that is about to - * become a container. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for a window that is about to become + * a container. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; Container *containerPtr; /* - * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can - * make sure the argument to -use is valid. + * Register the window as a container so that, for example, we can make + * sure the argument to -use is valid. */ - Tk_MakeWindowExist(tkwin); containerPtr = (Container *) ckalloc(sizeof(Container)); containerPtr->parent = Tk_WindowId(tkwin); @@ -426,23 +416,22 @@ TkpMakeContainer( winPtr->flags |= TK_CONTAINER; /* - * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when - * the embedded application creates its window or attempts to - * resize it. Also watch Configure events on the container so that - * we can resize the child to match. Also, pass activate events from - * the container down to the embedded toplevel. + * Request SubstructureNotify events so that we can find out when the + * embedded application creates its window or attempts to resize it. Also + * watch Configure events on the container so that we can resize the child + * to match. Also, pass activate events from the container down to the + * embedded toplevel. */ Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, SubstructureNotifyMask|SubstructureRedirectMask, - ContainerEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr); + ContainerEventProc, winPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, StructureNotifyMask, EmbedStructureProc, - (ClientData) containerPtr); + containerPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, ActivateMask, EmbedActivateProc, - (ClientData) containerPtr); + containerPtr); Tk_CreateEventHandler(tkwin, FocusChangeMask, EmbedFocusProc, - (ClientData) containerPtr); - + containerPtr); } /* @@ -454,8 +443,7 @@ TkpMakeContainer( * identifier for the associated container window. * * Results: - * The return value is the MacDrawable for winPtr's - * container window. + * The return value is the MacDrawable for winPtr's container window. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -464,8 +452,8 @@ TkpMakeContainer( */ MacDrawable * -TkMacOSXContainerId(winPtr) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */ +TkMacOSXContainerId( + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for an embedded window. */ { Container *containerPtr; @@ -484,8 +472,8 @@ TkMacOSXContainerId(winPtr) * * TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel -- * - * Given the TkWindow, return the MacDrawable for the outermost - * toplevel containing it. This will be a real Macintosh window. + * Given the TkWindow, return the MacDrawable for the outermost toplevel + * containing it. This will be a real Macintosh window. * * Results: * Returns a MacDrawable corresponding to a Macintosh Toplevel @@ -504,20 +492,18 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel( topWinPtr = winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel->winPtr; if (!Tk_IsEmbedded(topWinPtr)) { - return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel; - } else { - contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr); + return winPtr->privatePtr->toplevel; + } + contWinPtr = TkpGetOtherWindow(topWinPtr); - /* - * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding. - */ + /* + * TODO: Here we should handle out of process embedding. + */ - if (contWinPtr != NULL) { - return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr); - } else { - return None; - } + if (contWinPtr == NULL) { + return None; } + return TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel(contWinPtr); } /* @@ -525,10 +511,10 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel( * * TkpClaimFocus -- * - * This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus - * to be put on a window in an embedded application, but the - * application doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the - * input focus from the container application. + * This procedure is invoked when someone asks for the input focus to be + * put on a window in an embedded application, but the application + * doesn't currently have the focus. It requests the input focus from the + * container application. * * Results: * None. @@ -541,11 +527,11 @@ TkMacOSXGetHostToplevel( void TkpClaimFocus( - TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired - * focus window; should be embedded. */ - int force) /* One means that the container should - * claim the focus if it doesn't - * currently have it. */ + TkWindow *topLevelPtr, /* Top-level window containing desired focus + * window; should be embedded. */ + int force) /* One means that the container should claim + * the focus if it doesn't currently have + * it. */ { XEvent event; Container *containerPtr; @@ -560,7 +546,6 @@ TkpClaimFocus( /* Empty loop body. */ } - event.xfocus.type = FocusIn; event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(topLevelPtr->display); event.xfocus.send_event = 1; @@ -576,9 +561,8 @@ TkpClaimFocus( * * TkpTestembedCmd -- * - * This procedure implements the "testembed" command. It returns - * some or all of the information in the list pointed to by - * firstContainerPtr. + * This procedure implements the "testembed" command. It returns some or + * all of the information in the list pointed to by firstContainerPtr. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -594,7 +578,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { int all; Container *containerPtr; @@ -612,13 +596,11 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( Tcl_DStringStartSublist(&dString); if (containerPtr->parent == None) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); + } else if (all) { + sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); } else { - if (all) { - sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->parent); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); - } + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); } if (containerPtr->parentPtr == NULL) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); @@ -628,13 +610,11 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( } if (containerPtr->embedded == None) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); + } else if (all) { + sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded); + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); } else { - if (all) { - sprintf(buffer, "0x%x", (int) containerPtr->embedded); - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, buffer); - } else { - Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); - } + Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, "XXX"); } if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == NULL) { Tcl_DStringAppendElement(&dString, ""); @@ -653,13 +633,13 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( * * TkpRedirectKeyEvent -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event - * arrives for an application that does not believe it owns the - * input focus. This can happen because of embedding; for example, - * X can send an event to an embedded application when the real - * focus window is in the container application and is an ancestor - * of the container. This procedure's job is to forward the event - * back to the application where it really belongs. + * This procedure is invoked when a key press or release event arrives + * for an application that does not believe it owns the input focus. This + * can happen because of embedding; for example, X can send an event to + * an embedded application when the real focus window is in the container + * application and is an ancestor of the container. This procedure's job + * is to forward the event back to the application where it really + * belongs. * * Results: * None. @@ -674,9 +654,10 @@ void TkpRedirectKeyEvent( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to which the event was originally * reported. */ - XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress - * or KeyRelease). */ + XEvent *eventPtr) /* X event to redirect (should be KeyPress or + * KeyRelease). */ { + /* TODO: Implement this or decide it definitely needs no implementation */ } /* @@ -684,13 +665,13 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent( * * TkpGetOtherWindow -- * - * If both the container and embedded window are in the same - * process, this procedure will return either one, given the other. + * If both the container and embedded window are in the same process, + * this procedure will return either one, given the other. * * Results: * If winPtr is a container, the return value is the token for the - * embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in - * this process, NULL is returned. + * embedded window, and vice versa. If the "other" window isn't in this + * process, NULL is returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -700,14 +681,14 @@ TkpRedirectKeyEvent( TkWindow * TkpGetOtherWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or - * embedded window. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Tk's structure for a container or embedded + * window. */ { Container *containerPtr; /* - * TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not - * in the same process... + * TkpGetOtherWindow returns NULL if both windows are not in the same + * process... */ if (!(winPtr->flags & TK_BOTH_HALVES)) { @@ -749,7 +730,7 @@ EmbeddedEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { EmbedWindowDeleted(winPtr); @@ -762,19 +743,19 @@ EmbeddedEventProc( * ContainerEventProc -- * * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when various - * useful events are received for the children of a container - * window. It forwards relevant information, such as geometry - * requests, from the events into the container's application. + * useful events are received for the children of a container window. It + * forwards relevant information, such as geometry requests, from the + * events into the container's application. * - * NOTE: on the Mac, only the DestroyNotify branch is ever taken. - * We don't synthesize the other events. + * NOTE: on the Mac, only the DestroyNotify branch is ever taken. We + * don't synthesize the other events. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events - * occur, geometry information gets set for the container window. + * Depends on the event. For example, when ConfigureRequest events occur, + * geometry information gets set for the container window. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -784,18 +765,18 @@ ContainerEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; Container *containerPtr; Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; /* - * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure - * (almost any operation could fail, for example, if the embedded - * application has deleted its window). + * Ignore any X protocol errors that happen in this procedure (almost any + * operation could fail, for example, if the embedded application has + * deleted its window). */ errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1, - -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1, NULL, NULL); /* * Find the Container structure associated with the parent window. @@ -811,10 +792,9 @@ ContainerEventProc( if (eventPtr->type == CreateNotify) { /* - * A new child window has been created in the container. Record - * its id in the Container structure (if more than one child is - * created, just remember the last one and ignore the earlier - * ones). + * A new child window has been created in the container. Record its id + * in the Container structure (if more than one child is created, just + * remember the last one and ignore the earlier ones). */ containerPtr->embedded = eventPtr->xcreatewindow.window; @@ -822,14 +802,13 @@ ContainerEventProc( if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.x != 0) || (eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.y != 0)) { /* - * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which - * isn't legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually - * moved, but we need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to - * let it know that its request has been denied. If the - * embedded application was also trying to resize itself, a - * ConfigureNotify will be sent by the geometry management - * code below, so we don't need to do anything. Otherwise, - * generate a synthetic event. + * The embedded application is trying to move itself, which isn't + * legal. At this point, the window hasn't actually moved, but we + * need to send it a ConfigureNotify event to let it know that its + * request has been denied. If the embedded application was also + * trying to resize itself, a ConfigureNotify will be sent by the + * geometry management code below, so we don't need to do + * anything. Otherwise, generate a synthetic event. */ if ((eventPtr->xconfigurerequest.width == winPtr->changes.width) @@ -844,8 +823,8 @@ ContainerEventProc( } else if (eventPtr->type == MapRequest) { /* * The embedded application's map request was ignored and simply - * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear - * on the screen. + * passed on to us, so we have to map the window for it to appear on + * the screen. */ XMapWindow(eventPtr->xmaprequest.display, @@ -865,11 +844,10 @@ ContainerEventProc( * * EmbedStructureProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when - * a container window owned by this application gets resized - * (and also at several other times that we don't care about). - * This procedure reflects the size change in the embedded - * window that corresponds to the container. + * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when a container + * window owned by this application gets resized (and also at several + * other times that we don't care about). This procedure reflects the + * size change in the embedded window that corresponds to the container. * * Results: * None. @@ -885,7 +863,7 @@ EmbedStructureProc( ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { - Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData; + Container *containerPtr = clientData; Tk_ErrorHandler errHandler; if (eventPtr->type == ConfigureNotify) { @@ -896,12 +874,10 @@ EmbedStructureProc( */ errHandler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(eventPtr->xfocus.display, -1, - -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1, NULL, NULL); Tk_MoveResizeWindow((Tk_Window) containerPtr->embeddedPtr, 0, 0, - (unsigned int) Tk_Width( - (Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr), - (unsigned int) Tk_Height( - (Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr)); + (unsigned) Tk_Width((Tk_Window) containerPtr->parentPtr), + (unsigned) Tk_Height((Tk_Window)containerPtr->parentPtr)); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(errHandler); } } else if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -914,10 +890,10 @@ EmbedStructureProc( * * EmbedActivateProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when - * Activate and Deactivate events occur for a container window owned - * by this application. It is responsible for forwarding an activate - * event down into the embedded toplevel. + * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when Activate and + * Deactivate events occur for a container window owned by this + * application. It is responsible for forwarding an activate event down + * into the embedded toplevel. * * Results: * None. @@ -933,7 +909,7 @@ EmbedActivateProc( ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { - Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData; + Container *containerPtr = clientData; if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { if (eventPtr->type == ActivateNotify) { @@ -949,11 +925,10 @@ EmbedActivateProc( * * EmbedFocusProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when - * FocusIn and FocusOut events occur for a container window owned - * by this application. It is responsible for moving the focus - * back and forth between a container application and an embedded - * application. + * This procedure is invoked by the Tk event dispatcher when FocusIn and + * FocusOut events occur for a container window owned by this + * application. It is responsible for moving the focus back and forth + * between a container application and an embedded application. * * Results: * None. @@ -969,37 +944,37 @@ EmbedFocusProc( ClientData clientData, /* Token for container window. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* ResizeRequest event. */ { - Container *containerPtr = (Container *) clientData; + Container *containerPtr = clientData; Display *display; XEvent event; if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr != NULL) { - display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); + display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); event.xfocus.serial = LastKnownRequestProcessed(display); event.xfocus.send_event = false; event.xfocus.display = display; event.xfocus.mode = NotifyNormal; event.xfocus.window = containerPtr->embedded; - if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { - /* - * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus - * to move it to the embedded application, if there is one. - * Ignore X errors that occur during this operation (it's - * possible that the new focus window isn't mapped). - */ + if (eventPtr->type == FocusIn) { + /* + * The focus just arrived at the container. Change the X focus to + * move it to the embedded application, if there is one. Ignore X + * errors that occur during this operation (it's possible that the + * new focus window isn't mapped). + */ event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear; event.xfocus.type = FocusIn; - } else if (eventPtr->type == FocusOut) { - /* When the container gets a FocusOut event, it has to tell the embedded app - * that it has lost the focus. - */ + /* + * When the container gets a FocusOut event, it has to tell the + * embedded app that it has lost the focus. + */ event.xfocus.type = FocusOut; event.xfocus.detail = NotifyNonlinear; - } + } Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_MARK); } @@ -1010,10 +985,10 @@ EmbedFocusProc( * * EmbedGeometryRequest -- * - * This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests - * a particular size. It processes the request (which may or may - * not actually honor the request) and reflects the results back - * to the embedded application. + * This procedure is invoked when an embedded application requests a + * particular size. It processes the request (which may or may not + * actually honor the request) and reflects the results back to the + * embedded application. * * NOTE: On the Mac, this is a stub, since we don't synthesize * ConfigureRequest events. @@ -1022,10 +997,10 @@ EmbedFocusProc( * None. * * Side effects: - * If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event - * is synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be. - * Events get processed while we're waiting for the geometry - * managers to do their thing. + * If we deny the child's size change request, a Configure event is + * synthesized to let the child know how big it ought to be. Events get + * processed while we're waiting for the geometry managers to do their + * thing. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -1038,13 +1013,13 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest( TkWindow *winPtr = containerPtr->parentPtr; /* - * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy - * via the container window. We need to send a Configure event back - * to the embedded application if we decide not to honor its - * request; to make this happen, process all idle event handlers - * synchronously here (so that the geometry managers have had a - * chance to do whatever they want to do), and if the window's size - * didn't change then generate a configure event. + * Forward the requested size into our geometry management hierarchy via + * the container window. We need to send a Configure event back to the + * embedded application if we decide not to honor its request; to make + * this happen, process all idle event handlers synchronously here (so + * that the geometry managers have had a chance to do whatever they want + * to do), and if the window's size didn't change then generate a + * configure event. */ Tk_GeometryRequest((Tk_Window) winPtr, width, height); @@ -1062,13 +1037,12 @@ EmbedGeometryRequest( * * EmbedSendConfigure -- * - * This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an - * embedded application of its current size and location. This - * procedure is called when the embedded application made a - * geometry request that we did not grant, so that the embedded - * application knows that its geometry didn't change after all. - * It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which we do not - * currently synthesize on the Mac + * This is currently a stub. It is called to notify an embedded + * application of its current size and location. This procedure is called + * when the embedded application made a geometry request that we did not + * grant, so that the embedded application knows that its geometry didn't + * change after all. It is a response to ConfigureRequest events, which + * we do not currently synthesize on the Mac * * Results: * None. @@ -1090,9 +1064,9 @@ EmbedSendConfigure( * * EmbedWindowDeleted -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding - * (as either the container or the embedded application) is - * destroyed. It cleans up the Container structure for the window. + * This procedure is invoked when a window involved in embedding (as + * either the container or the embedded application) is destroyed. It + * cleans up the Container structure for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -1111,16 +1085,14 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted( Container *containerPtr, *prevPtr; /* - * Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the - * information about the embedded application and free the container's - * record. + * Find the Container structure for this window. Delete the information + * about the embedded application and free the container's record. */ prevPtr = NULL; containerPtr = firstContainerPtr; while (1) { if (containerPtr->embeddedPtr == winPtr) { - /* * We also have to destroy our parent, to clean up the container. * Fabricate an event to do this. @@ -1131,20 +1103,18 @@ EmbedWindowDeleted( XEvent event; event.xany.serial = - Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)->request; - event.xany.send_event = False; - event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); - - event.xany.type = DestroyNotify; - event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent; - event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent; - Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD); - + Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr)->request; + event.xany.send_event = False; + event.xany.display = Tk_Display(containerPtr->parentPtr); + + event.xany.type = DestroyNotify; + event.xany.window = containerPtr->parent; + event.xdestroywindow.event = containerPtr->parent; + Tk_QueueWindowEvent(&event, TCL_QUEUE_HEAD); } containerPtr->embedded = None; containerPtr->embeddedPtr = NULL; - break; } if (containerPtr->parentPtr == winPtr) { diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c index 59418f5..fdaf9aa 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXInit.c @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXInit.c,v 1.34 2007/12/13 15:27:09 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXInit.c,v 1.35 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" @@ -24,19 +24,20 @@ #include <mach-o/getsect.h> /* - * Define the following to 0 to not attempt to use an undocumented SPI - * to notify the window server that an unbundled executable is a full - * GUI application after loading Tk. + * Define the following to 0 to not attempt to use an undocumented SPI to + * notify the window server that an unbundled executable is a full GUI + * application after loading Tk. */ + #ifndef MAC_OSX_TK_USE_CPS_SPI #define MAC_OSX_TK_USE_CPS_SPI 1 #endif /* * The following structures are used to map the script/language codes of a - * font to the name that should be passed to Tcl_GetEncoding() to obtain - * the encoding for that font. The set of numeric constants is fixed and - * defined by Apple. + * font to the name that should be passed to Tcl_GetEncoding() to obtain the + * encoding for that font. The set of numeric constants is fixed and defined + * by Apple. */ typedef struct Map { @@ -83,13 +84,13 @@ static Map scriptMap[] = { Tcl_Encoding TkMacOSXCarbonEncoding = NULL; /* - * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts - * directory to the auto_path. + * If the App is in an App package, then we want to add the Scripts directory + * to the auto_path. */ + static char scriptPath[PATH_MAX + 1] = ""; float tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = 0; - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -100,8 +101,8 @@ float tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = 0; * tk_library variable. * * Results: - * Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result - * in the interp's result. + * Returns a standard Tcl result. Leaves an error message or result in + * the interp's result. * * Side effects: * Sets "tk_library" Tcl variable, runs "tk.tcl" script. @@ -119,9 +120,9 @@ TkpInit( Tk_MacOSXSetupTkNotifier(); /* - * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times - * and we don't want to do the following initialization multiple times - * we protect against doing it more than once. + * Since it is possible for TkInit to be called multiple times and we + * don't want to do the following initialization multiple times we protect + * against doing it more than once. */ if (!initialized) { @@ -130,7 +131,7 @@ TkpInit( CFURLRef bundleUrl = NULL; CFStringEncoding encoding; const char *encodingStr = NULL; - int i; + int i; struct utsname name; long osVersion = 0; @@ -145,7 +146,7 @@ TkpInit( } if (osVersion && osVersion < (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10) { Tcl_Panic("Mac OS X 10.%d or later required !", - (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10); + (MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED-1000)/10); } TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, &kHIToolboxVersionNumber, tkMacOSXToolboxVersionNumber = kHIToolboxVersionNumber; @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ TkpInit( "com.tcltk.tklibrary", TK_FRAMEWORK_VERSION, 1, PATH_MAX, tkLibPath) != TCL_OK) #endif - { + { /* Tk.framework not found, check if resource file is open */ Handle rsrc = Get1NamedResource('CURS', "\phand"); if (rsrc) { @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ TkpInit( image = _dyld_get_image_header(i); if (image) { data = getsectdatafromheader(image, SEG_TEXT, - "__tk_rsrc", (void*)&size); + "__tk_rsrc", (void *) &size); if (data) { data += _dyld_get_image_vmaddr_slide(i); break; @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ TkpInit( if (write(fd, data, size) == -1) { break; } - if(ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char*)fileName, &ref, + if(ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (unsigned char *) fileName, &ref, NULL) != noErr) { break; } @@ -260,11 +261,14 @@ TkpInit( * executable's url and compare the resulting url with the main * bundle url. */ + int j = 3; CFURLRef url = CFBundleCopyExecutableURL(bundleRef); + while (url && j--) { - CFURLRef parent = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, - url); + CFURLRef parent = + CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, url); + CFRelease(url); url = parent; } @@ -275,8 +279,11 @@ TkpInit( CFRelease(bundleUrl); } - /* If we are not a bundled executable, notify the window server that - * we are a foregroundable app. */ + /* + * If we are not a bundled executable, notify the window server that + * we are a foregroundable app. + */ + if (!bundledExecutable) { OSStatus err = procNotFound; ProcessSerialNumber psn = { 0, kCurrentProcess }; @@ -293,6 +300,7 @@ TkpInit( * server. Load the SPI symbol dynamically, so that we don't * break if it ever disappears or changes its name. */ + TkMacOSXInitNamedSymbol(CoreGraphics, OSStatus, CPSEnableForegroundOperation, ProcessSerialNumberPtr); if (CPSEnableForegroundOperation) { @@ -327,8 +335,8 @@ TkpInit( } /* - * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we - * will fight with gdb for stdin & stdout + * FIXME: Close stdin & stdout for remote debugging otherwise we will + * fight with gdb for stdin & stdout */ if (getenv("XCNOSTDIN") != NULL) { @@ -389,9 +397,9 @@ TkpInit( * * TkpGetAppName -- * - * Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform - * specific location. For Unix, the application name is the tail - * of the path contained in the tcl variable argv0. + * Retrieves the name of the current application from a platform specific + * location. For Unix, the application name is the tail of the path + * contained in the tcl variable argv0. * * Results: * Returns the application name in the given Tcl_DString. @@ -426,8 +434,8 @@ TkpGetAppName( * * TkpDisplayWarning -- * - * This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning - * messages that occur during startup. + * This routines is called from Tk_Main to display warning messages that + * occur during startup. * * Results: * None. @@ -440,10 +448,11 @@ TkpGetAppName( void TkpDisplayWarning( - CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ - CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */ + const char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ + const char *title) /* Title of warning. */ { Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR); + if (errChannel) { Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1); Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2); @@ -457,13 +466,11 @@ TkpDisplayWarning( * * TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript -- * - * - * On MacOS X, we look for a file in the Resources/Scripts - * directory called AppMain.tcl and if found, we set argv[1] to - * that, so that the rest of the code will find it, and add the - * Scripts folder to the auto_path. If we don't find the startup - * script, we just bag it, assuming the user is starting up some - * other way. + * On MacOS X, we look for a file in the Resources/Scripts directory + * called AppMain.tcl and if found, we set argv[1] to that, so that the + * rest of the code will find it, and add the Scripts folder to the + * auto_path. If we don't find the startup script, we just bag it, + * assuming the user is starting up some other way. * * Results: * None. @@ -482,24 +489,21 @@ TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void) bundleRef = CFBundleGetMainBundle(); if (bundleRef != NULL) { - CFURLRef appMainURL; - appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef, - CFSTR("AppMain"), - CFSTR("tcl"), - CFSTR("Scripts")); + CFURLRef appMainURL = CFBundleCopyResourceURL(bundleRef, + CFSTR("AppMain"), CFSTR("tcl"), CFSTR("Scripts")); if (appMainURL != NULL) { CFURLRef scriptFldrURL; char startupScript[PATH_MAX + 1]; if (CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation (appMainURL, true, - (unsigned char*) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) { - Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript, -1), NULL); - scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent( - NULL, appMainURL); + (unsigned char *) startupScript, PATH_MAX)) { + Tcl_SetStartupScript(Tcl_NewStringObj(startupScript,-1), NULL); + scriptFldrURL = CFURLCreateCopyDeletingLastPathComponent(NULL, + appMainURL); if (scriptFldrURL != NULL) { - CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, - true, (unsigned char*) scriptPath, PATH_MAX); + CFURLGetFileSystemRepresentation(scriptFldrURL, true, + (unsigned char *) scriptPath, PATH_MAX); CFRelease(scriptFldrURL); } } @@ -513,11 +517,9 @@ TkMacOSXDefaultStartupScript(void) * * TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol -- * - * - * Dynamically acquire address of a named symbol from a loaded - * dynamic library, so that we can use API that may not be - * available on all OS versions. - * If module is non-NULL and not the empty string, use twolevel + * Dynamically acquire address of a named symbol from a loaded dynamic + * library, so that we can use API that may not be available on all OS + * versions. If module is non-NULL and not the empty string, use twolevel * namespace lookup. * * Results: @@ -535,18 +537,19 @@ TkMacOSXGetNamedSymbol( const char* symbol) { NSSymbol nsSymbol = NULL; + if (module && *module) { - if(NSIsSymbolNameDefinedWithHint(symbol, module)) { + if (NSIsSymbolNameDefinedWithHint(symbol, module)) { nsSymbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbolWithHint(symbol, module); } } else { - if(NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbol)) { + if (NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbol)) { nsSymbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbol); } } - if (nsSymbol) { - return NSAddressOfSymbol(nsSymbol); - } else { + + if (!nsSymbol) { return NULL; } + return NSAddressOfSymbol(nsSymbol); } diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c index c65833b..50526d3 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXSend.c @@ -1,175 +1,171 @@ /* * tkMacOSXSend.c -- * - * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" - * command, allowing commands to be passed from interpreter - * to interpreter. This current implementation for the Mac - * has most functionality stubed out. - * - * The current plan, which we have not had time to implement, is - * for the first Wish app to create a gestalt of type 'WIsH'. - * This gestalt will point to a table, in system memory, of - * Tk apps. Each Tk app, when it starts up, will register their - * name, and process ID, in this table. This will allow us to - * implement "tk appname". - * - * Then the send command will look up the process id of the target - * app in this table, and send an AppleEvent to that process. The - * AppleEvent handler is much like the do script handler, except that - * you have to specify the name of the tk app as well, since there may - * be many interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the - * right one. - * - * Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what - * with the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at - * Scriptics it may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is - * offered for the brave to attempt if they need the functionality... + * This file provides procedures that implement the "send" command, + * allowing commands to be passed from interpreter to interpreter. This + * current implementation for the Mac has most functionality stubed out. + * + * The current plan, which we have not had time to implement, is for the + * first Wish app to create a gestalt of type 'WIsH'. This gestalt will + * point to a table, in system memory, of Tk apps. Each Tk app, when it + * starts up, will register their name, and process ID, in this table. + * This will allow us to implement "tk appname". + * + * Then the send command will look up the process id of the target app in + * this table, and send an AppleEvent to that process. The AppleEvent + * handler is much like the do script handler, except that you have to + * specify the name of the tk app as well, since there may be many + * interps in one wish app, and you need to send it to the right one. + * + * Implementing this has been on our list of things to do, but what with + * the demise of Tcl at Sun, and the lack of resources at Scriptics it + * may not get done for awhile. So this sketch is offered for the brave + * to attempt if they need the functionality... * * Copyright (c) 1989-1994 The Regents of the University of California. * Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXSend.c,v 1.8 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXSend.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXInt.h" /* - * The following structure is used to keep track of the - * interpreters registered by this process. + * The following structure is used to keep track of the interpreters + * registered by this process. */ typedef struct RegisteredInterp { char *name; /* Interpreter's name (malloc-ed). */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with - * name. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter associated with name. */ struct RegisteredInterp *nextPtr; - /* Next in list of names associated - * with interps in this process. - * NULL means end of list. */ + /* Next in list of names associated with + * interps in this process. NULL means end of + * list. */ } RegisteredInterp; /* - * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a - * property "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. - * It is organized as a series of zero or more concatenated strings - * (in no particular order), each of the form + * A registry of all interpreters for a display is kept in a property + * "InterpRegistry" on the root window of the display. It is organized as a + * series of zero or more concatenated strings (in no particular order), each + * of the form * window space name '\0' - * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk - * to an interpreter named "name". + * where "window" is the hex id of the comm. window to use to talk to an + * interpreter named "name". * - * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to - * add or remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure - * of the following type: + * When the registry is being manipulated by an application (e.g. to add or + * remove an entry), it is loaded into memory using a structure of the + * following type: */ typedef struct NameRegistry { TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display from which the registry was * read. */ - int locked; /* Non-zero means that the display was - * locked when the property was read in. */ - int modified; /* Non-zero means that the property has - * been modified, so it needs to be written - * out when the NameRegistry is closed. */ + int locked; /* Non-zero means that the display was locked + * when the property was read in. */ + int modified; /* Non-zero means that the property has been + * modified, so it needs to be written out + * when the NameRegistry is closed. */ unsigned long propLength; /* Length of the property, in bytes. */ - char *property; /* The contents of the property, or NULL - * if none. See format description above; - * this is *not* terminated by the first - * null character. Dynamically allocated. */ + char *property; /* The contents of the property, or NULL if + * none. See format description above; this is + * *not* terminated by the first null + * character. Dynamically allocated. */ int allocedByX; /* Non-zero means must free property with * XFree; zero means use ckfree. */ } NameRegistry; -static int initialized = false; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized yet. */ +static int initialized = false; /* A flag to denote if we have initialized + * yet. */ static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL; -/* List of all interpreters - * registered by this process. */ - - /* - * The information below is used for communication between processes - * during "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never - * even mapped, with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to - * an interpreter, the command is appended to the comm property of the - * communication window associated with the interp's process. Similarly, - * when a result is returned from a sent command, it is also appended - * to the comm property. - * - * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a - * command, the text consists of a zero character followed by several - * null-terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the - * single letter "c". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" - * where the following options are supported: - * - * -r commWindow serial - * - * This option means that a response should be sent to the window - * whose X identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should - * be identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). - * If this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and - * no response is sent. - * - * -n name - * "Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is - * intended. This option must be present. - * - * -s script - * - * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present. - * - * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be - * present, but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility - * with future releases that may add new features, there may be additional - * options present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will - * be ignored. - * - * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null- - * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single - * letter "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where - * the following options are supported: - * - * -s serial - * - * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the - * same as the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This - * option must be present. - * - * -c code - * - * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the - * code is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK. - * - * -r result - * - * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either - * a result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it - * defaults to an empty string. - * - * -i errorInfo - * - * "ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the - * completion code is TCL_ERROR. - * - * -e errorCode - * - * "ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode - * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the - * completion code is TCL_ERROR. - * - * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be - * present. As with commands, there may be additional options besides - * these; unknown options are ignored. - */ - - /* - * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by - * this module: - */ + /* List of all interpreters registered by this + * process. */ + +/* + * The information below is used for communication between processes during + * "send" commands. Each process keeps a private window, never even mapped, + * with one property, "Comm". When a command is sent to an interpreter, the + * command is appended to the comm property of the communication window + * associated with the interp's process. Similarly, when a result is returned + * from a sent command, it is also appended to the comm property. + * + * Each command and each result takes the form of ASCII text. For a command, + * the text consists of a zero character followed by several null-terminated + * ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter "c". + * Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following options + * are supported: + * + * -r commWindow serial + * + * This option means that a response should be sent to the window whose X + * identifier is "commWindow" (in hex), and the response should be + * identified with the serial number given by "serial" (in decimal). If + * this option isn't specified then the send is asynchronous and no + * response is sent. + * + * -n name + * + * "Name" gives the name of the application for which the command is + * intended. This option must be present. + * + * -s script + * + * "Script" is the script to be executed. This option must be present. + * + * The options may appear in any order. The -n and -s options must be present, + * but -r may be omitted for asynchronous RPCs. For compatibility with future + * releases that may add new features, there may be additional options + * present; as long as they start with a "-" character, they will be ignored. + * + * + * A result also consists of a zero character followed by several null- + * terminated ASCII strings. The first string consists of the single letter + * "r". Subsequent strings have the form "option value" where the following + * options are supported: + * + * -s serial + * + * Identifies the command for which this is the result. It is the same as + * the "serial" field from the -s option in the command. This option must + * be present. + * + * -c code + * + * "Code" is the completion code for the script, in decimal. If the code + * is omitted it defaults to TCL_OK. + * + * -r result + * + * "Result" is the result string for the script, which may be either a + * result or an error message. If this field is omitted then it defaults + * to an empty string. + * + * -i errorInfo + * + * "ErrorInfo" gives a string with which to initialize the errorInfo + * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the + * completion code is TCL_ERROR. + * + * -e errorCode + * + * "ErrorCode" gives a string with with to initialize the errorCode + * variable. This option may be omitted; it is ignored unless the + * completion code is TCL_ERROR. + * + * Options may appear in any order, and only the -s option must be present. As + * with commands, there may be additional options besides these; unknown + * options are ignored. + */ + +/* + * Maximum size property that can be read at one time by this module: + */ #define MAX_PROP_WORDS 100000 @@ -178,7 +174,6 @@ static RegisteredInterp *interpListPtr = NULL; */ static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); - /* *-------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -186,34 +181,33 @@ static int SendInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); * Tk_SetAppName -- * * This procedure is called to associate an ASCII name with a Tk - * application. If the application has already been named, the - * name replaces the old one. + * application. If the application has already been named, the name + * replaces the old one. * * Results: - * The return value is the name actually given to the application. - * This will normally be the same as name, but if name was already - * in use for an application then a name of the form "name #2" will - * be chosen, with a high enough number to make the name unique. + * The return value is the name actually given to the application. This + * will normally be the same as name, but if name was already in use for + * an application then a name of the form "name #2" will be chosen, with + * a high enough number to make the name unique. * * Side effects: - * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command - * to be used later to invoke commands in the application. In - * addition, the "send" command is created in the application's - * interpreter. The registration will be removed automatically - * if the interpreter is deleted or the "send" command is removed. + * Registration info is saved, thereby allowing the "send" command to be + * used later to invoke commands in the application. In addition, the + * "send" command is created in the application's interpreter. The + * registration will be removed automatically if the interpreter is + * deleted or the "send" command is removed. * *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_SetAppName( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application - * to be named: it is just used to identify - * the application and the display. */ - CONST char *name) /* The name that will be used to - * refer to the interpreter in later - * "send" commands. Must be globally - * unique. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application to + * be named: it is just used to identify the + * application and the display. */ + const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the + * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must + * be globally unique. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; Tcl_Interp *interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp; @@ -229,9 +223,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName( } /* - * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its - * current name from the registry. The deletion of the command - * will take care of disposing of this entry. + * See if the application is already registered; if so, remove its current + * name from the registry. The deletion of the command will take care of + * disposing of this entry. */ for (riPtr = interpListPtr, prevPtr = NULL; riPtr != NULL; @@ -247,10 +241,9 @@ Tk_SetAppName( } /* - * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not - * already in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying - * larger and larger numbers until we eventually find one that is - * unique. + * Pick a name to use for the application. Use "name" if it's not already + * in use. Otherwise add a suffix such as " #2", trying larger and larger + * numbers until we eventually find one that is unique. */ actualName = name; @@ -301,8 +294,7 @@ Tk_SetAppName( * TODO: DeleteProc */ - Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, - (ClientData) riPtr, NULL); + Tcl_CreateObjCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendObjCmd, riPtr, NULL); if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); } @@ -316,8 +308,8 @@ Tk_SetAppName( * * Tk_SendObjCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "send" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -333,7 +325,7 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Used only for deletion */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The interp we are sending from */ int objc, /* Number of arguments */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* The arguments */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* The arguments */ { const char *sendOptions[] = {"-async", "-displayof", "-", NULL}; char *stringRep, *destName; @@ -375,11 +367,10 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( resultPtr = Tcl_GetObjResult(interp); /* - * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute - * the command directly without going through the DDE server. - * The only tricky thing is passing the result from the target - * interpreter to the invoking interpreter. Watch out: they - * could be the same! + * See if the target interpreter is local. If so, execute the command + * directly without going through the DDE server. The only tricky thing is + * passing the result from the target interpreter to the invoking + * interpreter. Watch out: they could be the same! */ for (riPtr = interpListPtr; (riPtr != NULL) @@ -387,29 +378,29 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( /* * Empty loop body. */ - } if (riPtr != NULL) { /* - * This command is to a local interp. No need to go through - * the server. + * This command is to a local interp. No need to go through the + * server. */ Tcl_Interp *localInterp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(riPtr); localInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(localInterp); if (firstArg == (objc - 1)) { /* - * This might be one of those cases where the new - * parser is faster. + * This might be one of those cases where the new parser is + * faster. */ - result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(localInterp, objv[firstArg], TCL_EVAL_DIRECT); + result = Tcl_EvalObjEx(localInterp, objv[firstArg], + TCL_EVAL_DIRECT); } else { - listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); + listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); for (i = firstArg; i < objc; i++) { Tcl_ListObjAppendList(interp, listObjPtr, objv[i]); } @@ -425,9 +416,9 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( * An error occurred, so transfer error information from the * destination interpreter back to our interpreter. Must clear * interp's result before calling Tcl_AddErrorInfo, since - * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in errorInfo - * before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've already got - * everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo. + * Tcl_AddErrorInfo will store the interp's result in + * errorInfo before appending riPtr's $errorInfo; we've + * already got everything we need in riPtr's $errorInfo. */ Tcl_ResetResult(interp); @@ -439,12 +430,12 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( } Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp)); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp); + Tcl_Release(riPtr); + Tcl_Release(localInterp); } else { /* - * TODO: This is a non-local request. Send the script to the server and - * poll it for a result. + * TODO: This is a non-local request. Send the script to the server + * and poll it for a result. */ } @@ -456,15 +447,14 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( * * TkGetInterpNames -- * - * This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the - * interpreter names currently registered for the display - * of a particular window. + * This procedure is invoked to fetch a list of all the interpreter names + * currently registered for the display of a particular window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set - * to hold a list of all the interpreter names defined for - * tkwin's display. If an error occurs, then TCL_ERROR - * is returned and interp->result will hold an error message. + * A standard Tcl return value. Interp->result will be set to hold a list + * of all the interpreter names defined for tkwin's display. If an error + * occurs, then TCL_ERROR is returned and interp->result will hold an + * error message. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -475,13 +465,13 @@ Tk_SendObjCmd( int TkGetInterpNames( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter for returning a result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used - * for the lookup. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Window whose display is to be used for the + * lookup. */ { Tcl_Obj *listObjPtr; RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, (Tcl_Obj **) NULL); + listObjPtr = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL); riPtr = interpListPtr; while (riPtr != NULL) { Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(interp, listObjPtr, @@ -498,9 +488,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames( * * SendInit -- * - * This procedure is called to initialize the - * communication channels for sending commands and - * receiving results. + * This procedure is called to initialize the communication channels for + * sending commands and receiving results. * * Results: * None. @@ -513,8 +502,8 @@ TkGetInterpNames( static int SendInit( - Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to use for error reporting - * (no errors are ever returned, but the + Tcl_Interp *interp) /* Interpreter to use for error reporting (no + * errors are ever returned, but the * interpreter is needed anyway). */ { return TCL_OK; diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c index 7fbde07..688d8ed 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c @@ -2,18 +2,18 @@ * tkMacOSXWm.c -- * * This module takes care of the interactions between a Tk-based - * application and the window manager. Among other things, it - * implements the "wm" command and passes geometry information - * to the window manager. + * application and the window manager. Among other things, it implements + * the "wm" command and passes geometry information to the window + * manager. * * Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2006-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXWm.c,v 1.63 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXWm.c,v 1.64 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" @@ -52,25 +52,24 @@ static const char *WmAttributeNames[] = { TkMacOSXWindowList *tkMacOSXWindowListPtr = NULL; /* - * The variable below is used to enable or disable tracing in this - * module. If tracing is enabled, then information is printed on - * standard output about interesting interactions with the window - * manager. + * The variable below is used to enable or disable tracing in this module. If + * tracing is enabled, then information is printed on standard output about + * interesting interactions with the window manager. */ static int wmTracing = 0; /* - * The following structure is the official type record for geometry - * management of top-level windows. + * The following structure is the official type record for geometry management + * of top-level windows. */ static void TopLevelReqProc(ClientData dummy, Tk_Window tkwin); static const Tk_GeomMgr wmMgrType = { - "wm", /* name */ - TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ - (Tk_GeomLostSlaveProc *) NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ + "wm", /* name */ + TopLevelReqProc, /* requestProc */ + NULL, /* lostSlaveProc */ }; /* @@ -174,16 +173,14 @@ static WindowGroupRef WmGetWindowGroup(TkWindow *winPtr); static void GetMinSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *minWidthPtr, int *minHeightPtr); static void GetMaxSize(TkWindow *winPtr, int *maxWidthPtr, int *maxHeightPtr); static void RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, MacDrawable *parentWin); - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * * TkWmNewWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level - * window is created. Its job is to initialize the WmInfo - * structure for the window. + * This procedure is invoked whenever a new top-level window is created. + * Its job is to initialize the WmInfo structure for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -198,9 +195,8 @@ void TkWmNewWindow( TkWindow *winPtr) /* Newly-created top-level window. */ { - WmInfo *wmPtr; + WmInfo *wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo)); - wmPtr = (WmInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WmInfo)); wmPtr->winPtr = winPtr; wmPtr->reparent = None; wmPtr->titleUid = NULL; @@ -233,9 +229,9 @@ TkWmNewWindow( wmPtr->x = winPtr->changes.x; wmPtr->y = winPtr->changes.y; wmPtr->parentWidth = winPtr->changes.width - + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; + + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; wmPtr->parentHeight = winPtr->changes.height - + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; + + 2*winPtr->changes.border_width; wmPtr->xInParent = 0; wmPtr->yInParent = 0; wmPtr->cmapList = NULL; @@ -259,16 +255,16 @@ TkWmNewWindow( UpdateVRootGeometry(wmPtr); /* - * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order - * to detect size and position changes caused by window managers. + * Tk must monitor structure events for top-level windows, in order to + * detect size and position changes caused by window managers. */ Tk_CreateEventHandler((Tk_Window) winPtr, StructureNotifyMask, - TopLevelEventProc, (ClientData) winPtr); + TopLevelEventProc, winPtr); /* - * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window - * to the window manager. + * Arrange for geometry requests to be reflected from the window to the + * window manager. */ Tk_ManageGeometry((Tk_Window) winPtr, &wmMgrType, (ClientData) 0); @@ -279,28 +275,28 @@ TkWmNewWindow( * * TkWmMapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This - * module gets a chance to update all window-manager-related - * information in properties before the window manager sees - * the map event and checks the properties. It also gets to - * decide whether or not to even map the window after all. + * This procedure is invoked to map a top-level window. This module gets + * a chance to update all window-manager-related information in + * properties before the window manager sees the map event and checks the + * properties. It also gets to decide whether or not to even map the + * window after all. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date - * information to the window manager. The window may also get - * mapped, but it may not be if this procedure decides that - * isn't appropriate (e.g. because the window is withdrawn). + * Properties of winPtr may get updated to provide up-to-date information + * to the window manager. The window may also get mapped, but it may not + * be if this procedure decides that isn't appropriate (e.g. because the + * window is withdrawn). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkWmMapWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to - * be mapped. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -310,6 +306,7 @@ TkWmMapWindow( /* * Create the underlying Mac window for this Tk window. */ + if (!TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(winPtr)) { TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist(winPtr); } @@ -321,9 +318,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow( TK_LOCATION_CHANGED); /* - * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. - * Store all the window-manager-related information for the - * window. + * This is the first time this window has ever been mapped. Store all + * the window-manager-related information for the window. */ if (wmPtr->titleUid == NULL) { @@ -357,11 +353,12 @@ TkWmMapWindow( /* * Update geometry information. */ + wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } - UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); + UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; /* @@ -376,8 +373,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow( * * TkWmUnmapWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. - * On the Macintosh all we do is call XUnmapWindow. + * This procedure is invoked to unmap a top-level window. On the + * Macintosh all we do is call XUnmapWindow. * * Results: * None. @@ -390,8 +387,8 @@ TkWmMapWindow( void TkWmUnmapWindow( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to - * be mapped. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Top-level window that's about to be + * mapped. */ { XUnmapWindow(winPtr->display, winPtr->window); } @@ -401,9 +398,8 @@ TkWmUnmapWindow( * * TkWmDeadWindow -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is - * about to be deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data - * structures for the window. + * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is about to be + * deleted. It cleans up the wm-related data structures for the window. * * Results: * None. @@ -450,7 +446,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv); @@ -459,7 +455,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine); } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } ckfree((char *) wmPtr); winPtr->wmInfoPtr = NULL; @@ -470,11 +466,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( * * TkWmSetClass -- * - * This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's - * class is changed. If the window has been mapped then this - * procedure updates the window manager property for the - * class. If the window hasn't been mapped, the update is - * deferred until just before the first mapping. + * This procedure is invoked whenever a top-level window's class is + * changed. If the window has been mapped then this procedure updates the + * window manager property for the class. If the window hasn't been + * mapped, the update is deferred until just before the first mapping. * * Results: * None. @@ -497,8 +492,8 @@ TkWmSetClass( * * Tk_WmObjCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm" Tcl command. See the + * user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -543,7 +538,7 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd( TkWindow *winPtr; if (objc < 2) { -wrongNumArgs: + wrongNumArgs: Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 1, objv, "option window ?arg ...?"); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -563,7 +558,7 @@ wrongNumArgs: } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[1], optionStrings, "option", 0, - &index) != TCL_OK) { + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -576,78 +571,77 @@ wrongNumArgs: return TCL_ERROR; } if (!Tk_IsTopLevel(winPtr) - && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET) - ) { + && (index != WMOPT_MANAGE) && (index != WMOPT_FORGET)) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "window \"", winPtr->pathName, "\" isn't a top-level window", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } switch ((enum options) index) { - case WMOPT_ASPECT: - return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: - return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_CLIENT: - return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: - return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_COMMAND: - return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: - return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: - return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FORGET: - return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_FRAME: - return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: - return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GRID: - return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_GROUP: - return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: - return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONIFY: - return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONMASK: - return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONNAME: - return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: - return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: - return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: - return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MANAGE: - return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: - return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_MINSIZE: - return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: - return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: - return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: - return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: - return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: - return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STACKORDER: - return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_STATE: - return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TITLE: - return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: - return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); - case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: - return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ASPECT: + return WmAspectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ATTRIBUTES: + return WmAttributesCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_CLIENT: + return WmClientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_COLORMAPWINDOWS: + return WmColormapwindowsCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_COMMAND: + return WmCommandCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_DEICONIFY: + return WmDeiconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_FOCUSMODEL: + return WmFocusmodelCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_FORGET: + return WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_FRAME: + return WmFrameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_GEOMETRY: + return WmGeometryCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_GRID: + return WmGridCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_GROUP: + return WmGroupCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONBITMAP: + return WmIconbitmapCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONIFY: + return WmIconifyCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONMASK: + return WmIconmaskCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONNAME: + return WmIconnameCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONPHOTO: + return WmIconphotoCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONPOSITION: + return WmIconpositionCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_ICONWINDOW: + return WmIconwindowCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_MANAGE: + return WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_MAXSIZE: + return WmMaxsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_MINSIZE: + return WmMinsizeCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_OVERRIDEREDIRECT: + return WmOverrideredirectCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_POSITIONFROM: + return WmPositionfromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_PROTOCOL: + return WmProtocolCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_RESIZABLE: + return WmResizableCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_SIZEFROM: + return WmSizefromCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_STACKORDER: + return WmStackorderCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_STATE: + return WmStateCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_TITLE: + return WmTitleCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_TRANSIENT: + return WmTransientCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); + case WMOPT_WITHDRAW: + return WmWithdrawCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv); } /* This should not happen */ @@ -659,8 +653,8 @@ wrongNumArgs: * * WmAspectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm aspect" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -702,15 +696,14 @@ WmAspectCmd( wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~PAspect; } else { if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &numer1) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) { + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &denom1) != TCL_OK) + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &numer2) != TCL_OK) + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &denom2) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } if ((numer1 <= 0) || (denom1 <= 0) || (numer2 <= 0) || - (denom2 <= 0)) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", - TCL_STATIC); + (denom2 <= 0)) { + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "aspect number can't be <= 0", TCL_STATIC); return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr->minAspect.x = numer1; @@ -729,17 +722,19 @@ WmAspectCmd( * * WmSetAttribute -- * - * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value - * of the specified attribute. + * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Sets the value of the specified + * attribute. * * Returns: * - * TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an - * error, leaves a message in the interpreter's result. + * TCL_OK if successful, TCL_ERROR otherwise. In case of an error, leaves + * a message in the interpreter's result. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static int WmSetAttribute( + +static int +WmSetAttribute( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ WindowRef macWindow, Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter */ @@ -750,152 +745,150 @@ static int WmSetAttribute( int boolean; switch (attribute) { - case WMATT_ALPHA: { - double dval; + case WMATT_ALPHA: { + double dval; - if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value, &dval) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - /* - * The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque) - */ - if (dval < 0.0) { - dval = 0.0; - } else if (dval > 1.0) { - dval = 1.0; - } - ChkErr(SetWindowAlpha, macWindow, dval); - break; + if (Tcl_GetDoubleFromObj(interp, value, &dval) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; } - case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) { - if(TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp) - != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - } - break; - case WMATT_MODIFIED: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (boolean != IsWindowModified(macWindow)) { - ChkErr(SetWindowModified, macWindow, boolean); - } - break; - case WMATT_NOTIFY: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + + /* + * The user should give (transparent) 0 .. 1.0 (opaque) + */ + + if (dval < 0.0) { + dval = 0.0; + } else if (dval > 1.0) { + dval = 1.0; + } + ChkErr(SetWindowAlpha, macWindow, dval); + break; + } + case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN) != 0)) { + if (TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen(winPtr, macWindow, boolean, interp) + != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } - if (boolean == !tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal) { - static NMRec notifyRec; - - if (boolean) { - bzero(¬ifyRec, sizeof(notifyRec)); - notifyRec.qType = nmType; - notifyRec.nmMark = 1; - ChkErr(NMInstall, ¬ifyRec); - } else { - ChkErr(NMRemove, ¬ifyRec); - } - tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = boolean; + } + break; + case WMATT_MODIFIED: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (boolean != IsWindowModified(macWindow)) { + ChkErr(SetWindowModified, macWindow, boolean); + } + break; + case WMATT_NOTIFY: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (boolean == !tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal) { + static NMRec notifyRec; + + if (boolean) { + bzero(¬ifyRec, sizeof(notifyRec)); + notifyRec.qType = nmType; + notifyRec.nmMark = 1; + ChkErr(NMInstall, ¬ifyRec); + } else { + ChkErr(NMRemove, ¬ifyRec); } - break; - case WMATT_TITLEPATH: { - const char *path; - OSStatus err; - - path = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(value); - if (path && *path) { - FSRef ref; - Boolean d; - - err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (const unsigned char*) path, &ref, - &d); - if (err == noErr) { - TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, + tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal = boolean; + } + break; + case WMATT_TITLEPATH: { + const char *path = Tcl_FSGetNativePath(value); + OSStatus err; + + if (path && *path) { + FSRef ref; + Boolean d; + + err = ChkErr(FSPathMakeRef, (const unsigned char*)path, &ref, &d); + if (err == noErr) { + TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, err = ChkErr(HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref); - ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4, - AliasHandle alias; - - err = ChkErr(FSNewAlias, NULL, &ref, &alias); - if (err == noErr) { - err = ChkErr(SetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, - alias); - DisposeHandle((Handle) alias); - } - ) TK_ENDIF - } - } else { - int len; + ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4, + AliasHandle alias; - Tcl_GetStringFromObj(value, &len); - if (!len) { - err = ChkErr(RemoveWindowProxy, macWindow); - } else { - err = fnfErr; - } + err = ChkErr(FSNewAlias, NULL, &ref, &alias); + if (err == noErr) { + err = ChkErr(SetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, alias); + DisposeHandle((Handle) alias); + } + ) TK_ENDIF } - if (err != noErr) { - return TCL_ERROR; + } else { + int len; + + Tcl_GetStringFromObj(value, &len); + if (!len) { + err = ChkErr(RemoveWindowProxy, macWindow); + } else { + err = fnfErr; } - break; } - case WMATT_TOPMOST: { - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; - } - if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != 0)) { - WindowGroupRef group; + if (err != noErr) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + } + case WMATT_TOPMOST: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST) != 0)) { + WindowGroupRef group; - if (boolean) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST; - } else { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST; - } - group = WmGetWindowGroup(winPtr); - if (group && group != GetWindowGroup(macWindow)) { - ChkErr(SetWindowGroup, macWindow, group); - } + if (boolean) { + wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST; + } else { + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TOPMOST; + } + group = WmGetWindowGroup(winPtr); + if (group && group != GetWindowGroup(macWindow)) { + ChkErr(SetWindowGroup, macWindow, group); } - break; } - case WMATT_TRANSPARENT: - if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { - return TCL_ERROR; + break; + case WMATT_TRANSPARENT: + if (Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj(interp, value, &boolean) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT) != 0)) { + WindowAttributes oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes; + + if (boolean) { + wmPtr->flags |= WM_TRANSPARENT; + wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoShadowAttribute; + TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, HIWindowChangeFeatures, + UInt32 features; + + ChkErr(GetWindowFeatures, macWindow, &features); + if (features & kWindowIsOpaque) { + ChkErr(HIWindowChangeFeatures, macWindow, 0, + kWindowIsOpaque); + } + ) TK_ENDIF + } else { + wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT; + wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute; } - if (boolean != ((wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT) != 0)) { - WindowAttributes oldAttributes = wmPtr->attributes; - - if (boolean) { - wmPtr->flags |= WM_TRANSPARENT; - wmPtr->attributes |= kWindowNoShadowAttribute; - TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (3, HIWindowChangeFeatures, - UInt32 features; - - ChkErr(GetWindowFeatures, macWindow, &features); - if (features & kWindowIsOpaque) { - ChkErr(HIWindowChangeFeatures, macWindow, 0, - kWindowIsOpaque); - } - ) TK_ENDIF - } else { - wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_TRANSPARENT; - wmPtr->attributes &= ~kWindowNoShadowAttribute; - } - ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow, - wmPtr->macClass, oldAttributes, 1); - ChkErr(ReshapeCustomWindow, macWindow); - TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *)(winPtr->window), - TK_PARENT_WINDOW); + ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow, + wmPtr->macClass, oldAttributes, 1); + ChkErr(ReshapeCustomWindow, macWindow); + TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window, + TK_PARENT_WINDOW); } - break; - case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: - default: - return TCL_ERROR; + break; + case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: + default: + return TCL_ERROR; } return TCL_OK; } @@ -905,12 +898,14 @@ static int WmSetAttribute( * * WmGetAttribute -- * - * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value - * of the specified attribute. + * Helper routine for WmAttributesCmd. Returns the current value of the + * specified attribute. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static Tcl_Obj *WmGetAttribute( + +static Tcl_Obj * +WmGetAttribute( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ WindowRef macWindow, WmAttribute attribute) /* Code of attribute to get */ @@ -919,57 +914,56 @@ static Tcl_Obj *WmGetAttribute( Tcl_Obj *result = NULL; switch (attribute) { - case WMATT_ALPHA: { - float fval = 1.0; - - ChkErr(GetWindowAlpha, macWindow, &fval); - result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fval); - break; - } - case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: - result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN); - break; - case WMATT_MODIFIED: - result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(IsWindowModified(macWindow)); - break; - case WMATT_NOTIFY: - result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal); - break; - case WMATT_TITLEPATH: { - FSRef ref; - UInt8 path[PATH_MAX+1]; - OSStatus err; - - TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, - err = ChkErr(HIWindowGetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref); - ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4, - Boolean wasChanged; - AliasHandle alias; - - err = ChkErr(GetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, &alias); - if (err == noErr) { - err = ChkErr(FSResolveAlias, NULL, alias, &ref, - &wasChanged); - } - ) TK_ENDIF + case WMATT_ALPHA: { + float fval = 1.0; + + ChkErr(GetWindowAlpha, macWindow, &fval); + result = Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fval); + break; + } + case WMATT_FULLSCREEN: + result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_FULLSCREEN); + break; + case WMATT_MODIFIED: + result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(IsWindowModified(macWindow)); + break; + case WMATT_NOTIFY: + result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(tkMacOSXWmAttrNotifyVal); + break; + case WMATT_TITLEPATH: { + FSRef ref; + UInt8 path[PATH_MAX+1]; + OSStatus err; + + TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowSetProxyFSRef, + err = ChkErr(HIWindowGetProxyFSRef, macWindow, &ref); + ) TK_ELSE_MAC_OS_X (4, + Boolean wasChanged; + AliasHandle alias; + + err = ChkErr(GetWindowProxyAlias, macWindow, &alias); if (err == noErr) { - err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &ref, path, PATH_MAX); + err = ChkErr(FSResolveAlias, NULL, alias, &ref, &wasChanged); } - if (err != noErr) { - *path = 0; - } - result = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*) path, -1); - break; + ) TK_ENDIF + if (err == noErr) { + err = ChkErr(FSRefMakePath, &ref, path, PATH_MAX); } - case WMATT_TOPMOST: - result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST); - break; - case WMATT_TRANSPARENT: - result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT); - break; - case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: - default: - break; + if (err != noErr) { + *path = 0; + } + result = Tcl_NewStringObj((char*) path, -1); + break; + } + case WMATT_TOPMOST: + result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TOPMOST); + break; + case WMATT_TRANSPARENT: + result = Tcl_NewBooleanObj(wmPtr->flags & WM_TRANSPARENT); + break; + case _WMATT_LAST_ATTRIBUTE: + default: + break; } return result; } @@ -1051,8 +1045,8 @@ WmAttributesCmd( * * WmClientCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm client" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1096,8 +1090,7 @@ WmClientCmd( if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine); } - wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *) - ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1)); + wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1); strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3); return TCL_OK; } @@ -1107,9 +1100,8 @@ WmClientCmd( * * WmColormapwindowsCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm colormapwindows" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1154,11 +1146,10 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } cmapList = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) - ((windowObjc+1)*sizeof(TkWindow*))); + ((windowObjc+1) * sizeof(TkWindow*))); for (i = 0; i < windowObjc; i++) { if (TkGetWindowFromObj(interp, tkwin, windowObjv[i], - (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) - { + (Tk_Window *) &winPtr2) != TCL_OK) { ckfree((char *) cmapList); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -1185,9 +1176,8 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd( wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc; /* - * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise - * in compatability as we don't support colormaps. If - * we did they would be installed here. + * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as + * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here. */ return TCL_OK; @@ -1229,8 +1219,7 @@ WmCommandCmd( } if (objc == 3) { if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, - Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv), + Tcl_SetResult(interp, Tcl_Merge(wmPtr->cmdArgc, wmPtr->cmdArgv), TCL_DYNAMIC); } return TCL_OK; @@ -1280,6 +1269,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd( Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; + if (objc != 3) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window"); return TCL_ERROR; @@ -1342,7 +1332,7 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0, - &index) != TCL_OK) { + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (index == OPT_ACTIVE) { @@ -1371,15 +1361,15 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( */ static int -WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmForgetCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { #if 1 - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm forget is not yet supported", (char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm forget is not yet supported", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; #else register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; @@ -1393,8 +1383,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); if (destPort != NULL) { - WindowRef winRef; - winRef = GetWindowFromPort(destPort); + WindowRef winRef = GetWindowFromPort(destPort); + TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow(winRef); DisposeWindow(winRef); } @@ -1404,7 +1394,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin); TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr); - winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); + winPtr->flags &= + ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); } else { @@ -1419,8 +1410,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) * * WmFrameCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm frame" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1504,8 +1495,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd( width = winPtr->changes.width; height = winPtr->changes.height; } - sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, - ySign, wmPtr->y); + sprintf(buf, "%dx%d%c%d%c%d", + width, height, xSign, wmPtr->x, ySign, wmPtr->y); Tcl_SetResult(interp, buf, TCL_VOLATILE); return TCL_OK; } @@ -1524,8 +1515,8 @@ WmGeometryCmd( * * WmGridCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm grid" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1565,8 +1556,8 @@ WmGridCmd( } if (*Tcl_GetString(objv[3]) == '\0') { /* - * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height - * to make sense as ungridded numbers. + * Turn off gridding and reset the width and height to make sense as + * ungridded numbers. */ wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(PBaseSize|PResizeInc); @@ -1580,9 +1571,9 @@ WmGridCmd( wmPtr->heightInc = 1; } else { if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &reqWidth) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc) != TCL_OK)) { + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &reqHeight) != TCL_OK) + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[5], &widthInc) != TCL_OK) + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[6], &heightInc)!=TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (reqWidth < 0) { @@ -1614,8 +1605,8 @@ WmGridCmd( * * WmGroupCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm group" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1829,8 +1820,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd( } if (objc == 3) { if (wmPtr->hints.flags & IconMaskHint) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, - (char*)Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, + Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) Tk_NameOfBitmap(winPtr->display, wmPtr->hints.icon_mask), TCL_STATIC); } return TCL_OK; @@ -1886,8 +1876,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } if (objc == 3) { - Tcl_SetResult(interp, - (char*)((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ? + Tcl_SetResult(interp, (char *) ((wmPtr->iconName != NULL) ? wmPtr->iconName : ""), TCL_STATIC); return TCL_OK; } else { @@ -1895,7 +1884,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd( ckfree((char *) wmPtr->iconName); } argv3 = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(objv[3], &length); - wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1)); + wmPtr->iconName = ckalloc((unsigned) length + 1); strcpy(wmPtr->iconName, argv3); if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XSetIconName(winPtr->display, winPtr->window, wmPtr->iconName); @@ -1909,10 +1898,9 @@ WmIconnameCmd( * * WmIconphotoCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. - * Not yet implemented for OS X. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconphoto" Tcl command. + * See the user documentation for details on what it does. Not yet + * implemented for OS X. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -1947,10 +1935,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } } + /* * Iterate over all images to retrieve their sizes, in order to allocate a * buffer large enough to hold all images. */ + for (i = 3 + isDefault; i < objc; i++) { photo = Tk_FindPhoto(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[i])); if (photo == NULL) { @@ -1960,10 +1950,12 @@ WmIconphotoCmd( } Tk_PhotoGetSize(photo, &width, &height); } + /* - * This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return - * for now. + * TODO: This requires implementation for OS X, but we silently return for + * now. */ + return TCL_OK; } @@ -1972,9 +1964,8 @@ WmIconphotoCmd( * * WmIconpositionCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm iconposition" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2112,8 +2103,8 @@ WmIconwindowCmd( * * WmManageCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm manage" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2130,10 +2121,10 @@ WmManageCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { #if 1 - Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm manage is not yet supported", (char*)NULL); + Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wm manage is not yet supported", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; #else register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; @@ -2159,8 +2150,9 @@ WmManageCmd( macWin->grafPtr = NULL; macWin->toplevel = macWin; RemapWindows(winPtr, macWin); - winPtr->flags |= (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); - TkMapTopFrame (frameWin); + winPtr->flags |= + (TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); + TkMapTopFrame(frameWin); } else if (Tk_IsTopLevel(frameWin)) { /* Already managed by wm - ignore it */ } @@ -2260,7 +2252,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd( return TCL_OK; } if ((Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[3], &width) != TCL_OK) - || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) { + || (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[4], &height) != TCL_OK)) { return TCL_ERROR; } wmPtr->minWidth = width; @@ -2275,9 +2267,8 @@ WmMinsizeCmd( * * WmOverrideredirectCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" - * Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm overrideredirect" Tcl + * command. See the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2366,7 +2357,7 @@ WmPositionfromCmd( wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USPosition|PPosition); } else { if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0, - &index) != TCL_OK) { + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (index == OPT_USER) { @@ -2421,6 +2412,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd( /* * Return a list of all defined protocols for the window. */ + for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; protPtr != NULL; protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr) { Tcl_AppendElement(interp, @@ -2445,9 +2437,8 @@ WmProtocolCmd( } /* - * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new - * one with the specified command, unless the command is - * empty. + * Delete any current protocol handler, then create a new one with the + * specified command, unless the command is empty. */ for (protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr, prevPtr = NULL; protPtr != NULL; @@ -2458,7 +2449,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd( } else { prevPtr->nextPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; } - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); break; } } @@ -2546,7 +2537,7 @@ WmResizableCmd( } WmUpdateGeom(wmPtr, winPtr); ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, NULL, wmPtr->macClass, - oldAttributes, 1); + oldAttributes, 1); return TCL_OK; } @@ -2599,7 +2590,7 @@ WmSizefromCmd( wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags &= ~(USSize|PSize); } else { if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0, - &index) != TCL_OK) { + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (index == OPT_USER) { @@ -2656,13 +2647,13 @@ WmStackorderCmd( windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr); if (windows == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("TkWmStackorderToplevel failed"); - } else { - for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName); - } - ckfree((char *) windows); - return TCL_OK; } + + for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { + Tcl_AppendElement(interp, (*window_ptr)->pathName); + } + ckfree((char *) windows); + return TCL_OK; } else { TkWindow *winPtr2; int index1=-1, index2=-1, result; @@ -2691,9 +2682,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd( } /* - * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children - * of "." and find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 - * in the stacking order. + * Lookup stacking order of all toplevels that are children of "." and + * find the position of winPtr and winPtr2 in the stacking order. */ windows = TkWmStackorderToplevel(winPtr->mainPtr->winPtr); @@ -2703,21 +2693,25 @@ WmStackorderCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } else { for (window_ptr = windows; *window_ptr ; window_ptr++) { - if (*window_ptr == winPtr) + if (*window_ptr == winPtr) { index1 = (window_ptr - windows); - if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) + } + if (*window_ptr == winPtr2) { index2 = (window_ptr - windows); + } } - if (index1 == -1) + if (index1 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr window not found"); - if (index2 == -1) + } + if (index2 == -1) { Tcl_Panic("winPtr2 window not found"); + } ckfree((char *) windows); } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[3], optionStrings, "argument", 0, - &index) != TCL_OK) { + &index) != TCL_OK) { return TCL_ERROR; } if (index == OPT_ISABOVE) { @@ -2736,8 +2730,8 @@ WmStackorderCmd( * * WmStateCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm state" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -2818,18 +2812,18 @@ WmStateCmd( ZoomState : NormalState); } switch (wmPtr->hints.initial_state) { - case NormalState: - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC); - break; - case IconicState: - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC); - break; - case WithdrawnState: - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC); - break; - case ZoomState: - Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC); - break; + case NormalState: + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "normal", TCL_STATIC); + break; + case IconicState: + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "iconic", TCL_STATIC); + break; + case WithdrawnState: + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "withdrawn", TCL_STATIC); + break; + case ZoomState: + Tcl_SetResult(interp, "zoomed", TCL_STATIC); + break; } } } @@ -2841,8 +2835,8 @@ WmStateCmd( * * WmTitleCmd -- * - * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. - * See the user documentation for details on what it does. + * This procedure is invoked to process the "wm title" Tcl command. See + * the user documentation for details on what it does. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -3017,7 +3011,7 @@ WmInfo *wmPtr; TkWindow *winPtr; { if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; } } @@ -3028,33 +3022,33 @@ TkWindow *winPtr; * Tk_SetGrid -- * * This procedure is invoked by a widget when it wishes to set a grid - * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. - * It provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and - * is usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. + * coordinate system that controls the size of a top-level window. It + * provides a C interface equivalent to the "wm grid" command and is + * usually asscoiated with the -setgrid option. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so - * that the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on - * even grid units. If some other window already controls gridding - * for the top-level window then this procedure call has no effect. + * Grid-related information will be passed to the window manager, so that + * the top-level window associated with tkwin will resize on even grid + * units. If some other window already controls gridding for the + * top-level window then this procedure call has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Tk_SetGrid( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info - * will be posted for the top-level window + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for window. New window mgr info will + * be posted for the top-level window * associated with this window. */ - int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to - * the requested geometry for tkwin. */ - int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a - * change of one grid unit. */ + int reqWidth, /* Width (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int reqHeight, /* Height (in grid units) corresponding to the + * requested geometry for tkwin. */ + int widthInc, int heightInc)/* Pixel increments corresponding to a change + * of one grid unit. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -3094,15 +3088,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid( } /* - * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window - * size requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are - * in pixel units and there's no easy way to translate them to - * grid units since the new requested size of the top-level window in - * pixels may not yet have been registered yet (it may filter up - * the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle handlers). However, if the window - * has never been mapped yet then just leave the window size alone: - * assume that it is intended to be in grid units but just happened - * to have been specified before this procedure was called. + * If gridding was previously off, then forget about any window size + * requests made by the user or via "wm geometry": these are in pixel + * units and there's no easy way to translate them to grid units since the + * new requested size of the top-level window in pixels may not yet have + * been registered yet (it may filter up the hierarchy in DoWhenIdle + * handlers). However, if the window has never been mapped yet then just + * leave the window size alone: assume that it is intended to be in grid + * units but just happened to have been specified before this procedure + * was called. */ if ((wmPtr->gridWin == NULL) && !(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { @@ -3111,8 +3105,8 @@ Tk_SetGrid( } /* - * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing - * all of this information to the window manager. + * Set the new gridding information, and start the process of passing all + * of this information to the window manager. */ wmPtr->gridWin = tkwin; @@ -3123,7 +3117,7 @@ Tk_SetGrid( wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags |= PBaseSize|PResizeInc; wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; } } @@ -3133,16 +3127,15 @@ Tk_SetGrid( * * Tk_UnsetGrid -- * - * This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call - * to Tk_SetGrid. + * This procedure cancels the effect of a previous call to Tk_SetGrid. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * If tkwin currently controls gridding for its top-level window, - * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other - * window controls gridding then this procedure has no effect. + * gridding is cancelled for that top-level window; if some other window + * controls gridding then this procedure has no effect. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -3181,7 +3174,7 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid( wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; } } @@ -3198,8 +3191,8 @@ Tk_UnsetGrid( * None. * * Side effects: - * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to - * reflect the structural change. + * Tk's internal data structures for the window get modified to reflect + * the structural change. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -3209,7 +3202,7 @@ TopLevelEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Window for which event occurred. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event that just happened. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags |= WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE; if (eventPtr->type == DestroyNotify) { @@ -3223,7 +3216,7 @@ TopLevelEventProc( */ Tk_ErrorHandler handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, - -1, -1, -1, (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); } @@ -3240,15 +3233,15 @@ TopLevelEventProc( * * TopLevelReqProc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever - * the requested size for a top-level window is changed. + * This procedure is invoked by the geometry manager whenever the + * requested size for a top-level window is changed. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request - * (this happens as a when-idle action). + * Arrange for the window to be resized to satisfy the request (this + * happens as a when-idle action). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -3265,7 +3258,7 @@ TopLevelReqProc( wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; } } @@ -3275,19 +3268,18 @@ TopLevelReqProc( * * UpdateGeometryInfo -- * - * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first - * mapped, and also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the - * geometry and/or position of a top-level window back into - * line with what has been requested by the user and/or widgets. - * This procedure doesn't return until the window manager has - * responded to the geometry change. + * This procedure is invoked when a top-level window is first mapped, and + * also as a when-idle procedure, to bring the geometry and/or position + * of a top-level window back into line with what has been requested by + * the user and/or widgets. This procedure doesn't return until the + * window manager has responded to the geometry change. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents - * that from happening. + * The window's size and location may change, unless the WM prevents that + * from happening. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -3296,7 +3288,7 @@ static void UpdateGeometryInfo( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to the window's record. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y, width, height, min, max; unsigned long serial; @@ -3308,14 +3300,12 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( } /* - * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the - * user documentation for details on this, but the size - * requested depends on (a) the size requested internally - * by the window's widgets, (b) the size requested by the - * user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based interactive - * resizing (if any), and (c) whether or not the window is - * gridded. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets - * the X server. + * Compute the new size for the top-level window. See the user + * documentation for details on this, but the size requested depends on + * (a) the size requested internally by the window's widgets, (b) the size + * requested by the user in a "wm geometry" command or via wm-based + * interactive resizing (if any), and (c) whether or not the window is + * gridded. Don't permit sizes <= 0 because this upsets the X server. */ if (wmPtr->width == -1) { @@ -3390,10 +3380,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( /* * Compute the new position for the upper-left pixel of the window's - * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the - * border widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, - * but can't use the parent's current overall size since that may - * change as a result of this code. + * decorative frame. This is tricky, because we need to include the border + * widths supplied by a reparented parent in this calculation, but can't + * use the parent's current overall size since that may change as a result + * of this code. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_NEGATIVE_X) { @@ -3410,10 +3400,10 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( } /* - * If the window's size is going to change and the window is - * supposed to not be resizable by the user, then we have to - * update the size hints. There may also be a size-hint-update - * request pending from somewhere else, too. + * If the window's size is going to change and the window is supposed to + * not be resizable by the user, then we have to update the size hints. + * There may also be a size-hint-update request pending from somewhere + * else, too. */ if (((width != winPtr->changes.width) @@ -3427,22 +3417,21 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( } /* - * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. - * A few tricky points: + * Reconfigure the window if it isn't already configured correctly. A few + * tricky points: * - * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this - * process, don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the - * desired size on to the container. Also, zero out any position - * information, since embedded windows are not allowed to move. - * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size - * than we asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so - * base the size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we - * got. - * 3. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for - * it. This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. - * twm, as of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates - * according to ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may - * cause it to shift position on the screen. + * 1. If the window is embedded and the container is also in this process, + * don't actually reconfigure the window; just pass the desired size on + * to the container. Also, zero out any position information, since + * embedded windows are not allowed to move. + * 2. Sometimes the window manager will give us a different size than we + * asked for (e.g. mwm has a minimum size for windows), so base the + * size check on what we *asked for* last time, not what we got. + * 3. Don't move window unless a new position has been requested for it. + * This is because of "features" in some window managers (e.g. twm, as + * of 4/24/91) where they don't interpret coordinates according to + * ICCCM. Moving a window to its current location may cause it to shift + * position on the screen. */ if (Tk_IsEmbedded(winPtr)) { @@ -3456,9 +3445,9 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( /* * This window is embedded and the container is also in this * process, so we don't need to do anything special about the - * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known - * by the container. Also, zero out any position information, - * since embedded windows are not allowed to move. + * geometry, except to make sure that the desired size is known by + * the container. Also, zero out any position information, since + * embedded windows are not allowed to move. */ wmPtr->x = wmPtr->y = 0; @@ -3498,9 +3487,8 @@ UpdateGeometryInfo( * * UpdateSizeHints -- * - * This procedure is called to update the window manager's - * size hints information from the information in a WmInfo - * structure. + * This procedure is called to update the window manager's size hints + * information from the information in a WmInfo structure. * * Results: * None. @@ -3518,8 +3506,6 @@ UpdateSizeHints( WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_UPDATE_SIZE_HINTS; - - return; } /* @@ -3527,13 +3513,12 @@ UpdateSizeHints( * * ParseGeometry -- * - * This procedure parses a geometry string and updates - * information used to control the geometry of a top-level - * window. + * This procedure parses a geometry string and updates information used + * to control the geometry of a top-level window. * * Results: - * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in - * the interp's result if an error occurs. + * A standard Tcl return value, plus an error message in the interp's + * result if an error occurs. * * Side effects: * The size and/or location of winPtr may change. @@ -3546,8 +3531,8 @@ ParseGeometry( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Used for error reporting. */ char *string, /* String containing new geometry. Has the * standard form "=wxh+x+y". */ - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose - * geometry is to be changed. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Pointer to top-level window whose geometry + * is to be changed. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y, width, height, flags; @@ -3563,9 +3548,9 @@ ParseGeometry( } /* - * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't - * actually update any of the fields of wmPtr until we've - * successfully parsed the entire geometry string. + * Parse the width and height, if they are present. Don't actually update + * any of the fields of wmPtr until we've successfully parsed the entire + * geometry string. */ width = wmPtr->width; @@ -3619,10 +3604,10 @@ ParseGeometry( } /* - * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, - * unless an explicit source has been specified. Otherwise - * most window managers assume that the size hints were - * program-specified and they ignore them. + * Assume that the geometry information came from the user, unless an + * explicit source has been specified. Otherwise most window managers + * assume that the size hints were program-specified and they ignore + * them. */ if ((wmPtr->sizeHintsFlags & (USPosition|PPosition)) == 0) { @@ -3632,9 +3617,9 @@ ParseGeometry( } /* - * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and - * arrange for the appropriate information to be percolated out - * to the window manager at the next idle moment. + * Everything was parsed OK. Update the fields of *wmPtr and arrange for + * the appropriate information to be percolated out to the window manager + * at the next idle moment. */ wmPtr->width = width; @@ -3654,12 +3639,12 @@ ParseGeometry( wmPtr->flags = flags; if (!(wmPtr->flags & (WM_UPDATE_PENDING|WM_NEVER_MAPPED))) { - Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_DoWhenIdle(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); wmPtr->flags |= WM_UPDATE_PENDING; } return TCL_OK; -error: + error: Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "bad geometry specifier \"", string, "\"", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -3669,15 +3654,15 @@ error: * * Tk_GetRootCoords -- * - * Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the - * window's lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates - * corresponding to point (0,0) in the window. + * Given a token for a window, this procedure traces through the window's + * lineage to find the (virtual) root-window coordinates corresponding to + * point (0,0) in the window. * * Results: - * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with - * the root coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual - * root window is in effect for the window, then the coordinates - * in the virtual root are returned. + * The locations pointed to by xPtr and yPtr are filled in with the root + * coordinates of the (0,0) point in tkwin. If a virtual root window is + * in effect for the window, then the coordinates in the virtual root are + * returned. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -3695,9 +3680,8 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords( TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; /* - * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a - * top-level window, combining the offsets of each window within - * its parent. + * Search back through this window's parents all the way to a top-level + * window, combining the offsets of each window within its parent. */ x = y = 0; @@ -3714,15 +3698,16 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords( if (otherPtr != NULL) { /* - * The container window is in the same application. - * Query its coordinates. + * The container window is in the same application. Query + * its coordinates. */ + winPtr = otherPtr; /* - * Remember to offset by the container window here, - * since at the end of this if branch, we will - * pop out to the container's parent... + * Remember to offset by the container window here, since + * at the end of this if branch, we will pop out to the + * container's parent... */ x += winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width; @@ -3733,12 +3718,12 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords( if (tkMacOSXEmbedHandler->getOffsetProc != NULL) { /* - * We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y for - * a non-Tk master window be kept up to date. So we - * first subtract off the possibly bogus values that - * have been added on at the top of this pass through - * the loop, and then call out to the getOffsetProc to - * give us the correct offset. + * We do not require that the changes.x & changes.y + * for a non-Tk master window be kept up to date. So + * we first subtract off the possibly bogus values + * that have been added on at the top of this pass + * through the loop, and then call out to the + * getOffsetProc to give us the correct offset. */ x -= winPtr->changes.x + winPtr->changes.border_width; @@ -3765,14 +3750,14 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords( * * Tk_CoordsToWindow -- * - * This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. - * Given the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns - * the token for the top-most window covering that point, if - * there exists such a window in this application. + * This is a Macintosh specific implementation of this function. Given + * the root coordinates of a point, this procedure returns the token for + * the top-most window covering that point, if there exists such a window + * in this application. * * Results: - * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding - * to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such + * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to + * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such * window. * * Side effects: @@ -3783,19 +3768,19 @@ Tk_GetRootCoords( Tk_Window Tk_CoordsToWindow( - int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If - * a virtual-root window manager is in use, + int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of point in root window. If a + * virtual-root window manager is in use, * these coordinates refer to the virtual * root, not the real root. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; - * used to identify the display. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for any window in application; used + * to identify the display. */ { WindowPtr whichWin; Point where; Window rootChild; TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr; - TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so - * far that contains point. */ + TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far + * that contains point. */ int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */ int tmpx, tmpy, bd; TkDisplay *dispPtr; @@ -3818,10 +3803,10 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow( } /* - * Step 2: work down through the hierarchy underneath this window. - * At each level, scan through all the children to find the highest - * one in the stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat - * the whole process on that child. + * Step 2: work down through the hierarchy underneath this window. At each + * level, scan through all the children to find the highest one in the + * stacking order that contains the point. Then repeat the whole process + * on that child. */ x = rootX - winPtr->wmInfoPtr->xInParent; @@ -3888,13 +3873,12 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow( * Given a Tk Window, and coordinates of a point relative to that window * this procedure returns the top-most child of the window (excluding * toplevels) covering that point, if there exists such a window in this - * application. - * It also sets newX, and newY to the coords of the point relative to the - * window returned. + * application. It also sets newX, and newY to the coords of the point + * relative to the window returned. * * Results: - * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding - * to rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such + * The return result is either a token for the window corresponding to + * rootX and rootY, or else NULL to indicate that there is no such * window. newX and newY are also set to the coords of the point relative * to the returned window. * @@ -3906,15 +3890,15 @@ Tk_CoordsToWindow( Tk_Window Tk_TopCoordsToWindow( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for a Tk Window which defines the; + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for a Tk Window which defines the * coordinates for rootX & rootY */ int rootX, int rootY, /* Coordinates of a point in tkWin. */ int *newX, int *newY) /* Coordinates of point in the upperMost child * of tkWin containing (rootX,rootY) */ { TkWindow *winPtr, *childPtr; - TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so - * far that contains point. */ + TkWindow *nextPtr; /* Coordinates of highest child found so far + * that contains point. */ int x, y; /* Coordinates in winPtr. */ Window *children; /* Children of winPtr, or NULL. */ @@ -3979,24 +3963,23 @@ Tk_TopCoordsToWindow( * * UpdateVRootGeometry -- * - * This procedure is called to update all the virtual root - * geometry information in wmPtr. + * This procedure is called to update all the virtual root geometry + * information in wmPtr. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in - * wmPtr are filled with the most up-to-date information. + * The vRootX, vRootY, vRootWidth, and vRootHeight fields in wmPtr are + * filled with the most up-to-date information. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void UpdateVRootGeometry( - WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be - * updated. The wmPtr->vRoot field must - * be valid. */ + WmInfo *wmPtr) /* Window manager information to be updated. + * The wmPtr->vRoot field must be valid. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = wmPtr->winPtr; unsigned int bd, dummy; @@ -4022,8 +4005,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry( * Refresh the virtual root information if it's out of date. */ - handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, - (Tk_ErrorProc *) NULL, (ClientData) NULL); + handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(winPtr->display, -1, -1, -1, NULL, NULL); status = XGetGeometry(winPtr->display, wmPtr->vRoot, &dummy2, &wmPtr->vRootX, &wmPtr->vRootY, &wmPtr->vRootWidth, &wmPtr->vRootHeight, &bd, &dummy); @@ -4035,7 +4017,7 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry( Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); if (status == 0) { /* - * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed. + * The virtual root is gone! Pretend that it never existed. */ wmPtr->vRoot = None; @@ -4048,16 +4030,15 @@ UpdateVRootGeometry( * * Tk_GetVRootGeometry -- * - * This procedure returns information about the virtual root - * window corresponding to a particular Tk window. + * This procedure returns information about the virtual root window + * corresponding to a particular Tk window. * * Results: - * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set - * with the offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding - * to tkwin. If tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window - * manager these values correspond to the virtual root window being - * used for tkwin; otherwise the offsets will be 0 and the - * dimensions will be those of the screen. + * The values at xPtr, yPtr, widthPtr, and heightPtr are set with the + * offset and dimensions of the root window corresponding to tkwin. If + * tkwin is being managed by a virtual root window manager these values + * correspond to the virtual root window being used for tkwin; otherwise + * the offsets will be 0 and the dimensions will be those of the screen. * * Side effects: * Vroot window information is refreshed if it is out of date. @@ -4088,8 +4069,8 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry( wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; /* - * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy - * it out to the caller. + * Make sure that the geometry information is up-to-date, then copy it out + * to the caller. */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_VROOT_OFFSET_STALE) { @@ -4106,18 +4087,17 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry( * * Tk_MoveToplevelWindow -- * - * This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust - * the x-y location of a top-level window. It delays the actual - * move to a later time and keeps window-manager information - * up-to-date with the move + * This procedure is called instead of Tk_MoveWindow to adjust the x-y + * location of a top-level window. It delays the actual move to a later + * time and keeps window-manager information up-to-date with the move. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: * The window is eventually moved so that its upper-left corner - * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative - * frame, if there is one) is at (x,y). + * (actually, the upper-left corner of the window's decorative frame, if + * there is one) is at (x,y). * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -4125,8 +4105,7 @@ Tk_GetVRootGeometry( void Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window to move. */ - int x, int y) /* New location for window (within - * parent). */ + int x, int y) /* New location for window (within parent). */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -4145,16 +4124,15 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( /* * If the window has already been mapped, must bring its geometry - * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the - * server that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the - * new position. + * up-to-date immediately, otherwise an event might arrive from the server + * that would overwrite wmPtr->x and wmPtr->y and lose the new position. */ if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tk_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } - UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); + UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); } } @@ -4169,9 +4147,9 @@ Tk_MoveToplevelWindow( * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. - * This procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken - * effect and the ConfigureNotify event for it has been received. + * WinPtr gets restacked as specified by aboveBelow and otherPtr. This + * procedure doesn't return until the restack has taken effect and the + * ConfigureNotify event for it has been received. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -4181,9 +4159,9 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window to restack. */ int aboveBelow, /* Gives relative position for restacking; * must be Above or Below. */ - TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; - * if NULL, then winPtr gets restacked - * above or below *all* siblings. */ + TkWindow *otherPtr) /* Window relative to which to restack; if + * NULL, then winPtr gets restacked above or + * below *all* siblings. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr; @@ -4194,15 +4172,15 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel( /* * Get the mac window. Make sure it exists & is mapped. */ + if (winPtr->window == None) { Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) winPtr); } if (winPtr->wmInfoPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED) { - /* - * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the - * screen (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure - * it's on the screen. + * Can't set stacking order properly until the window is on the screen + * (mapping it may give it a reparent window), so make sure it's on + * the screen. */ TkWmMapWindow(winPtr); @@ -4212,6 +4190,7 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel( /* * Get the window in which a raise or lower is in relation to. */ + if (otherPtr != NULL) { if (otherPtr->window == None) { Tk_MakeWindowExist((Tk_Window) otherPtr); @@ -4233,8 +4212,8 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel( */ } else if (otherMacWindow == frontWindow || otherMacWindow == NULL) { /* - * Raise the window to the top. If the window is visible then - * we also make it the active window. + * Raise the window to the top. If the window is visible then we + * also make it the active window. */ if (wmPtr->hints.initial_state == WithdrawnState) { @@ -4277,27 +4256,26 @@ TkWmRestackToplevel( * TkWmAddToColormapWindows -- * * This procedure is called to add a given window to the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it - * isn't already there. It is invoked by the Tk code that - * creates a new colormap, in order to make sure that colormap - * information is propagated to the window manager by default. + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level, if it isn't already + * there. It is invoked by the Tk code that creates a new colormap, in + * order to make sure that colormap information is propagated to the + * window manager by default. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * colormaps have been set explicitly with the - * "wm colormapwindows" command. + * WinPtr's window gets added to the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of its + * nearest top-level ancestor, unless the colormaps have been set + * explicitly with the "wm colormapwindows" command. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void TkWmAddToColormapWindows( - TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. - * Should not be a top-level window. */ + TkWindow *winPtr) /* Window with a non-default colormap. Should + * not be a top-level window. */ { TkWindow *topPtr; TkWindow **oldPtr, **newPtr; @@ -4337,14 +4315,13 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows( } /* - * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. - * Automatically add the toplevel itself as the last element - * of the list. + * Make a new bigger array and use it to reset the property. Automatically + * add the toplevel itself as the last element of the list. */ - newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) ((count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow*))); + newPtr = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((unsigned) (count+2)*sizeof(TkWindow *)); if (count > 0) { - memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow*)); + memcpy(newPtr, oldPtr, count * sizeof(TkWindow *)); } if (count == 0) { count++; @@ -4359,9 +4336,8 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows( topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1; /* - * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise - * in compatability as we don't support colormaps. If - * we did they would be installed here. + * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as + * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here. */ } @@ -4371,16 +4347,16 @@ TkWmAddToColormapWindows( * TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows -- * * This procedure is called to remove a given window from the - * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked - * when windows are deleted. + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property for its top-level. It is invoked when + * windows are deleted. * * Results: * None. * * Side effects: - * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS - * property of its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the - * top-level itself is being deleted too. + * WinPtr's window gets removed from the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property of + * its nearest top-level ancestor, unless the top-level itself is being + * deleted too. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ @@ -4398,8 +4374,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( for (topPtr = winPtr->parentPtr; ; topPtr = topPtr->parentPtr) { if (topPtr == NULL) { /* - * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation. - * Seems like this can't ever happen? + * Ancestors have been deleted, so skip the whole operation. Seems + * like this can't ever happen? */ return; @@ -4410,16 +4386,15 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( } if (topPtr->flags & TK_ALREADY_DEAD) { /* - * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup - * the WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. + * Top-level is being deleted, so there's no need to cleanup the + * WM_COLORMAP_WINDOWS property. */ return; } /* - * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover - * it up. + * Find the window and slide the following ones down to cover it up. */ count = topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount; @@ -4443,10 +4418,10 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( * Fetch the position of the mouse pointer. * * Results: - * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates - * of the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't - * on tkwin's screen, then -1 values are returned for both - * coordinates. The argument tkwin must be a toplevel window. + * *xPtr and *yPtr are filled in with the (virtual) root coordinates of + * the mouse pointer for tkwin's display. If the pointer isn't on tkwin's + * screen, then -1 values are returned for both coordinates. The argument + * tkwin must be a toplevel window. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -4456,8 +4431,8 @@ TkWmRemoveFromColormapWindows( void TkGetPointerCoords( - Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen - * on which lookup is to be done. */ + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Toplevel window that identifies screen on + * which lookup is to be done. */ int *xPtr, int *yPtr) /* Store pointer coordinates here. */ { XQueryPointer(NULL, None, NULL, NULL, xPtr, yPtr, NULL, NULL, NULL); @@ -4468,10 +4443,10 @@ TkGetPointerCoords( * * InitialWindowBounds -- * - * This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac - * toplevel window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user - * this code will auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially - * across the main monitor of the Mac. + * This function calculates the initial bounds for a new Mac toplevel + * window. Unless the geometry is specified by the user this code will + * auto place the windows in a cascade diagonially across the main + * monitor of the Mac. * * Results: * The bounds are returned in geometry. @@ -4527,9 +4502,9 @@ InitialWindowBounds( * * TkMacOSXResizable -- * - * This function determines if the passed in window is part of - * a toplevel window that is resizable. If the window is - * resizable in the x, y or both directions, true is returned. + * This function determines if the passed in window is part of a toplevel + * window that is resizable. If the window is resizable in the x, y or + * both directions, true is returned. * * Results: * True if resizable, false otherwise. @@ -4567,10 +4542,10 @@ TkMacOSXResizable( * * TkMacOSXGrowToplevel -- * - * The function is invoked when the user clicks in the grow region - * of a Tk window. The function will handle the dragging - * procedure and not return until completed. Finally, the function - * may place information Tk's event queue is the window was resized. + * The function is invoked when the user clicks in the grow region of a + * Tk window. The function will handle the dragging procedure and not + * return until completed. Finally, the function may place information + * Tk's event queue is the window was resized. * * Results: * True if events were placed on event queue, false otherwise. @@ -4689,8 +4664,8 @@ TkMacOSXGrowToplevel( * * TkSetWMName -- * - * Set the title for a toplevel window. If the window is embedded, - * do not change the window title. + * Set the title for a toplevel window. If the window is embedded, do not + * change the window title. * * Results: * None. @@ -4712,7 +4687,7 @@ TkSetWMName( return; } - title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (const unsigned char*) titleUid, + title = CFStringCreateWithBytes(NULL, (const unsigned char *) titleUid, strlen(titleUid), kCFStringEncodingUTF8, false); if (title) { WindowRef macWin = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); @@ -4727,8 +4702,8 @@ TkSetWMName( * * TkGetTransientMaster -- * - * If the passed window has the TRANSIENT_FOR property set this - * will return the master window. Otherwise it will return None. + * If the passed window has the TRANSIENT_FOR property set this will + * return the master window. Otherwise it will return None. * * Results: * The master window or None. @@ -4786,10 +4761,9 @@ TkMacOSXGetXWindow( * * TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed -- * - * Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. - * Because dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon - * zoom state, we cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state - * for this information. + * Ask Carbon if the given window is in the zoomed out state. Because + * dragging & growing a window can change the Carbon zoom state, we + * cannot rely on wmInfoPtr->hints.initial_state for this information. * * Results: * True if window is zoomed out, false otherwise. @@ -4846,11 +4820,10 @@ TkMacOSXIsWindowZoomed( * * TkMacOSXZoomToplevel -- * - * The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region - * of a Tk window or when the window state is set/unset to "zoomed" - * manually. If the window is to be zoomed (in or out), the window - * size is changed and events are generated to let Tk know what - * happened. + * The function is invoked when the user clicks in the zoom region of a + * Tk window or when the window state is set/unset to "zoomed" manually. + * If the window is to be zoomed (in or out), the window size is changed + * and events are generated to let Tk know what happened. * * Results: * True if events were placed on event queue, false otherwise. @@ -4915,13 +4888,12 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel( } err = ChkErr(ZoomWindowIdeal, whichWindow, zoomPart, &idealSize); - if (err == noErr) { - wmPtr->hints.initial_state = - (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState); - return true; - } else { + if (err != noErr) { return false; } + wmPtr->hints.initial_state = + (zoomPart == inZoomIn ? NormalState : ZoomState); + return true; } /* @@ -4930,9 +4902,8 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel( * TkUnsupported1Cmd -- * * This procedure is invoked to process the - * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command. - * This command allows you to set the style of decoration - * for a Macintosh window. + * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle" Tcl command. This command allows + * you to set the style of decoration for a Macintosh window. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -4946,11 +4917,10 @@ TkMacOSXZoomToplevel( /* ARGSUSED */ int TkUnsupported1ObjCmd( - ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with - * interpreter. */ + ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj * const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { static const char *subcmds[] = { "style", NULL @@ -4958,7 +4928,7 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd( enum SubCmds { TKMWS_STYLE }; - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; TkWindow *winPtr; int index; @@ -4967,8 +4937,8 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd( return TCL_ERROR; } - winPtr = (TkWindow *) Tk_NameToWindow(interp, - Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin); + winPtr = (TkWindow *) + Tk_NameToWindow(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]), tkwin); if (winPtr == NULL) { return TCL_ERROR; } @@ -5000,9 +4970,8 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd( * WmWinStyle -- * * This procedure is invoked to process the - * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style" subcommand. - * This command allows you to set the style of decoration - * for a Macintosh window. + * "::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style" subcommand. This command + * allows you to set the style of decoration for a Macintosh window. * * Results: * A standard Tcl result. @@ -5012,6 +4981,7 @@ TkUnsupported1ObjCmd( * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static int WmWinStyle( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ @@ -5100,7 +5070,7 @@ WmWinStyle( if (objc == 3) { if (wmPtr->style != -1) { for (i = 0; styleMap[i].strValue != NULL; i++) { - if (wmPtr->style == (short)(styleMap[i].intValue)) { + if (wmPtr->style == (short) styleMap[i].intValue) { Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(styleMap[i].strValue, -1)); return TCL_OK; @@ -5201,8 +5171,8 @@ WmWinStyle( * * TkpMakeMenuWindow -- * - * Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down - * (or pop-up) menu, or as a toplevel floating menu (palette). + * Configure the window to be either a undecorated pull-down (or pop-up) + * menu, or as a toplevel floating menu (palette). * * Results: * None. @@ -5216,10 +5186,10 @@ WmWinStyle( void TkpMakeMenuWindow( Tk_Window tkwin, /* New window. */ - int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as - * a popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means - * menu is always visible, e.g. as a - * floating menu. */ + int transient) /* 1 means menu is only posted briefly as a + * popup or pulldown or cascade. 0 means menu + * is always visible, e.g. as a floating + * menu. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -5239,8 +5209,8 @@ TkpMakeMenuWindow( * * TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist -- * - * This function finally creates the real Macintosh window that - * the Mac actually understands. + * This function finally creates the real Macintosh window that the Mac + * actually understands. * * Results: * None. @@ -5390,8 +5360,8 @@ TkMacOSXMakeRealWindowExist( * * TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow -- * - * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the - * hash table that maps Mac windows to root X windows. + * This function adds the passed in Off Screen Port to the hash table + * that maps Mac windows to root X windows. * * Results: * None. @@ -5426,9 +5396,8 @@ TkMacOSXRegisterOffScreenWindow( * * TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow -- * - * Given a macintosh port window, this function removes the - * association between this window and the root X window that - * Tk cares about. + * Given a macintosh port window, this function removes the association + * between this window and the root X window that Tk cares about. * * Results: * None. @@ -5461,9 +5430,8 @@ TkMacOSXUnregisterMacWindow( * * TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow -- * - * Sets a flag for a toplevel window indicating that the passed - * Tk scrollbar window will display the grow region for the - * toplevel window. + * Sets a flag for a toplevel window indicating that the passed Tk + * scrollbar window will display the grow region for the toplevel window. * * Results: * None. @@ -5495,15 +5463,15 @@ TkMacOSXSetScrollbarGrow( * TkWmFocusToplevel -- * * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It - * exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under - * Unix; its job is to map from wrapper windows to the - * corresponding toplevel windows. On PCs and Macs there are no - * wrapper windows so no mapping is necessary; this procedure just - * determines whether a window is a toplevel or not. + * exists because of the extra wrapper windows that exist under Unix; its + * job is to map from wrapper windows to the corresponding toplevel + * windows. On PCs and Macs there are no wrapper windows so no mapping is + * necessary; this procedure just determines whether a window is a + * toplevel or not. * * Results: - * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the - * window; otherwise returns NULL. + * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window; + * otherwise returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5527,13 +5495,13 @@ TkWmFocusToplevel( * * TkpGetWrapperWindow -- * - * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It - * maps to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same - * as the top-level on Macs and PCs. + * This is a utility procedure invoked by focus-management code. It maps + * to the wrapper for a top-level, which is just the same as the + * top-level on Macs and PCs. * * Results: - * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the - * window; otherwise returns NULL. + * If winPtr is a toplevel window, returns the pointer to the window; + * otherwise returns NULL. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5557,8 +5525,8 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow( * * TkpWmSetState -- * - * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a - * given toplevel window. + * Sets the window manager state for the wrapper window of a given + * toplevel window. * * Results: * None. @@ -5570,9 +5538,9 @@ TkpGetWrapperWindow( */ void -TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ - int state; /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState, +TkpWmSetState( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel window to operate on. */ + int state) /* One of IconicState, ZoomState, NormalState, * or WithdrawnState. */ { WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -5589,9 +5557,10 @@ TkpWmSetState(winPtr, state) Tk_UnmapWindow((Tk_Window) winPtr); } else if (state == IconicState) { /* - * The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the - * icon version of the window we also collapse it. + * The window always gets unmapped. If we can show the icon version of + * the window we also collapse it. */ + if (IsWindowCollapsable(macWin) && !IsWindowCollapsed(macWin)) { CollapseWindow(macWin, true); } @@ -5669,9 +5638,9 @@ TkMacOSXWindowClass( * * TkMacOSXWindowOffset -- * - * Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel - * window dressing (the structure region, ie. title bar) and the - * orgin of the content area. + * Determines the x and y offset from the orgin of the toplevel window + * dressing (the structure region, i.e. title bar) and the orgin of the + * content area. * * Results: * The x & y offset in pixels. @@ -5704,8 +5673,8 @@ TkMacOSXWindowOffset( * * TkpGetMS -- * - * Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter - * when the epoch was. + * Return a relative time in milliseconds. It doesn't matter when the + * epoch was. * * Results: * Number of milliseconds. @@ -5758,15 +5727,14 @@ XSetInputFocus( * * TkpChangeFocus -- * - * This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the - * focus if we are a front most application. + * This procedure is a stub on the Mac because we always own the focus if + * we are a front most application. * * Results: - * The return value is the serial number of the command that - * changed the focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter - * out focus change events that were queued before the command. - * If the procedure doesn't actually change the focus then - * it returns 0. + * The return value is the serial number of the command that changed the + * focus. It may be needed by the caller to filter out focus change + * events that were queued before the command. If the procedure doesn't + * actually change the focus then it returns 0. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5775,15 +5743,15 @@ XSetInputFocus( */ int -TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ - int force; /* Non-zero means claim the focus even - * if it didn't originally belong to - * topLevelPtr's application. */ +TkpChangeFocus( + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Window that is to receive the X focus. */ + int force) /* Non-zero means claim the focus even if it + * didn't originally belong to topLevelPtr's + * application. */ { /* - * We don't really need to do anything on the Mac. Tk will - * keep all this state for us. + * We don't really need to do anything on the Mac. Tk will keep all this + * state for us. */ if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect) { @@ -5791,10 +5759,10 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) } /* - * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue - * a dummy server request. This marks the position at which we - * changed the focus, so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut - * events on either side of the mark. + * Remember the current serial number for the X server and issue a dummy + * server request. This marks the position at which we changed the focus, + * so we can distinguish FocusIn and FocusOut events on either side of the + * mark. */ return NextRequest(winPtr->display); @@ -5805,13 +5773,12 @@ TkpChangeFocus(winPtr, force) * * WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap -- * - * This procedure will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper - * X id for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. - * Tk keeps track of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow - * structure but that does us no good here since we only get the X - * id of the wrapper window. Only those toplevel windows that are - * mapped have a position in the stacking order. - * + * This procedure will create a table that maps the reparent wrapper X id + * for a toplevel to the TkWindow structure that is wraps. Tk keeps track + * of a mapping from the window X id to the TkWindow structure but that + * does us no good here since we only get the X id of the wrapper window. + * Only those toplevel windows that are mapped have a position in the + * stacking order. * * Results: * None. @@ -5838,7 +5805,7 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( macWindow = TkMacOSXDrawableWindow(winPtr->window); hPtr = Tcl_CreateHashEntry(table, - (const char *) macWindow, &newEntry); + (const char *) macWindow, &newEntry); Tcl_SetHashValue(hPtr, winPtr); } @@ -5856,8 +5823,8 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( * This procedure returns the stack order of toplevel windows. * * Results: - * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order - * or else NULL if there was an error. + * An array of pointers to tk window objects in stacking order or else + * NULL if there was an error. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -5866,8 +5833,8 @@ WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap( */ TkWindow ** -TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) - TkWindow *parentPtr; /* Parent toplevel window. */ +TkWmStackorderToplevel( + TkWindow *parentPtr) /* Parent toplevel window. */ { WindowRef frontWindow; TkWindow *childWinPtr, **windows, **window_ptr; @@ -5882,12 +5849,12 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) Tcl_InitHashTable(&table, TCL_ONE_WORD_KEYS); WmStackorderToplevelWrapperMap(parentPtr, parentPtr->display, &table); - windows = (TkWindow **) ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) - * sizeof(TkWindow *)); + windows = (TkWindow **) + ckalloc((table.numEntries+1) * sizeof(TkWindow *)); /* - * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped - * there is no need to enumerate Windows. + * Special cases: If zero or one toplevels were mapped there is no need to + * enumerate Windows. */ switch (table.numEntries) { @@ -5896,7 +5863,7 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) goto done; case 1: hPtr = Tcl_FirstHashEntry(&table, &search); - windows[0] = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + windows[0] = Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); windows[1] = NULL; goto done; } @@ -5908,20 +5875,21 @@ TkWmStackorderToplevel(parentPtr) } else { window_ptr = windows + table.numEntries; *window_ptr-- = NULL; - while (frontWindow != NULL) { - hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) frontWindow); - if (hPtr != NULL) { - childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); - *window_ptr-- = childWinPtr; - } - frontWindow = GetNextWindow(frontWindow); + while (frontWindow != NULL) { + hPtr = Tcl_FindHashEntry(&table, (char *) frontWindow); + if (hPtr != NULL) { + childWinPtr = (TkWindow *) Tcl_GetHashValue(hPtr); + *window_ptr-- = childWinPtr; } - if (window_ptr != (windows-1)) + frontWindow = GetNextWindow(frontWindow); + } + if (window_ptr != (windows-1)) { Tcl_Panic("num matched toplevel windows does not equal num " "children"); + } } - done: + done: Tcl_DeleteHashTable(&table); return windows; } @@ -5977,7 +5945,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges( if (wmPtr->macClass != oldClass) { TK_IF_MAC_OS_X_API (4, HIWindowChangeClass, ChkErr(HIWindowChangeClass, macWindow, wmPtr->macClass); - ) TK_ENDIF + ) TK_ENDIF; ChkErr(GetWindowClass, macWindow, &(wmPtr->macClass)); } if (newAttributes != oldAttributes) { @@ -5998,7 +5966,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges( } } TkMacOSXInvalClipRgns((Tk_Window) winPtr); - TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *)(winPtr->window), + TkMacOSXInvalidateWindow((MacDrawable *) winPtr->window, TK_PARENT_WINDOW); } @@ -6006,6 +5974,7 @@ ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges( * The change of window class/attributes might have changed the window * structure widths: */ + GetWindowStructureWidths(macWindow, &strWidths); wmPtr->xInParent = strWidths.left; wmPtr->yInParent = strWidths.top; @@ -6068,7 +6037,7 @@ ApplyMasterOverrideChanges( WindowGroupRef group; ApplyWindowClassAttributeChanges(winPtr, macWindow, oldClass, - oldAttributes, 0); + oldAttributes, 0); if (winPtr->atts.override_redirect && wmPtr->master != None) { wmPtr->flags |= WM_TOPMOST; @@ -6109,8 +6078,8 @@ WmGetWindowGroup( group = GetWindowGroupOfClass(kUtilityWindowClass); } else if (wmPtr->master != None) { TkDisplay *dispPtr = TkGetDisplayList(); - TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *)Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, - wmPtr->master); + TkWindow *masterWinPtr = (TkWindow *) + Tk_IdToWindow(dispPtr->display, wmPtr->master); if (masterWinPtr && masterWinPtr->window != None && TkMacOSXHostToplevelExists(masterWinPtr)) { @@ -6165,9 +6134,11 @@ TkMacOSXMakeFullscreen( if (fullscreen) { int screenWidth = WidthOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); int screenHeight = HeightOfScreen(Tk_Screen(winPtr)); + /* * Check max width and height if set by the user. */ + if ((wmPtr->maxWidth > 0 && wmPtr->maxWidth < screenWidth) || (wmPtr->maxHeight > 0 && wmPtr->maxHeight < screenHeight)) { if (interp) { @@ -6272,8 +6243,8 @@ TkMacOSXEnterExitFullscreen( * * GetMinSize -- * - * This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for - * a window, taking into account the possibility that they may be + * This function computes the current minWidth and minHeight values for a + * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be * defaulted. * * Results: @@ -6307,41 +6278,43 @@ GetMinSize( */ switch (wmPtr->macClass) { - case kDocumentWindowClass: - case kMovableAlertWindowClass: - case kMovableModalWindowClass: - minWidth = 72; - if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { - minHeight = 15; - } - if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) { - minWidth += 29; - } - break; - case kFloatingWindowClass: - case kUtilityWindowClass: - minWidth = 59; - if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { - minHeight = 11; - } - if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowSideTitlebarAttribute) { - int tmp = minWidth; - minWidth = minHeight; - minHeight = tmp; - } else if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) { - minWidth += 29; - } - break; - default: - if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { - minWidth = 15; - minHeight = 15; - } - break; + case kDocumentWindowClass: + case kMovableAlertWindowClass: + case kMovableModalWindowClass: + minWidth = 72; + if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { + minHeight = 15; + } + if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) { + minWidth += 29; + } + break; + case kFloatingWindowClass: + case kUtilityWindowClass: + minWidth = 59; + if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { + minHeight = 11; + } + if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowSideTitlebarAttribute) { + int tmp = minWidth; + + minWidth = minHeight; + minHeight = tmp; + } else if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowToolbarButtonAttribute) { + minWidth += 29; + } + break; + default: + if (wmPtr->attributes & kWindowResizableAttribute) { + minWidth = 15; + minHeight = 15; + } + break; } if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { int base = winPtr->reqWidth - (wmPtr->reqGridWidth * wmPtr->widthInc); + if (base < 0) { base = 0; } @@ -6367,8 +6340,8 @@ GetMinSize( * * GetMaxSize -- * - * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for - * a window, taking into account the possibility that they may be + * This function computes the current maxWidth and maxHeight values for a + * window, taking into account the possibility that they may be * defaulted. * * Results: @@ -6398,6 +6371,7 @@ GetMaxSize( *maxWidthPtr = wmPtr->maxWidth; } else { int maxWidth = maxBounds->right - maxBounds->left - wmPtr->xInParent; + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { maxWidth = wmPtr->reqGridWidth + (maxWidth - winPtr->reqWidth)/wmPtr->widthInc; @@ -6408,6 +6382,7 @@ GetMaxSize( *maxHeightPtr = wmPtr->maxHeight; } else { int maxHeight = maxBounds->bottom - maxBounds->top - wmPtr->yInParent; + if (wmPtr->gridWin != NULL) { maxHeight = wmPtr->reqGridHeight + (maxHeight - winPtr->reqHeight)/wmPtr->heightInc; @@ -6421,8 +6396,7 @@ GetMaxSize( * * RemapWindows * - * Adjust parent/child relation ships of - * the given window hierarchy. + * Adjust parent/child relation ships of the given window hierarchy. * * Results: * none @@ -6432,16 +6406,22 @@ GetMaxSize( * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + static void -RemapWindows(TkWindow *winPtr, MacDrawable *parentWin) +RemapWindows( + TkWindow *winPtr, + MacDrawable *parentWin) { TkWindow *childPtr; - /* Remove the OS specific window. - * It will get rebuilt when the window gets Mapped. + /* + * Remove the OS specific window. It will get rebuilt when the window gets + * Mapped. */ + if (winPtr->window != None) { MacDrawable *macWin = (MacDrawable *) winPtr->window; + macWin->grafPtr = NULL; macWin->toplevel = parentWin->toplevel; winPtr->flags &= ~TK_MAPPED; diff --git a/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c b/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c index 2e66cb4..d936d9c 100644 --- a/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c +++ b/macosx/tkMacOSXXStubs.c @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ /* * tkMacOSXXStubs.c -- * - * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of - * these calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the - * Macintosh or thier implamentation just doesn't do anything. Other - * calls will eventually be moved into other files. + * This file contains most of the X calls called by Tk. Many of these + * calls are just stubs and either don't make sense on the Macintosh or + * their implamentation just doesn't do anything. Other calls will + * eventually be moved into other files. * * Copyright (c) 1995-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. * Copyright 2001, Apple Computer, Inc. * Copyright (c) 2005-2007 Daniel A. Steffen <das@users.sourceforge.net> * - * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution - * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. + * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of + * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXXStubs.c,v 1.25 2007/12/13 15:27:10 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkMacOSXXStubs.c,v 1.26 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkMacOSXPrivate.h" @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ /* * Because this file is still under major development Debugger statements are - * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether - * the debugger statements actually call the debugger or not. + * used through out this file. The define TCL_DEBUG will decide whether the + * debugger statements actually call the debugger or not. */ #ifndef TCL_DEBUG @@ -37,29 +37,32 @@ * Declarations of static variables used in this file. */ -static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL; /* Macintosh display. */ -static const char *macScreenName = ":0"; /* Default name of macintosh display. */ +static TkDisplay *gMacDisplay = NULL; + /* Macintosh display. */ +static const char *macScreenName = ":0"; + /* Default name of macintosh display. */ /* * Forward declarations of procedures used in this file. */ -static XID MacXIdAlloc(Display *display); -static int DefaultErrorHandler(Display* display, XErrorEvent* err_evt); +static XID MacXIdAlloc(Display *display); +static int DefaultErrorHandler(Display *display, + XErrorEvent *err_evt); /* * Other declarations */ -static int DestroyImage(XImage *image); -static unsigned long ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y); -static int PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y, unsigned long pixel); +static int DestroyImage(XImage *image); +static unsigned long ImageGetPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y); +static int PutPixel(XImage *image, int x, int y, + unsigned long pixel); #if 0 -static XImage *SubImage(XImage *image, int x, int y, - unsigned int width, unsigned int height); -static int AddPixel(XImage *image, long value); +static XImage * SubImage(XImage *image, int x, int y, + unsigned int width, unsigned int height); +static int AddPixel(XImage *image, long value); #endif - /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -79,7 +82,8 @@ static int AddPixel(XImage *image, long value); */ void -TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display) +TkMacOSXDisplayChanged( + Display *display) { GDHandle graphicsDevice; Screen *screen; @@ -91,17 +95,17 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display) screen = display->screens; graphicsDevice = GetMainDevice(); - screen->root_depth = (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpSize * - (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpCount; - screen->height = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.bottom - - (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.top; - screen->width = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.right - - (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.left; + screen->root_depth = (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpSize * + (*(*graphicsDevice)->gdPMap)->cmpCount; + screen->height = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.bottom - + (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.top; + screen->width = (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.right - + (*graphicsDevice)->gdRect.left; - screen->mwidth = (screen->width * 254 + 360) / 720; - screen->mheight = (screen->height * 254 + 360) / 720; + screen->mwidth = (screen->width * 254 + 360) / 720; + screen->mheight = (screen->height * 254 + 360) / 720; - maxBounds = (Rect*) screen->ext_data; + maxBounds = (Rect *) screen->ext_data; *maxBounds = bounds; graphicsDevice = GetDeviceList(); while (graphicsDevice) { @@ -121,8 +125,8 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display) * * TkpOpenDisplay -- * - * Create the Display structure and fill it with device - * specific information. + * Create the Display structure and fill it with device specific + * information. * * Results: * Returns a Display structure on success or NULL on failure. @@ -135,7 +139,7 @@ TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(Display *display) TkDisplay * TkpOpenDisplay( - CONST char *display_name) + const char *display_name) { Display *display; Screen *screen; @@ -162,13 +166,13 @@ TkpOpenDisplay( display->screens = screen; display->nscreens = 1; display->default_screen = 0; - display->display_name = (char*)macScreenName; + display->display_name = (char *) macScreenName; - Gestalt(gestaltQuickdrawVersion, (long*)&display->proto_minor_version); + Gestalt(gestaltQuickdrawVersion, (long *) &display->proto_minor_version); display->proto_major_version = 10; display->proto_minor_version -= gestaltMacOSXQD; display->vendor = "Apple"; - Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, (long*)&display->release); + Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, (long *) &display->release); /* * These screen bits never change @@ -177,7 +181,7 @@ TkpOpenDisplay( screen->display = display; screen->black_pixel = 0x00000000 | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24; screen->white_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF | PIXEL_MAGIC << 24; - screen->ext_data = (XExtData*) &maxBounds; + screen->ext_data = (XExtData *) &maxBounds; screen->root_visual = (Visual *) ckalloc(sizeof(Visual)); screen->root_visual->visualid = 0; @@ -191,13 +195,14 @@ TkpOpenDisplay( /* * Initialize screen bits that may change */ + TkMacOSXDisplayChanged(display); gMacDisplay = (TkDisplay *) ckalloc(sizeof(TkDisplay)); /* - * This is the quickest way to make sure that all the *Init - * flags get properly initialized + * This is the quickest way to make sure that all the *Init flags get + * properly initialized */ bzero(gMacDisplay, sizeof(TkDisplay)); @@ -226,13 +231,14 @@ TkpCloseDisplay( TkDisplay *displayPtr) { Display *display = displayPtr->display; + if (gMacDisplay != displayPtr) { Tcl_Panic("TkpCloseDisplay: tried to call TkpCloseDisplay on bad display"); } gMacDisplay = NULL; - if (display->screens != (Screen *) NULL) { - if (display->screens->root_visual != (Visual *) NULL) { + if (display->screens != NULL) { + if (display->screens->root_visual != NULL) { ckfree((char *) display->screens->root_visual); } ckfree((char *) display->screens); @@ -245,11 +251,10 @@ TkpCloseDisplay( * * TkClipCleanup -- * - * This procedure is called to cleanup resources associated with - * claiming clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get - * results. This function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be - * called by the display cleanup function because we still need the - * access display elements. + * This procedure is called to cleanup resources associated with claiming + * clipboard ownership and for receiving selection get results. This + * function is called in tkWindow.c. This has to be called by the display + * cleanup function because we still need the access display elements. * * Results: * None. @@ -261,12 +266,12 @@ TkpCloseDisplay( */ void -TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) - TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* display associated with clipboard */ +TkClipCleanup( + TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* display associated with clipboard */ { /* - * Make sure that the local scrap is transfered to the global - * scrap if needed. + * Make sure that the local scrap is transfered to the global scrap if + * needed. */ TkSuspendClipboard(); @@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) dispPtr->windowAtom); Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->clipWindow); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->clipWindow); + Tcl_Release(dispPtr->clipWindow); dispPtr->clipWindow = NULL; } } @@ -288,31 +293,31 @@ TkClipCleanup(dispPtr) * * MacXIdAlloc -- * - * This procedure is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator - * for a display. + * This procedure is invoked by Xlib as the resource allocator for a + * display. * * Results: - * The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently - * in use. + * The return value is an X resource identifier that isn't currently in + * use. * * Side effects: - * The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, - * if it was previously on the stack. + * The identifier is removed from the stack of free identifiers, if it + * was previously on the stack. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static XID MacXIdAlloc( - Display *display) /* Display for which to allocate. */ + Display *display) /* Display for which to allocate. */ { - static long int cur_id = 100; - /* - * Some special XIds are reserved - * - this is why we start at 100 - */ + static long int cur_id = 100; + /* + * Some special XIds are reserved + * - this is why we start at 100 + */ - return ++cur_id; + return ++cur_id; } /* @@ -347,8 +352,8 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted( * * DefaultErrorHandler -- * - * This procedure is the default X error handler. Tk uses it's - * own error handler so this call should never be called. + * This procedure is the default X error handler. Tk uses it's own error + * handler so this call should never be called. * * Results: * None. @@ -365,14 +370,14 @@ DefaultErrorHandler( XErrorEvent* err_evt) { /* - * This call should never be called. Tk replaces - * it with its own error handler. + * This call should never be called. Tk replaces it with its own error + * handler. */ + Tcl_Panic("Warning hit bogus error handler!"); return 0; } - char * XGetAtomName( Display * display, @@ -383,7 +388,8 @@ XGetAtomName( } int -_XInitImageFuncPtrs(XImage *image) +_XInitImageFuncPtrs( + XImage *image) { return 0; } @@ -396,24 +402,25 @@ XSetErrorHandler( } Window -XRootWindow(Display *display, int screen_number) +XRootWindow( + Display *display, + int screen_number) { display->request++; return ROOT_ID; } int -XGetGeometry(display, d, root_return, x_return, y_return, width_return, - height_return, border_width_return, depth_return) - Display* display; - Drawable d; - Window* root_return; - int* x_return; - int* y_return; - unsigned int* width_return; - unsigned int* height_return; - unsigned int* border_width_return; - unsigned int* depth_return; +XGetGeometry( + Display *display, + Drawable d, + Window *root_return, + int *x_return, + int *y_return, + unsigned int *width_return, + unsigned int *height_return, + unsigned int *border_width_return, + unsigned int *depth_return) { TkWindow *winPtr = ((MacDrawable *) d)->winPtr; @@ -488,8 +495,8 @@ XSizeHints * XAllocSizeHints(void) { /* - * Always return NULL. Tk code checks to see if NULL - * is returned & does nothing if it is. + * Always return NULL. Tk code checks to see if NULL is returned & does + * nothing if it is. */ return NULL; @@ -670,10 +677,11 @@ XForceScreenSaver( int mode) { /* - * This function is just a no-op. It is defined to - * reset the screen saver. However, there is no real - * way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there is! + * This function is just a no-op. It is defined to reset the screen saver. + * However, there is no real way to do this on a Mac. Let me know if there + * is! */ + display->request++; } @@ -727,9 +735,9 @@ XSetClipRectangles( * * TkGetServerInfo -- * - * Given a window, this procedure returns information about - * the window server for that window. This procedure provides - * the guts of the "winfo server" command. + * Given a window, this procedure returns information about the window + * server for that window. This procedure provides the guts of the "winfo + * server" command. * * Results: * None. @@ -742,10 +750,10 @@ XSetClipRectangles( void TkGetServerInfo( - Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in - * this interpreter's result. */ - Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a - * particular display and server. */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* The server information is returned in this + * interpreter's result. */ + Tk_Window tkwin) /* Token for window; this selects a particular + * display and server. */ { char buffer[8 + TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2]; char buffer2[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE]; @@ -880,11 +888,15 @@ XGetImage( if (TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(d)) { if (format == ZPixmap) { if (width > 0 && height > 0) { - /* Tk_GetPixmap fails for zero width or height */ + /* + * Tk_GetPixmap fails for zero width or height. + */ + pixmap = Tk_GetPixmap(display, d, width, height, depth); } if (win) { XGCValues values; + gc = Tk_GetGC(win, 0, &values); } else { gc = XCreateGC(display, pixmap, 0, NULL); @@ -893,18 +905,22 @@ XGetImage( XCopyArea(display, d, pixmap, gc, x, y, width, height, 0, 0); } imagePtr = XCreateImage(display, NULL, depth, format, offset, - (char*)TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(pixmap), - width, height, bitmap_pad, bytes_per_line); - /* Track Pixmap underlying the XImage in the unused obdata field * - * so that we can treat XImages coming from XGetImage specially. */ + (char *) TkMacOSXGetDrawablePort(pixmap), + width, height, bitmap_pad, bytes_per_line); + + /* + * Track Pixmap underlying the XImage in the unused obdata field + * so that we can treat XImages coming from XGetImage specially. + */ + imagePtr->obdata = (XPointer) pixmap; if (!win) { XFreeGC(display, gc); } } else { TkpDisplayWarning( - "XGetImage: only ZPixmap types are implemented", - "XGetImage Failure"); + "XGetImage: only ZPixmap types are implemented", + "XGetImage Failure"); } } return imagePtr; @@ -968,11 +984,14 @@ ImageGetPixel( RGBColor cPix; unsigned long r, g, b, c; - destPort = (CGrafPtr)image->data; + destPort = (CGrafPtr) image->data; portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort); GetCPixel(x, y, &cPix); if (image->obdata) { - /* Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values */ + /* + * Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values. + */ + r = (cPix . red) >> 8; g = (cPix . green) >> 8; b = (cPix . blue) >> 8; @@ -1018,18 +1037,21 @@ PutPixel( destPort = (CGrafPtr)image->data; portChanged = QDSwapPort(destPort, &savePort); - r = (pixel & image->red_mask)>>16; - g = (pixel & image->green_mask)>>8; - b = (pixel & image->blue_mask); + r = (pixel & image->red_mask)>>16; + g = (pixel & image->green_mask)>>8; + b = (pixel & image->blue_mask); if (image->obdata) { - /* Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values */ - cPix . red = r << 8; - cPix . green = g << 8; - cPix . blue = b << 8; + /* + * Image from XGetImage, 16 bit color values. + */ + + cPix.red = r << 8; + cPix.green = g << 8; + cPix.blue = b << 8; } else { - cPix . red = r; - cPix . green = g; - cPix . blue = b; + cPix.red = r; + cPix.green = g; + cPix.blue = b; } SetCPixel(x, y, &cPix); if (portChanged) { @@ -1068,8 +1090,8 @@ AddPixel( * XSetWindowBackgroundPixmap, XSetWindowBorder, XSetWindowBorderPixmap, * XSetWindowBorderWidth, XSetWindowColormap * - * These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivilent - * Tk calls that should always be used instead. + * These functions are all no-ops. They all have equivilent Tk calls that + * should always be used instead. * * Results: * None. @@ -1180,10 +1202,10 @@ XCreateIC( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * TkGetDefaultScreenName( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */ + const char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */ { #if 0 if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) { @@ -1202,8 +1224,8 @@ TkGetDefaultScreenName( * Return the number of milliseconds the user was inactive. * * Results: - * The number of milliseconds the user has been inactive, - * or -1 if querying the inactive time is not supported. + * The number of milliseconds the user has been inactive, or -1 if + * querying the inactive time is not supported. * * Side effects: * None. @@ -1211,13 +1233,15 @@ TkGetDefaultScreenName( */ long -Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy) +Tk_GetUserInactiveTime( + Display *dpy) { io_registry_entry_t regEntry; CFMutableDictionaryRef props = NULL; CFTypeRef timeObj; long ret = -1l; uint64_t time; + IOReturn result; regEntry = IOServiceGetMatchingService(kIOMasterPortDefault, IOServiceMatching("IOHIDSystem")); @@ -1226,7 +1250,7 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy) return -1l; } - IOReturn result = IORegistryEntryCreateCFProperties(regEntry, &props, + result = IORegistryEntryCreateCFProperties(regEntry, &props, kCFAllocatorDefault, 0); IOObjectRelease(regEntry); @@ -1244,13 +1268,13 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy) CFRangeMake(0, sizeof(time)), (UInt8 *) &time); /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */ /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */ - ret = (long)(time/kMillisecondScale); + ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale); } else if (type == CFNumberGetTypeID()) { /* Panther+ */ CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)timeObj, kCFNumberSInt64Type, &time); /* Convert nanoseconds to milliseconds. */ /* ret /= kMillisecondScale; */ - ret = (long)(time/kMillisecondScale); + ret = (long) (time/kMillisecondScale); } else { ret = -1l; } @@ -1272,14 +1296,15 @@ Tk_GetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy) * none * * Side effects: - * The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system - * is reset to zero. + * The user inactivity timer of the underlaying windowing system is reset + * to zero. * *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void -Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime(Display *dpy) +Tk_ResetUserInactiveTime( + Display *dpy) { UpdateSystemActivity(OverallAct); } diff --git a/unix/tkAppInit.c b/unix/tkAppInit.c index 526a3e8..9ae77f1 100644 --- a/unix/tkAppInit.c +++ b/unix/tkAppInit.c @@ -10,14 +10,14 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAppInit.c,v 1.8 2007/02/22 13:56:33 dkf Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkAppInit.c,v 1.9 2008/04/27 22:39:12 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tk.h" #include "locale.h" #ifdef TK_TEST -extern int Tktest_Init _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp)); +extern int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); #endif /* TK_TEST */ /* @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ main( #ifndef TK_LOCAL_APPINIT #define TK_LOCAL_APPINIT Tcl_AppInit #endif - extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT _ANSI_ARGS_((Tcl_Interp *interp)); + extern int TK_LOCAL_APPINIT(Tcl_Interp *interp); /* * The following #if block allows you to change how Tcl finds the startup @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ main( */ #ifdef TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK - extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK _ANSI_ARGS_((int *argc, char ***argv)); + extern int TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(int *argc, char ***argv); TK_LOCAL_MAIN_HOOK(&argc, &argv); #endif diff --git a/unix/tkUnix.c b/unix/tkUnix.c index cd44149..986ca96 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnix.c +++ b/unix/tkUnix.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnix.c,v 1.15 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnix.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -71,11 +71,11 @@ TkGetServerInfo( *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * TkGetDefaultScreenName( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interp used to find environment * variables. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */ + const char *screenName) /* Screen name from command line, or NULL. */ { if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) { screenName = Tcl_GetVar2(interp, "env", "DISPLAY", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); diff --git a/unix/tkUnixConfig.c b/unix/tkUnixConfig.c index 91a992a..65a23d7 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixConfig.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixConfig.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixConfig.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixConfig.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault( Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ - CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ + const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ + const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ { return NULL; } diff --git a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c index d57db13..103fd13 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixCursor.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixCursor.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.13 2008/03/26 19:34:53 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixCursor.c,v 1.14 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ typedef struct { * the official cursor font: */ -static struct CursorName { - CONST char *name; +static const struct CursorName { + const char *name; unsigned int shape; } cursorNames[] = { {"X_cursor", XC_X_cursor}, @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ static struct CursorName { #endif /* DEFINE_MYARROW_CURSOR */ -static struct TkCursorName { - char *name; +static const struct TkCursorName { + const char *name; char *data; char *mask; } tkCursorNames[] = { @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ static struct TkCursorName { #endif static Cursor CreateCursorFromTableOrFile(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, CONST char **argv, - struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr); + Tk_Window tkwin, int argc, const char **argv, + const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr); /* *---------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -213,10 +213,10 @@ TkGetCursorByName( TkUnixCursor *cursorPtr = NULL; Cursor cursor = None; int argc; - CONST char **argv = NULL; + const char **argv = NULL; Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); int inTkTable = 0; - struct TkCursorName* tkCursorPtr = NULL; + const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr = NULL; if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) { return NULL; @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName( if ((argv[0][0] != '@') && !inTkTable) { XColor fg, bg; unsigned int maskIndex; - register struct CursorName *namePtr; + register const struct CursorName *namePtr; TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* @@ -377,8 +377,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ int argc, - CONST char **argv, /* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */ - struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr) + const char **argv, /* Cursor spec parsed into elements. */ + const struct TkCursorName *tkCursorPtr) /* Non-NULL when cursor is defined in Tk * table. */ { @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile( int xHot = -1, yHot = -1; int dummy1, dummy2; XColor fg, bg; - CONST char *fgColor; - CONST char *bgColor; + const char *fgColor; + const char *bgColor; int inTkTable = (tkCursorPtr != NULL); Display *display = Tk_Display(tkwin); @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile( ckfree(data); } else { if (TkReadBitmapFile(display, drawable, &argv[0][1], - (unsigned int *) &width, (unsigned int *) &height, + (unsigned *) &width, (unsigned *) &height, &source, &xHot, &yHot) != BitmapSuccess) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "cleanup reading bitmap file \"", &argv[0][1], "\"", NULL); @@ -570,8 +570,8 @@ CreateCursorFromTableOrFile( TkCursor * TkCreateCursorFromData( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixDialog.c b/unix/tkUnixDialog.c index 1299e90..851edf3 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixDialog.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixDialog.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixDialog.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixDialog.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ * */ @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ EvalObjv( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ char *cmdName, /* Name of the TCL command to call */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ { Tcl_Obj *cmdObj, **objs; int result; @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ { return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::ColorDialog", objc-1, objv+1); } @@ -114,9 +114,9 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) { return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifOpenFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); @@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ { - Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData; + Tk_Window tkwin = clientData; if (Tk_StrictMotif(tkwin)) { return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MotifSaveFDialog", objc-1, objv+1); @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST *objv) /* Arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const *objv) /* Arguments. */ { return EvalObjv(interp, "tk::MessageBox", objc-1, objv+1); } diff --git a/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c b/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c index 9b93cb6..028d081 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixEmbed.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEmbed.c,v 1.12 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEmbed.c,v 1.13 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ TkpUseWindow( * string is bogus. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an * associated X window. */ - CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for + const char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for * tkwin; must be an integer value. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; @@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { int all; Container *containerPtr; diff --git a/unix/tkUnixEvent.c b/unix/tkUnixEvent.c index bb66552..8335b09 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixEvent.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixEvent.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEvent.c,v 1.27 2008/03/26 19:04:10 jenglish Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixEvent.c,v 1.28 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ DisplayExitHandler( TkDisplay * TkpOpenDisplay( - CONST char *displayNameStr) + const char *displayNameStr) { TkDisplay *dispPtr; Display *display = XOpenDisplay(displayNameStr); diff --git a/unix/tkUnixFont.c b/unix/tkUnixFont.c index d97723b..286ac32 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixFont.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixFont.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFont.c,v 1.33 2007/02/28 09:23:30 dkf Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixFont.c,v 1.34 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ * The preferred font encodings. */ -static CONST char *encodingList[] = { +static const char *encodingList[] = { "iso8859-1", "jis0208", "jis0212", NULL }; @@ -207,31 +207,31 @@ static void FontPkgCleanup(ClientData clientData); static FontFamily * AllocFontFamily(Display *display, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base); static SubFont * CanUseFallback(UnixFont *fontPtr, - CONST char *fallbackName, int ch, + const char *fallbackName, int ch, SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(UnixFont *fontPtr, char *fallbackName, int ch, Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); -static int ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char *src, +static int ControlUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char *src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); static XFontStruct * CreateClosestFont(Tk_Window tkwin, - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, - CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr); + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, + const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr); static SubFont * FindSubFontForChar(UnixFont *fontPtr, int ch, SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr); static void FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); static void FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row); static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *afPtr); -static CONST char * GetEncodingAlias(CONST char *name); +static const char * GetEncodingAlias(const char *name); static int GetFontAttributes(Display *display, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, FontAttributes *faPtr); static XFontStruct * GetScreenFont(Display *display, FontAttributes *wantPtr, char **nameList, - int bestIdx[], unsigned int bestScore[]); + int bestIdx[], unsigned bestScore[]); static XFontStruct * GetSystemFont(Display *display); static int IdentifySymbolEncodings(FontAttributes *faPtr); static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, @@ -239,21 +239,21 @@ static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, static void InitSubFont(Display *display, XFontStruct *fontStructPtr, int base, SubFont *subFontPtr); -static char ** ListFonts(Display *display, CONST char *faceName, +static char ** ListFonts(Display *display, const char *faceName, int *numNamesPtr); -static char ** ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, CONST char*faceName, +static char ** ListFontOrAlias(Display *display, const char*faceName, int *numNamesPtr); -static unsigned int RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr, +static unsigned RankAttributes(FontAttributes *wantPtr, FontAttributes *gotPtr); static void ReleaseFont(UnixFont *fontPtr); static void ReleaseSubFont(Display *display, SubFont *subFontPtr); -static int SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); +static int SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); #ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN -static int Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src, +static int Ucs2beToUtfProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); -static int UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, CONST char*src, +static int UtfToUcs2beProc(ClientData clientData, const char*src, int srcLen, int flags, Tcl_EncodingState*statePtr, char *dst, int dstLen, int *srcReadPtr, int *dstWrotePtr, int *dstCharsPtr); @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ static void FontPkgCleanup( ClientData clientData) { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (tsdPtr->controlFamily.encoding != NULL) { @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ void TkpFontPkgInit( TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* The application being created. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_EncodingType type; SubFont dummy; @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ TkpFontPkgInit( static int ControlUtfProc( ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ + const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ ControlUtfProc( * correspond to the bytes stored in the * output buffer. */ { - CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd; + const char *srcStart, *srcEnd; char *dstStart, *dstEnd; Tcl_UniChar ch; int result; @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ ControlUtfProc( static int Ucs2beToUtfProc( ClientData clientData, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *src, /* Source string in Unicode. */ + const char *src, /* Source string in Unicode. */ int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Ucs2beToUtfProc( * correspond to the bytes stored in the * output buffer. */ { - CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd; + const char *srcStart, *srcEnd; char *dstEnd, *dstStart; int result, numChars; @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ static int UtfToUcs2beProc( ClientData clientData, /* TableEncodingData that specifies * encoding. */ - CONST char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ + const char *src, /* Source string in UTF-8. */ int srcLen, /* Source string length in bytes. */ int flags, /* Conversion control flags. */ Tcl_EncodingState *statePtr,/* Place for conversion routine to store state @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ UtfToUcs2beProc( * correspond to the bytes stored in the * output buffer. */ { - CONST char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd; + const char *srcStart, *srcEnd, *srcClose, *dstStart, *dstEnd; int result, numChars; Tcl_UniChar ch; @@ -658,12 +658,12 @@ UtfToUcs2beProc( TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ + const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ { UnixFont *fontPtr; XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; FontAttributes fa; - CONST char *p; + const char *p; int hasSpace, dashes, hasWild; /* @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont * structure is allocated. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr) + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Set of attributes to match. */ { UnixFont *fontPtr; @@ -960,6 +960,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( SubFont *thisSubFontPtr = FindSubFontForChar(fontPtr, c, &lastSubFontPtr); /* Pointer to the subfont to use for the given * character */ + GetFontAttributes(Tk_Display(tkwin), thisSubFontPtr->fontStructPtr, &atts); *faPtr = atts.fa; } @@ -988,7 +989,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( int Tk_MeasureChars( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from * source string. */ @@ -1027,7 +1028,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( curX = 0; curByte = 0; } else if (maxLength < 0) { - CONST char *p, *end, *next; + const char *p, *end, *next; Tcl_UniChar ch; SubFont *thisSubFontPtr; FontFamily *familyPtr; @@ -1080,7 +1081,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( Tcl_DStringFree(&runString); curByte = numBytes; } else { - CONST char *p, *end, *next, *term; + const char *p, *end, *next, *term; int newX, termX, sawNonSpace, dstWrote; Tcl_UniChar ch; FontFamily *familyPtr; @@ -1202,7 +1203,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( int TkpMeasureCharsInContext( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from * source string in all. */ @@ -1255,7 +1256,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that @@ -1266,22 +1267,20 @@ Tk_DrawChars( int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of * string when drawing. */ { - UnixFont *fontPtr; + UnixFont *fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr; Tcl_DString runString; - CONST char *p, *end, *next; + const char *p, *end, *next; int xStart, needWidth, window_width, do_width; Tcl_UniChar ch; FontFamily *familyPtr; #ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK int rx, ry; - unsigned int width, height, border_width, depth; + unsigned width, height, border_width, depth; Drawable root; #endif - fontPtr = (UnixFont *) tkfont; lastSubFontPtr = &fontPtr->subFontArray[0]; - xStart = x; #ifdef TK_DRAW_CHAR_XWINDOW_CHECK @@ -1394,7 +1393,7 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that @@ -1443,9 +1442,9 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext( static XFontStruct * CreateClosestFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, /* Set of generic attributes to match. */ - CONST TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr) + const TkXLFDAttributes *xaPtr) /* Set of X-specific attributes to match. */ { FontAttributes want; @@ -1453,7 +1452,7 @@ CreateClosestFont( int numNames, nameIdx, bestIdx[2]; Display *display; XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; - unsigned int bestScore[2]; + unsigned bestScore[2]; want.fa = *faPtr; want.xa = *xaPtr; @@ -1515,12 +1514,12 @@ CreateClosestFont( found: bestIdx[0] = -1; bestIdx[1] = -1; - bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1; - bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1; + bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1; + bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1; for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) { FontAttributes got; int scalable; - unsigned int score; + unsigned score; if (TkFontParseXLFD(nameList[nameIdx], &got.fa, &got.xa) != TCL_OK) { continue; @@ -1576,7 +1575,7 @@ InitFont( UnixFont *fontPtr) /* Filled with information constructed from * the above arguments. */ { - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); unsigned long value; int minHi, maxHi, minLo, maxLo, fixed, width, limit, i, n; @@ -1829,7 +1828,7 @@ AllocFontFamily( FontFamily *familyPtr; FontAttributes fa; Tcl_Encoding encoding; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); GetFontAttributes(display, fontStructPtr, &fa); @@ -1903,7 +1902,7 @@ FreeFontFamily( FontFamily *familyPtr) /* The FontFamily to delete. */ { FontFamily **familyPtrPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); int i; @@ -2206,7 +2205,7 @@ FontMapLoadPage( Tcl_Encoding encoding; XFontStruct *fontStructPtr; XCharStruct *widths; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); subFontPtr->fontMap[row] = (char *) ckalloc(FONTMAP_BITSPERPAGE / 8); @@ -2343,11 +2342,11 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases( static int SeenName( - CONST char *name, /* The name to check. */ + const char *name, /* The name to check. */ Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Contains names that have already been * seen. */ { - CONST char *seen, *end; + const char *seen, *end; seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); @@ -2392,7 +2391,7 @@ static SubFont * CanUseFallback( UnixFont *fontPtr, /* The font object that will own the new * screen font. */ - CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ + const char *faceName, /* Desired face name for new screen font. */ int ch, /* The Unicode character that the new screen * font must be able to display. */ SubFont **fixSubFontPtrPtr) /* Subfont reference to fix up if we @@ -2400,8 +2399,8 @@ CanUseFallback( { int i, nameIdx, numNames, srcLen, numEncodings, bestIdx[2]; Tk_Uid hateFoundry; - CONST char *charset, *hateCharset; - unsigned int bestScore[2]; + const char *charset, *hateCharset; + unsigned bestScore[2]; char **nameList, **nameListOrig, src[TCL_UTF_MAX]; FontAttributes want, got; Display *display; @@ -2450,13 +2449,13 @@ CanUseFallback( retry: bestIdx[0] = -1; bestIdx[1] = -1; - bestScore[0] = (unsigned int) -1; - bestScore[1] = (unsigned int) -1; + bestScore[0] = (unsigned) -1; + bestScore[1] = (unsigned) -1; for (nameIdx = 0; nameIdx < numNames; nameIdx++) { Tcl_Encoding encoding; char dst[16]; int scalable, srcRead, dstWrote; - unsigned int score; + unsigned score; if (nameList[nameIdx] == NULL) { continue; @@ -2624,12 +2623,12 @@ CanUseFallback( *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static unsigned int +static unsigned RankAttributes( FontAttributes *wantPtr, /* The desired attributes. */ FontAttributes *gotPtr) /* The attributes we have to live with. */ { - unsigned int penalty; + unsigned penalty; penalty = 0; if (gotPtr->xa.foundry != wantPtr->xa.foundry) { @@ -2676,7 +2675,7 @@ RankAttributes( } if (gotPtr->xa.charset != wantPtr->xa.charset) { int i; - CONST char *gotAlias, *wantAlias; + const char *gotAlias, *wantAlias; penalty += 65000; gotAlias = GetEncodingAlias(gotPtr->xa.charset); @@ -2721,7 +2720,7 @@ GetScreenFont( char **nameList, /* Array of XLFDs. */ int bestIdx[2], /* Indices into above array for XLFD of best * bitmapped and best scalable font. */ - unsigned int bestScore[2]) /* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable + unsigned bestScore[2]) /* Scores of best bitmapped and best scalable * font. XLFD corresponding to lowest score * will be constructed. */ { @@ -2890,7 +2889,7 @@ GetFontAttributes( static char ** ListFonts( Display *display, /* Display to query. */ - CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ + const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0 * if no names were found. */ { @@ -2903,7 +2902,7 @@ ListFonts( static char ** ListFontOrAlias( Display *display, /* Display to query. */ - CONST char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ + const char *faceName, /* Desired face name, or "*" for all. */ int *numNamesPtr) /* Filled with length of returned array, or 0 * if no names were found. */ { @@ -2995,9 +2994,9 @@ IdentifySymbolEncodings( *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -static CONST char * +static const char * GetEncodingAlias( - CONST char *name) /* The name to look up. */ + const char *name) /* The name to look up. */ { EncodingAlias *aliasPtr; diff --git a/unix/tkUnixInit.c b/unix/tkUnixInit.c index 50797f2..7c07e4d 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixInit.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixInit.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixInit.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixInit.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ TkpGetAppName( Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */ { - CONST char *p, *name; + const char *p, *name; name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); if ((name == NULL) || (*name == 0)) { @@ -102,10 +102,11 @@ TkpGetAppName( void TkpDisplayWarning( - CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ - CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */ + const char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ + const char *title) /* Title of warning. */ { Tcl_Channel errChannel = Tcl_GetStdChannel(TCL_STDERR); + if (errChannel) { Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, title, -1); Tcl_WriteChars(errChannel, ": ", 2); diff --git a/unix/tkUnixMenu.c b/unix/tkUnixMenu.c index 0fcadb6..ec77732 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixMenu.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixMenu.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixMenu.c,v 1.19 2007/12/13 15:28:50 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixMenu.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "default.h" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ MODULE_SCOPE void TkpDrawCheckIndicator(Tk_Window tkwin, static void SetHelpMenu(TkMenu *menuPtr); static void DrawMenuEntryAccelerator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, int x, int y, int width, int height, int drawArrow); static void DrawMenuEntryBackground(TkMenu *menuPtr, @@ -64,42 +64,42 @@ static void DrawMenuEntryIndicator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, Tk_3DBorder border, XColor *indicatorColor, XColor *disableColor, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuEntryLabel(TkMenu * menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuSeparator(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawTearoffEntry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void DrawMenuUnderline(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Drawable d, GC gc, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int x, int y, int width, int height); static void GetMenuAccelGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuLabelGeometry(TkMenuEntry *mePtr, - Tk_Font tkfont, CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + Tk_Font tkfont, const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuIndicatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetMenuSeparatorGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); static void GetTearoffEntryGeometry(TkMenu *menuPtr, TkMenuEntry *mePtr, Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr, int *widthPtr, int *heightPtr); /* @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ GetMenuIndicatorGeometry( TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing. */ TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are interested in. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ GetMenuAccelGeometry( TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu was are drawing */ TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are getting the geometry for */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The width of the acclerator area */ int *heightPtr) /* The height of the accelerator area */ { @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryAccelerator( Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ GC gc, /* The precalculated gc to draw with */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ Tk_3DBorder activeBorder, /* The border for an active item */ int x, /* Left coordinate of entry rect */ int y, /* Top coordinate of entry rect */ @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryIndicator( XColor *indicatorColor, /* The color to draw indicators with */ XColor *disableColor, /* The color use use when disabled */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics of the font */ int x, /* The left of the entry rect */ int y, /* The top of the entry rect */ int width, /* Width of menu entry */ @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ DrawMenuSeparator( Drawable d, /* The drawable we are using */ GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font to draw with */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The font metrics from the font */ int x, int y, int width, int height) { @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ DrawMenuEntryLabel( Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into. */ GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing into.*/ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font. */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics. */ int x, /* Left edge. */ int y, /* Top edge. */ int width, /* width of entry. */ @@ -851,7 +851,7 @@ DrawMenuUnderline( Drawable d, /* What we are drawing into */ GC gc, /* The gc to draw into */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ int x, int y, int width, int height) { @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@ DrawMenuUnderline( Tcl_GetUnicodeFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, &len); if (mePtr->underline < len) { int activeBorderWidth, leftEdge; - CONST char *label, *start, *end; + const char *label, *start, *end; label = Tcl_GetStringFromObj(mePtr->labelPtr, NULL); start = Tcl_UtfAtIndex(label, mePtr->underline); @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ GetMenuSeparatorGeometry( TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are measuring */ TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalcualted font metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ GetTearoffEntryGeometry( TkMenu *menuPtr, /* The menu we are drawing */ TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are measuring */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated font metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height */ { @@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ DrawTearoffEntry( Drawable d, /* The drawable we are drawing into */ GC gc, /* The gc we are drawing with */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The font we are drawing with */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The metrics we are drawing with */ int x, int y, int width, int height) { @@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry( TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry to draw */ Drawable d, /* What to draw into */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Precalculated font for menu */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, + const Tk_FontMetrics *menuMetricsPtr, /* Precalculated metrics for menu */ int x, /* X-coordinate of topleft of entry */ int y, /* Y-coordinate of topleft of entry */ @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ TkpDrawMenuEntry( XColor *indicatorColor, *disableColor = NULL; TkMenu *menuPtr = mePtr->menuPtr; Tk_3DBorder bgBorder, activeBorder; - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr; Tk_FontMetrics entryMetrics; int padY = (menuPtr->menuType == MENUBAR) ? 3 : 0; int adjustedY = y + padY; @@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ static void GetMenuLabelGeometry( TkMenuEntry *mePtr, /* The entry we are computing */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* The precalculated font */ - CONST Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ + const Tk_FontMetrics *fmPtr,/* The precalculated metrics */ int *widthPtr, /* The resulting width of the label portion */ int *heightPtr) /* The resulting height of the label * portion */ diff --git a/unix/tkUnixRFont.c b/unix/tkUnixRFont.c index 73e091c..3bea31f 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixRFont.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixRFont.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixRFont.c,v 1.24 2008/03/12 16:35:27 jenglish Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixRFont.c,v 1.25 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ FinishedWithFont( TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ + const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ { UnixFtFont *fontPtr; FcPattern *pattern; @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont * structure is allocated. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr) + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Set of attributes to match. */ { XftPattern *pattern; @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( int Tk_MeasureChars( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from * source string. */ @@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( int TkpMeasureCharsInContext( Tk_Font tkfont, - CONST char *source, + const char *source, int numBytes, int rangeStart, int rangeLength, @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that diff --git a/unix/tkUnixSend.c b/unix/tkUnixSend.c index b2083f3..9a0aacf 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixSend.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixSend.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.20 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixSend.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ typedef struct NameRegistry { typedef struct PendingCommand { int serial; /* Serial number expected in result. */ TkDisplay *dispPtr; /* Display being used for communication. */ - CONST char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is being sent + const char *target; /* Name of interpreter command is being sent * to. */ Window commWindow; /* Target's communication window. */ Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Interpreter from which the send was @@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ static void AppendPropCarefully(Display *display, int length, PendingCommand *pendingPtr); static void DeleteProc(ClientData clientData); static void RegAddName(NameRegistry *regPtr, - CONST char *name, Window commWindow); + const char *name, Window commWindow); static void RegClose(NameRegistry *regPtr); -static void RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); -static Window RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, CONST char *name); +static void RegDeleteName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name); +static Window RegFindName(NameRegistry *regPtr, const char *name); static NameRegistry * RegOpen(Tcl_Interp *interp, TkDisplay *dispPtr, int lock); static void SendEventProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ static Tk_RestrictAction SendRestrictProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int ServerSecure(TkDisplay *dispPtr); static void UpdateCommWindow(TkDisplay *dispPtr); -static int ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, CONST char *name, +static int ValidateName(TkDisplay *dispPtr, const char *name, Window commWindow, int oldOK); /* @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ static Window RegFindName( NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */ + const char *name) /* Name of an application. */ { char *p; @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ RegFindName( p++; } if ((*p != 0) && (strcmp(name, p+1) == 0)) { - unsigned int id; + unsigned id; if (sscanf(entry, "%x", &id) == 1) { /* @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ static void RegDeleteName( NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name) /* Name of an application. */ + const char *name) /* Name of an application. */ { char *p; @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ static void RegAddName( NameRegistry *regPtr, /* Pointer to a registry opened with a * previous call to RegOpen. */ - CONST char *name, /* Name of an application. The caller must + const char *name, /* Name of an application. The caller must * ensure that this name isn't already * registered. */ Window commWindow) /* X identifier for comm. window of @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ RegAddName( char id[30], *newProp; int idLength, newBytes; - sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned int) commWindow); + sprintf(id, "%x ", (unsigned) commWindow); idLength = strlen(id); newBytes = idLength + strlen(name) + 1; newProp = ckalloc((unsigned) (regPtr->propLength + newBytes)); @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ static int ValidateName( TkDisplay *dispPtr, /* Display for which to perform the * validation. */ - CONST char *name, /* The name of an application. */ + const char *name, /* The name of an application. */ Window commWindow, /* X identifier for the application's comm. * window. */ int oldOK) /* Non-zero means that we should consider an @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ ValidateName( Atom actualType; char *property, **propertyPtr = &property; Tk_ErrorHandler handler; - CONST char **argv; + const char **argv; property = NULL; @@ -716,12 +716,12 @@ ServerSecure( *-------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * Tk_SetAppName( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Token for any window in the application to * be named: it is just used to identify the * application and the display. */ - CONST char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the + const char *name) /* The name that will be used to refer to the * interpreter in later "send" commands. Must * be globally unique. */ { @@ -731,10 +731,10 @@ Tk_SetAppName( TkDisplay *dispPtr = winPtr->dispPtr; NameRegistry *regPtr; Tcl_Interp *interp; - CONST char *actualName; + const char *actualName; Tcl_DString dString; int offset, i; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); interp = winPtr->mainPtr->interp; @@ -762,8 +762,7 @@ Tk_SetAppName( riPtr->nextPtr = tsdPtr->interpListPtr; tsdPtr->interpListPtr = riPtr; riPtr->name = NULL; - Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, (ClientData) riPtr, - DeleteProc); + Tcl_CreateCommand(interp, "send", Tk_SendCmd, riPtr, DeleteProc); if (Tcl_IsSafe(interp)) { Tcl_HideCommand(interp, "send", "send"); } @@ -874,13 +873,13 @@ Tk_SendCmd( * field is used). */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { TkWindow *winPtr; Window commWindow; PendingCommand pending; register RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - CONST char *destName; + const char *destName; int result, c, async, i, firstArg; size_t length; Tk_RestrictProc *prevRestrictProc; @@ -889,7 +888,7 @@ Tk_SendCmd( Tcl_Time timeout; NameRegistry *regPtr; Tcl_DString request; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_Interp *localInterp; /* Used when the interpreter to send the * command to is within the same process. */ @@ -956,9 +955,9 @@ Tk_SendCmd( || (strcmp(riPtr->name, destName) != 0)) { continue; } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(riPtr); localInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) localInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(localInterp); if (firstArg == (argc-1)) { result = Tcl_GlobalEval(localInterp, argv[firstArg]); } else { @@ -994,8 +993,8 @@ Tk_SendCmd( Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_GetObjResult(localInterp)); Tcl_ResetResult(localInterp); } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) localInterp); + Tcl_Release(riPtr); + Tcl_Release(localInterp); return result; } @@ -1024,7 +1023,7 @@ Tk_SendCmd( char buffer[TCL_INTEGER_SPACE * 2]; sprintf(buffer, "%x %d", - (unsigned int) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), + (unsigned) Tk_WindowId(dispPtr->commTkwin), localData.sendSerial); Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, "\0-r ", 4); Tcl_DStringAppend(&request, buffer, -1); @@ -1178,9 +1177,9 @@ TkGetInterpNames( for (p=regPtr->property ; p-regPtr->property<(int)regPtr->propLength ;) { char *entry = p, *entryName; Window commWindow; - unsigned int id; + unsigned id; - if (sscanf(p, "%x",(unsigned int *) &id) != 1) { + if (sscanf(p, "%x", (unsigned *) &id) != 1) { commWindow = None; } else { commWindow = id; @@ -1250,9 +1249,9 @@ TkSendCleanup( { if (dispPtr->commTkwin != NULL) { Tk_DeleteEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask, - SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr); + SendEventProc, dispPtr); Tk_DestroyWindow(dispPtr->commTkwin); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin); + Tcl_Release(dispPtr->commTkwin); dispPtr->commTkwin = NULL; } } @@ -1293,12 +1292,12 @@ SendInit( if (dispPtr->commTkwin == NULL) { Tcl_Panic("Tk_CreateWindow failed in SendInit!"); } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) dispPtr->commTkwin); + Tcl_Preserve(dispPtr->commTkwin); atts.override_redirect = True; Tk_ChangeWindowAttributes(dispPtr->commTkwin, CWOverrideRedirect, &atts); Tk_CreateEventHandler(dispPtr->commTkwin, PropertyChangeMask, - SendEventProc, (ClientData) dispPtr); + SendEventProc, dispPtr); Tk_MakeWindowExist(dispPtr->commTkwin); /* @@ -1339,14 +1338,14 @@ SendEventProc( ClientData clientData, /* Display information. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Information about event. */ { - TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; + TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; char *propInfo, **propInfoPtr = &propInfo; register char *p; int result, actualFormat; unsigned long numItems, bytesAfter; Atom actualType; Tcl_Interp *remoteInterp; /* Interp in which to execute the command. */ - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if ((eventPtr->xproperty.atom != dispPtr->commProperty) @@ -1485,7 +1484,7 @@ SendEventProc( break; } } - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) riPtr); + Tcl_Preserve(riPtr); /* * We must protect the interpreter because the script may enter @@ -1493,7 +1492,7 @@ SendEventProc( */ remoteInterp = riPtr->interp; - Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) remoteInterp); + Tcl_Preserve(remoteInterp); result = Tcl_GlobalEval(remoteInterp, script); @@ -1508,7 +1507,7 @@ SendEventProc( Tcl_DStringAppend(&reply, Tcl_GetStringResult(remoteInterp), -1); if (result == TCL_ERROR) { - CONST char *varValue; + const char *varValue; varValue = Tcl_GetVar2(remoteInterp, "errorInfo", NULL, TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); @@ -1524,8 +1523,8 @@ SendEventProc( } } } - Tcl_Release((ClientData) remoteInterp); - Tcl_Release((ClientData) riPtr); + Tcl_Release(remoteInterp); + Tcl_Release(riPtr); /* * Return the result to the sender if a commWindow was specified @@ -1617,19 +1616,19 @@ SendEventProc( } pcPtr->code = code; if (resultString != NULL) { - pcPtr->result = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) - (strlen(resultString) + 1)); + pcPtr->result = + ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(resultString) + 1)); strcpy(pcPtr->result, resultString); } if (code == TCL_ERROR) { if (errorInfo != NULL) { - pcPtr->errorInfo = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) - (strlen(errorInfo) + 1)); + pcPtr->errorInfo = + ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(errorInfo) + 1)); strcpy(pcPtr->errorInfo, errorInfo); } if (errorCode != NULL) { - pcPtr->errorCode = (char *) ckalloc((unsigned) - (strlen(errorCode) + 1)); + pcPtr->errorCode = + ckalloc((unsigned) (strlen(errorCode) + 1)); strcpy(pcPtr->errorCode, errorCode); } } @@ -1685,7 +1684,7 @@ AppendPropCarefully( Tk_ErrorHandler handler; handler = Tk_CreateErrorHandler(display, -1, -1, -1, AppendErrorProc, - (ClientData) pendingPtr); + pendingPtr); XChangeProperty(display, window, property, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *) value, length); Tk_DeleteErrorHandler(handler); @@ -1702,9 +1701,9 @@ AppendErrorProc( ClientData clientData, /* Command to mark complete, or NULL. */ XErrorEvent *errorPtr) /* Information about error. */ { - PendingCommand *pendingPtr = (PendingCommand *) clientData; + PendingCommand *pendingPtr = clientData; register PendingCommand *pcPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); if (pendingPtr == NULL) { @@ -1752,10 +1751,10 @@ DeleteProc( ClientData clientData) /* Info about registration, passed as * ClientData. */ { - RegisteredInterp *riPtr = (RegisteredInterp *) clientData; + RegisteredInterp *riPtr = clientData; register RegisteredInterp *riPtr2; NameRegistry *regPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); regPtr = RegOpen(riPtr->interp, riPtr->dispPtr, 1); @@ -1776,7 +1775,7 @@ DeleteProc( ckfree((char *) riPtr->name); riPtr->interp = NULL; UpdateCommWindow(riPtr->dispPtr); - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(riPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } /* @@ -1844,7 +1843,7 @@ UpdateCommWindow( { Tcl_DString names; RegisteredInterp *riPtr; - ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) + ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); Tcl_DStringInit(&names); @@ -1883,9 +1882,9 @@ TkpTestsendCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { - TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) clientData; + TkWindow *winPtr = clientData; if (argc < 2) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "wrong # args; must be \"", argv[0], diff --git a/unix/tkUnixWm.c b/unix/tkUnixWm.c index d8082ff..e4c250c 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixWm.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixWm.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.58 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixWm.c,v 1.59 2008/04/27 22:39:13 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkUnixInt.h" @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this * window (NULL means none). */ int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */ - CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND + const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND * property. NULL means nothing available. */ char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE * property, or NULL. */ @@ -363,100 +363,100 @@ static void WrapperEventProc(ClientData clientData, static void WmWaitMapProc(ClientData clientData, XEvent *eventPtr); static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin,TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ void TkWmCleanup( protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv); @@ -569,6 +569,7 @@ TkWmNewWindow( /* * Initialize attributes. */ + wmPtr->attributes.alpha = 1.0; wmPtr->attributes.topmost = 0; wmPtr->attributes.zoomed = 0; @@ -724,16 +725,16 @@ TkWmMapWindow( */ if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } - UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); + UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); return; } wmPtr->flags |= WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } - UpdateGeometryInfo((ClientData) winPtr); + UpdateGeometryInfo(winPtr); wmPtr->flags &= ~WM_ABOUT_TO_MAP; /* @@ -877,11 +878,10 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( Tk_DestroyWindow((Tk_Window) wmPtr->wrapperPtr); } while (wmPtr->protPtr != NULL) { - ProtocolHandler *protPtr; + ProtocolHandler *protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; - protPtr = wmPtr->protPtr; wmPtr->protPtr = protPtr->nextPtr; - Tcl_EventuallyFree((ClientData) protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); + Tcl_EventuallyFree(protPtr, TCL_DYNAMIC); } if (wmPtr->cmdArgv != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->cmdArgv); @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine); } if (wmPtr->flags & WM_UPDATE_PENDING) { - Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, (ClientData) winPtr); + Tcl_CancelIdleCall(UpdateGeometryInfo, winPtr); } /* @@ -902,8 +902,7 @@ TkWmDeadWindow( if (wmPtr2->masterPtr == winPtr) { wmPtr->numTransients--; Tk_DeleteEventHandler((Tk_Window) wmPtr2->masterPtr, - StructureNotifyMask, - WmWaitMapProc, (ClientData) wmPtr2->winPtr); + StructureNotifyMask, WmWaitMapProc, wmPtr2->winPtr); wmPtr2->masterPtr = NULL; if (!(wmPtr2->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XDeleteProperty(winPtr->display, wmPtr2->wrapperPtr->window, @@ -999,10 +998,10 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows", "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap", @@ -1174,7 +1173,7 @@ WmAspectCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2; @@ -1371,7 +1370,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int attribute = 0; @@ -1435,7 +1434,7 @@ WmClientCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -1466,8 +1465,7 @@ WmClientCmd( if (wmPtr->clientMachine != NULL) { ckfree((char *) wmPtr->clientMachine); } - wmPtr->clientMachine = (char *) - ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1)); + wmPtr->clientMachine = ckalloc((unsigned) (length + 1)); strcpy(wmPtr->clientMachine, argv3); if (!(wmPtr->flags & WM_NEVER_MAPPED)) { XTextProperty textProp; @@ -1521,7 +1519,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Window *cmapList; @@ -1621,12 +1619,12 @@ WmCommandCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; int cmdArgc; - CONST char **cmdArgv; + const char **cmdArgv; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?"); @@ -1689,7 +1687,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -1735,10 +1733,10 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "active", "passive", NULL }; enum options { OPT_ACTIVE, OPT_PASSIVE }; @@ -1785,12 +1783,12 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( */ static int -WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmForgetCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; @@ -1798,7 +1796,8 @@ WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) TkFocusJoin(winPtr); Tk_UnmapWindow(frameWin); TkWmDeadWindow(winPtr); - winPtr->flags &= ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); + winPtr->flags &= + ~(TK_TOP_HIERARCHY|TK_TOP_LEVEL|TK_HAS_WRAPPER|TK_WIN_MANAGED); RemapWindows(winPtr, winPtr->parentPtr); /* flags (above) must be cleared before calling */ /* TkMapTopFrame (below) */ @@ -1832,7 +1831,7 @@ WmFrameCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Window window; @@ -1874,7 +1873,7 @@ WmGeometryCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char xSign, ySign; @@ -1937,7 +1936,7 @@ WmGridCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc; @@ -2027,7 +2026,7 @@ WmGroupCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -2103,7 +2102,7 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -2163,7 +2162,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (objc != 3) { @@ -2222,7 +2221,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -2281,7 +2280,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -2333,7 +2332,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_PhotoHandle photo; @@ -2483,7 +2482,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y; @@ -2540,7 +2539,7 @@ WmIconwindowCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -2650,12 +2649,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd( */ static int -WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmManageCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -2704,7 +2703,7 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -2762,7 +2761,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -2812,7 +2811,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { int boolean, curValue; XSetWindowAttributes atts; @@ -2870,10 +2869,10 @@ WmPositionfromCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; @@ -2934,7 +2933,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr; @@ -3039,7 +3038,7 @@ WmResizableCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -3099,10 +3098,10 @@ WmSizefromCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { OPT_PROGRAM, OPT_USER }; @@ -3164,10 +3163,10 @@ WmStackorderCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "isabove", "isbelow", NULL }; enum options { OPT_ISABOVE, OPT_ISBELOW }; @@ -3284,10 +3283,10 @@ WmStateCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", NULL }; enum options { OPT_NORMAL, OPT_ICONIC, OPT_WITHDRAWN }; @@ -3378,7 +3377,7 @@ WmTitleCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3431,7 +3430,7 @@ WmTransientCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr; @@ -3571,7 +3570,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -6039,7 +6038,7 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc( register ProtocolHandler *protPtr; Atom protocol; int result; - CONST char *protocolName; + const char *protocolName; Tcl_Interp *interp; protocol = (Atom) eventPtr->xclient.data.l[0]; diff --git a/unix/tkUnixXId.c b/unix/tkUnixXId.c index af43b7f..0131181 100644 --- a/unix/tkUnixXId.c +++ b/unix/tkUnixXId.c @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.10 2007/12/13 15:28:51 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkUnixXId.c,v 1.11 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $ */ /* @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ TkInitXId( TkDisplay *dispPtr) /* Tk's information about the display. */ { dispPtr->idStackPtr = NULL; - dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) _ANSI_ARGS_((Display *display))) + dispPtr->defaultAllocProc = (XID (*) (Display *display)) dispPtr->display->resource_alloc; dispPtr->display->resource_alloc = AllocXId; dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL; @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ TkFreeWindowId( if (!dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled) { dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(100, - WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); + WindowIdCleanup, dispPtr); } } @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ static void WindowIdCleanup( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkDisplay for display */ { - TkDisplay *dispPtr = (TkDisplay *) clientData; + TkDisplay *dispPtr = clientData; int anyEvents, delta; Tk_RestrictProc *oldProc; ClientData oldData; @@ -379,8 +379,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup( XSync(dispPtr->display, False); } anyEvents = 0; - oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(CheckRestrictProc, (ClientData) &anyEvents, - &oldData); + oldProc = Tk_RestrictEvents(CheckRestrictProc, &anyEvents, &oldData); TkUnixDoOneXEvent(&timeout); Tk_RestrictEvents(oldProc, oldData, &oldData); if (anyEvents) { @@ -394,7 +393,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup( if (dispPtr->windowStackPtr != NULL) { Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(5000, WindowIdCleanup2, - (ClientData) dispPtr->windowStackPtr); + dispPtr->windowStackPtr); dispPtr->windowStackPtr = NULL; } return; @@ -405,7 +404,7 @@ WindowIdCleanup( tryAgain: dispPtr->idCleanupScheduled = Tcl_CreateTimerHandler(500, - WindowIdCleanup, (ClientData) dispPtr); + WindowIdCleanup, dispPtr); } /* @@ -430,7 +429,7 @@ static void WindowIdCleanup2( ClientData clientData) /* Pointer to TkIdStack list. */ { - TkIdStack *stackPtr = (TkIdStack *) clientData; + TkIdStack *stackPtr = clientData; TkIdStack *lastPtr; lastPtr = stackPtr; @@ -465,7 +464,8 @@ CheckRestrictProc( ClientData clientData, /* Pointer to flag to set. */ XEvent *eventPtr) /* Event to filter; not used. */ { - int *flag = (int *) clientData; + int *flag = clientData; + *flag = 1; return TK_DEFER_EVENT; } @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ TkpWindowWasRecentlyDeleted( int TkpScanWindowId( Tcl_Interp *interp, - CONST char *string, + const char *string, Window *idPtr) { int value; diff --git a/win/stubs.c b/win/stubs.c index 678b176..cf0983f 100644 --- a/win/stubs.c +++ b/win/stubs.c @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ void XSetCommand( Display *display, Window w, - CONST char **argv, + const char **argv, int argc) { } diff --git a/win/tkWinConfig.c b/win/tkWinConfig.c index 73e20f9..59faacc 100644 --- a/win/tkWinConfig.c +++ b/win/tkWinConfig.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinConfig.c,v 1.6 2007/12/13 15:28:53 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinConfig.c,v 1.7 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ Tcl_Obj * TkpGetSystemDefault( Tk_Window tkwin, /* A window to use. */ - CONST char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ - CONST char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ + const char *dbName, /* The option database name. */ + const char *className) /* The name of the option class. */ { Tcl_Obj *valueObjPtr; Tk_Uid classUid; diff --git a/win/tkWinCursor.c b/win/tkWinCursor.c index e22a1c7..b35a2c8 100644 --- a/win/tkWinCursor.c +++ b/win/tkWinCursor.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinCursor.c,v 1.15 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinCursor.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ TkGetCursorByName( struct CursorName *namePtr; TkWinCursor *cursorPtr; int argc; - CONST char **argv = NULL; + const char **argv = NULL; /* * All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for @@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ TkGetCursorByName( TkCursor * TkCreateCursorFromData( Tk_Window tkwin, /* Window in which cursor will be used. */ - CONST char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ - CONST char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ + const char *source, /* Bitmap data for cursor shape. */ + const char *mask, /* Bitmap data for cursor mask. */ int width, int height, /* Dimensions of cursor. */ int xHot, int yHot, /* Location of hot-spot in cursor. */ XColor fgColor, /* Foreground color for cursor. */ diff --git a/win/tkWinDialog.c b/win/tkWinDialog.c index da88672..93d2d57 100644 --- a/win/tkWinDialog.c +++ b/win/tkWinDialog.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDialog.c,v 1.51 2008/04/14 20:48:50 patthoyts Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDialog.c,v 1.52 2008/04/27 22:39:14 dkf Exp $ * */ @@ -175,10 +175,10 @@ static UINT CALLBACK ColorDlgHookProc(HWND hDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam); static int GetFileNameA(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isOpen); static int GetFileNameW(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], int isOpen); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], int isOpen); static int MakeFilter(Tcl_Interp *interp, Tcl_Obj *valuePtr, Tcl_DString *dsPtr, Tcl_Obj *initialPtr, int *index); @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin, parent; HWND hWnd; @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Tk_ChooseColorObjCmd( static int inited = 0; static COLORREF dwCustColors[16]; static long oldColor; /* the color selected last time */ - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-initialcolor", "-parent", "-title", NULL }; enum options { @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Tk_GetOpenFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 1); @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Tk_GetSaveFileObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { if (TkWinGetPlatformId() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) { return GetFileNameW(clientData, interp, objc, objv, 0); @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ GetFileNameW( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ int open) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call * GetSaveFileName(). */ { @@ -579,15 +579,15 @@ GetFileNameW( Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - static CONST char *saveOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *saveOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; - static CONST char *openOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *openOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", "-multiple", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; - CONST char **optionStrings; + const char **optionStrings; enum options { FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, @@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ GetFileNameA( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[], /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[], /* Argument objects. */ int open) /* 1 to call GetOpenFileName(), 0 to call * GetSaveFileName(). */ { @@ -1022,15 +1022,15 @@ GetFileNameA( Tcl_DString extString, filterString, dirString, titleString; ThreadSpecificData *tsdPtr = (ThreadSpecificData *) Tcl_GetThreadData(&dataKey, sizeof(ThreadSpecificData)); - static CONST char *saveOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *saveOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; - static CONST char *openOptionStrings[] = { + static const char *openOptionStrings[] = { "-defaultextension", "-filetypes", "-initialdir", "-initialfile", "-multiple", "-parent", "-title", "-typevariable", NULL }; - CONST char **optionStrings; + const char **optionStrings; enum options { FILE_DEFAULT, FILE_TYPES, FILE_INITDIR, FILE_INITFILE, @@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { char path[MAX_PATH]; int oldMode, result, i; @@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ Tk_ChooseDirectoryObjCmd( TCHAR saveDir[MAX_PATH]; Tcl_DString titleString; /* UTF Title */ Tcl_DString initDirString; /* Initial directory */ - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-initialdir", "-mustexist", "-parent", "-title", NULL }; enum options { @@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin, parent; HWND hWnd; @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ Tk_MessageBoxObjCmd( int defaultBtn, icon, type; int i, oldMode, winCode; UINT flags; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "-default", "-detail", "-icon", "-message", "-parent", "-title", "-type", NULL }; diff --git a/win/tkWinDraw.c b/win/tkWinDraw.c index 35762d4..c082b58 100644 --- a/win/tkWinDraw.c +++ b/win/tkWinDraw.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDraw.c,v 1.20 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinDraw.c,v 1.21 2008/04/27 22:39:16 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ int tkpWinBltModes[] = { * The followng typedef is used to pass Windows GDI drawing functions. */ -typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, CONST POINT* points, int npoints); +typedef BOOL (CALLBACK *WinDrawFunc)(HDC dc, const POINT *points, int npoints); typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { POINT *winPoints; /* Array of points that is reused. */ diff --git a/win/tkWinEmbed.c b/win/tkWinEmbed.c index 80b1204..bf49dcd 100644 --- a/win/tkWinEmbed.c +++ b/win/tkWinEmbed.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinEmbed.c,v 1.34 2008/04/08 03:28:05 kennykb Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinEmbed.c,v 1.35 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ TkpTestembedCmd( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, - CONST char **argv) + const char **argv) { return TCL_OK; } @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ TkpUseWindow( * string is bogus. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* Tk window that does not yet have an * associated X window. */ - CONST char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for + const char *string) /* String identifying an X window to use for * tkwin; must be an integer value. */ { TkWindow *winPtr = (TkWindow *) tkwin; diff --git a/win/tkWinFont.c b/win/tkWinFont.c index 29e5fff..c6ce1e7 100644 --- a/win/tkWinFont.c +++ b/win/tkWinFont.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinFont.c,v 1.38 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinFont.c,v 1.39 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ typedef struct ThreadSpecificData { * currently loaded. As screen fonts are * loaded, this list grows to hold information * about what characters exist in each font - * family. */ + * family. */ Tcl_HashTable uidTable; } ThreadSpecificData; static Tcl_ThreadDataKey dataKey; @@ -196,33 +196,33 @@ static SubFont * CanUseFallback(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, static SubFont * CanUseFallbackWithAliases(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, char *faceName, int ch, Tcl_DString *nameTriedPtr, SubFont **subFontPtrPtr); -static int FamilyExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName); -static char * FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, CONST char *faceName); +static int FamilyExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName); +static char * FamilyOrAliasExists(HDC hdc, const char *faceName); static SubFont * FindSubFontForChar(WinFont *fontPtr, int ch, SubFont **subFontPtrPtr); static void FontMapInsert(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); static void FontMapLoadPage(SubFont *subFontPtr, int row); static int FontMapLookup(SubFont *subFontPtr, int ch); static void FreeFontFamily(FontFamily *familyPtr); -static HFONT GetScreenFont(CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, - CONST char *faceName, int pixelSize); +static HFONT GetScreenFont(const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, + const char *faceName, int pixelSize); static void InitFont(Tk_Window tkwin, HFONT hFont, int overstrike, WinFont *tkFontPtr); static void InitSubFont(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, int base, SubFont *subFontPtr); static int CreateNamedSystemLogFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, + Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, LOGFONT* logFontPtr); static int CreateNamedSystemFont(Tcl_Interp *interp, - Tk_Window tkwin, CONST char* name, HFONT hFont); + Tk_Window tkwin, const char* name, HFONT hFont); static int LoadFontRanges(HDC hdc, HFONT hFont, USHORT **startCount, USHORT **endCount, int *symbolPtr); static void MultiFontTextOut(HDC hdc, WinFont *fontPtr, - CONST char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); + const char *source, int numBytes, int x, int y); static void ReleaseFont(WinFont *fontPtr); static void ReleaseSubFont(SubFont *subFontPtr); -static int SeenName(CONST char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); +static int SeenName(const char *name, Tcl_DString *dsPtr); static void SwapLong(PULONG p); static void SwapShort(USHORT *p); static int CALLBACK WinFontCanUseProc(ENUMLOGFONT *lfPtr, @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ TkpFontPkgInit( TkFont * TkpGetNativeFont( Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ + const char *name) /* Platform-specific font name. */ { int object; WinFont *fontPtr; @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ static int CreateNamedSystemLogFont( Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - CONST char* name, + const char* name, LOGFONTA* logFontPtr) { HFONT hFont; @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ static int CreateNamedSystemFont( Tcl_Interp *interp, Tk_Window tkwin, - CONST char* name, + const char* name, HFONT hFont) { WinFont winfont; @@ -403,14 +403,14 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr) /* force this for now */ if (((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr == NULL) { - ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr; + ((TkWindow *) tkwin)->mainPtr = mainPtr; } /* - * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these - * named fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only - * seen it fail when WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than - * we are running on. (ie: WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP). + * If this API call fails then we will fallback to setting these named + * fonts from script in ttk/fonts.tcl. So far I've only seen it fail when + * WINVER has been defined for a higher platform than we are running on. + * (i.e. WINVER=0x0600 and running on XP). */ ZeroMemory(&ncMetrics, sizeof(ncMetrics)); @@ -418,29 +418,29 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr) if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(ncMetrics), &ncMetrics, 0)) { CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkDefaultFont", - &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkHeadingFont", - &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTextFont", - &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); + &ncMetrics.lfMessageFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkMenuFont", - &ncMetrics.lfMenuFont); + &ncMetrics.lfMenuFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkTooltipFont", - &ncMetrics.lfStatusFont); + &ncMetrics.lfStatusFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkCaptionFont", - &ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont); + &ncMetrics.lfCaptionFont); CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkSmallCaptionFont", - &ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont); + &ncMetrics.lfSmCaptionFont); } iconMetrics.cbSize = sizeof(iconMetrics); if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETICONMETRICS, sizeof(iconMetrics), &iconMetrics, 0)) { CreateNamedSystemLogFont(interp, tkwin, "TkIconFont", - &iconMetrics.lfFont); + &iconMetrics.lfFont); } - hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(ANSI_FIXED_FONT); + hFont = (HFONT) GetStockObject(ANSI_FIXED_FONT); CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, "TkFixedFont", hFont); /* @@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ TkWinSetupSystemFonts(TkMainInfo *mainPtr) */ for (mapPtr = systemMap; mapPtr->strKey != NULL; mapPtr++) { - hFont = (HFONT)GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey); - CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont); + hFont = (HFONT) GetStockObject(mapPtr->numKey); + CreateNamedSystemFont(interp, tkwin, mapPtr->strKey, hFont); } } @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ TkpGetFontFromAttributes( * will be released. If NULL, a new TkFont * structure is allocated. */ Tk_Window tkwin, /* For display where font will be used. */ - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr) + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr) /* Set of attributes to match. */ { int i, j; @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * Tk_MeasureChars -- + * Tk_MeasureChars -- * * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the * given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ TkpGetFontAttrsForChar( int Tk_MeasureChars( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from * source string. */ @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_DString runString; SubFont *thisSubFontPtr, *lastSubFontPtr; - CONST char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start; + const char *p, *end, *next = NULL, *start; if (numBytes == 0) { *lengthPtr = 0; @@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( * procedure without the maxLength limit or any flags. */ - CONST char *lastWordBreak = NULL; + const char *lastWordBreak = NULL; Tcl_UniChar ch2; end = p; @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( /* *--------------------------------------------------------------------------- * - * TkpMeasureCharsInContext -- + * TkpMeasureCharsInContext -- * * Determine the number of bytes from the string that will fit in the * given horizontal span. The measurement is done under the assumption @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ Tk_MeasureChars( int TkpMeasureCharsInContext( Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. */ int numBytes, /* Maximum number of bytes to consider from * source string in all. */ @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ Tk_DrawChars( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that @@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ TkpDrawCharsInContext( GC gc, /* Graphics context for drawing characters. */ Tk_Font tkfont, /* Font in which characters will be drawn; * must be the same as font used in GC. */ - CONST char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be + const char *source, /* UTF-8 string to be displayed. Need not be * '\0' terminated. All Tk meta-characters * (tabs, control characters, and newlines) * should be stripped out of the string that @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ MultiFontTextOut( HDC hdc, /* HDC to draw into. */ WinFont *fontPtr, /* Contains set of fonts to use when drawing * following string. */ - CONST char *source, /* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */ + const char *source, /* Potentially multilingual UTF-8 string. */ int numBytes, /* Length of string in bytes. */ int x, int y) /* Coordinates at which to place origin of * string when drawing. */ @@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ MultiFontTextOut( HFONT oldFont; FontFamily *familyPtr; Tcl_DString runString; - CONST char *p, *end, *next; + const char *p, *end, *next; SubFont *lastSubFontPtr, *thisSubFontPtr; TEXTMETRIC tm; @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ FreeFontFamily( for (familyPtrPtr = &tsdPtr->fontFamilyList; ; ) { if (*familyPtrPtr == familyPtr) { - *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr; + *familyPtrPtr = familyPtr->nextPtr; break; } familyPtrPtr = &(*familyPtrPtr)->nextPtr; @@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ FindSubFontForChar( if (subFontPtr == NULL) { /* - * No font can display this character. We will use the base font and + * No font can display this character. We will use the base font and * have it display the "unknown" character. */ @@ -2146,11 +2146,11 @@ CanUseFallbackWithAliases( static int SeenName( - CONST char *name, /* The name to check. */ + const char *name, /* The name to check. */ Tcl_DString *dsPtr) /* Contains names that have already been * seen. */ { - CONST char *seen, *end; + const char *seen, *end; seen = Tcl_DStringValue(dsPtr); end = seen + Tcl_DStringLength(dsPtr); @@ -2277,9 +2277,9 @@ CanUseFallback( static HFONT GetScreenFont( - CONST TkFontAttributes *faPtr, + const TkFontAttributes *faPtr, /* Desired font attributes for new HFONT. */ - CONST char *faceName, /* Overrides font family specified in font + const char *faceName, /* Overrides font family specified in font * attributes. */ int pixelSize) /* Overrides size specified in font * attributes. */ @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ GetScreenFont( static int FamilyExists( HDC hdc, /* HDC in which font family will be used. */ - CONST char *faceName) /* Font family to query. */ + const char *faceName) /* Font family to query. */ { int result; Tcl_DString faceString; @@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ FamilyExists( static char * FamilyOrAliasExists( HDC hdc, - CONST char *faceName) + const char *faceName) { char **aliases; int i; @@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ WinFontExistProc( #pragma pack(1) /* Structures are byte aligned in file. */ -#define CMAPHEX 0x636d6170 /* Key for character map resource. */ +#define CMAPHEX 0x636d6170 /* Key for character map resource. */ typedef struct CMAPTABLE { USHORT version; /* Table version number (0). */ @@ -2481,7 +2481,7 @@ typedef struct SUBHEADER { } SUBHEADER; typedef struct HIBYTETABLE { - USHORT format; /* Format number is set to 2. */ + USHORT format; /* Format number is set to 2. */ USHORT length; /* The actual length in bytes of this * subtable. */ USHORT version; /* Version number (starts at 0). */ diff --git a/win/tkWinInit.c b/win/tkWinInit.c index 1a7f2be..a1b06ff 100644 --- a/win/tkWinInit.c +++ b/win/tkWinInit.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution * of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinInit.c,v 1.14 2007/12/13 15:28:55 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinInit.c,v 1.15 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ TkpGetAppName( Tcl_DString *namePtr) /* A previously initialized Tcl_DString. */ { int argc, namelength; - CONST char **argv = NULL, *name, *p; + const char **argv = NULL, *name, *p; name = Tcl_GetVar(interp, "argv0", TCL_GLOBAL_ONLY); namelength = -1; @@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ TkpGetAppName( void TkpDisplayWarning( - CONST char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ - CONST char *title) /* Title of warning. */ + const char *msg, /* Message to be displayed. */ + const char *title) /* Title of warning. */ { Tcl_DString msgString, titleString; Tcl_Encoding unicodeEncoding = TkWinGetUnicodeEncoding(); diff --git a/win/tkWinTest.c b/win/tkWinTest.c index 0cdcb58..6de5563 100644 --- a/win/tkWinTest.c +++ b/win/tkWinTest.c @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinTest.c,v 1.16 2008/04/14 20:48:51 patthoyts Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinTest.c,v 1.17 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ HWND tkWinCurrentDialog; static int TestclipboardObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestwineventCmd(ClientData clientData, - Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, CONST char **argv); + Tcl_Interp *interp, int argc, const char **argv); static int TestfindwindowObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd(ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); MODULE_SCOPE int TkplatformtestInit(Tcl_Interp *interp); @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ TestclipboardObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { HGLOBAL handle; char *data; @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ TestwineventCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int argc, /* Number of arguments. */ - CONST char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ + const char **argv) /* Argument strings. */ { HWND hwnd = 0; HWND child = 0; @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ TestfindwindowObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window for application. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument values. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument values. */ { const char *title = NULL, *class = NULL; HWND hwnd = NULL; @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ TestgetwindowinfoObjCmd( ClientData clientData, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { HWND hwnd = NULL; Tcl_Obj *resObj = NULL, *classObj = NULL, *textObj = NULL; diff --git a/win/tkWinWindow.c b/win/tkWinWindow.c index e7a25af..1c2745c 100644 --- a/win/tkWinWindow.c +++ b/win/tkWinWindow.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWindow.c,v 1.15 2007/02/23 14:15:34 dkf Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWindow.c,v 1.16 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ TkpPrintWindowId( int TkpScanWindowId( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Interpreter to use for error reporting. */ - CONST char *string, /* String containing a (possibly signed) + const char *string, /* String containing a (possibly signed) * integer in a form acceptable to strtol. */ Window *idPtr) /* Place to store converted result. */ { diff --git a/win/tkWinWm.c b/win/tkWinWm.c index d9fc1ac..b4d5705 100644 --- a/win/tkWinWm.c +++ b/win/tkWinWm.c @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWm.c,v 1.124 2007/12/14 15:56:09 patthoyts Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinWm.c,v 1.125 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkWinInt.h" @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ typedef struct TkWmInfo { ProtocolHandler *protPtr; /* First in list of protocol handlers for this * window (NULL means none). */ int cmdArgc; /* Number of elements in cmdArgv below. */ - CONST char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND + const char **cmdArgv; /* Array of strings to store in the WM_COMMAND * property. NULL means nothing available. */ char *clientMachine; /* String to store in WM_CLIENT_MACHINE * property, or NULL. */ @@ -462,100 +462,100 @@ static void DecrIconRefCount(WinIconPtr titlebaricon); static int WmAspectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmAttributesCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmClientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmColormapwindowsCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmCommandCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmDeiconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmFocusmodelCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmForgetCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmFrameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGeometryCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGridCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmGroupCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconbitmapCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconifyCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconmaskCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconnameCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconphotoCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconpositionCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmIconwindowCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmManageCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmMaxsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmMinsizeCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmOverrideredirectCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmPositionfromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmProtocolCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmResizableCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmSizefromCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmStackorderCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmStateCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmTitleCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmTransientCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static int WmWithdrawCmd(Tk_Window tkwin, TkWindow *winPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]); + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]); static void WmUpdateGeom(WmInfo *wmPtr, TkWindow *winPtr); /* @@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ ReadIconFromFile( SHFILEINFO sfiSM; Tcl_DString ds, ds2; DWORD *res; - CONST char *file; + const char *file; file = Tcl_TranslateFileName(interp, Tcl_GetString(fileName), &ds); if (file == NULL) { @@ -2831,10 +2831,10 @@ Tk_WmObjCmd( ClientData clientData, /* Main window associated with interpreter. */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { Tk_Window tkwin = (Tk_Window) clientData; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "aspect", "attributes", "client", "colormapwindows", "command", "deiconify", "focusmodel", "forget", "frame", "geometry", "grid", "group", "iconbitmap", @@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ WmAspectCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int numer1, denom1, numer2, denom2; @@ -3074,7 +3074,7 @@ WmAttributesCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; LONG style, exStyle, styleBit, *stylePtr = NULL; @@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ WmClientCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -3435,7 +3435,7 @@ WmColormapwindowsCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow **cmapList; @@ -3528,12 +3528,12 @@ WmCommandCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; int cmdArgc; - CONST char **cmdArgv; + const char **cmdArgv; if ((objc != 3) && (objc != 4)) { Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "window ?value?"); @@ -3595,7 +3595,7 @@ WmDeiconifyCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -3643,10 +3643,10 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "active", "passive", NULL }; enum options { @@ -3694,12 +3694,12 @@ WmFocusmodelCmd( */ static int -WmForgetCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmForgetCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; @@ -3739,7 +3739,7 @@ WmFrameCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; HWND hwnd; @@ -3784,7 +3784,7 @@ WmGeometryCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char xSign, ySign; @@ -3854,7 +3854,7 @@ WmGridCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int reqWidth, reqHeight, widthInc, heightInc; @@ -3943,7 +3943,7 @@ WmGroupCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ WmIconbitmapCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */ @@ -4140,7 +4140,7 @@ WmIconifyCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; if (objc != 3) { @@ -4196,7 +4196,7 @@ WmIconmaskCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Pixmap pixmap; @@ -4254,7 +4254,7 @@ WmIconnameCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -4306,7 +4306,7 @@ WmIconphotoCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow *useWinPtr = winPtr; /* window to apply to (NULL if -default) */ Tk_PhotoHandle photo; @@ -4431,7 +4431,7 @@ WmIconpositionCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int x, y; @@ -4487,7 +4487,7 @@ WmIconwindowCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; Tk_Window tkwin2; @@ -4589,12 +4589,12 @@ WmIconwindowCmd( */ static int -WmManageCmd(tkwin, winPtr, interp, objc, objv) - Tk_Window tkwin; /* Main window of the application. */ - TkWindow *winPtr; /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ - Tcl_Interp *interp; /* Current interpreter. */ - int objc; /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]; /* Argument objects. */ +WmManageCmd( + Tk_Window tkwin, /* Main window of the application. */ + TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel or Frame to work with */ + Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ + int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register Tk_Window frameWin = (Tk_Window)winPtr; register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -4641,7 +4641,7 @@ WmMaxsizeCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -4691,7 +4691,7 @@ WmMinsizeCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -4741,7 +4741,7 @@ WmOverrideredirectCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int boolean, curValue; @@ -4812,10 +4812,10 @@ WmPositionfromCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { @@ -4877,7 +4877,7 @@ WmProtocolCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; register ProtocolHandler *protPtr, *prevPtr; @@ -4969,7 +4969,7 @@ WmResizableCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; int width, height; @@ -5032,10 +5032,10 @@ WmSizefromCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "program", "user", NULL }; enum options { @@ -5098,10 +5098,10 @@ WmStackorderCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { TkWindow **windows, **window_ptr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "isabove", "isbelow", NULL }; enum options { @@ -5219,10 +5219,10 @@ WmStateCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; - static CONST char *optionStrings[] = { + static const char *optionStrings[] = { "normal", "iconic", "withdrawn", "zoomed", NULL }; enum options { @@ -5361,7 +5361,7 @@ WmTitleCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; char *argv3; @@ -5435,7 +5435,7 @@ WmTransientCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; TkWindow *masterPtr = wmPtr->masterPtr, **masterPtrPtr = &masterPtr; @@ -5556,7 +5556,7 @@ WmWithdrawCmd( TkWindow *winPtr, /* Toplevel to work with */ Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Current interpreter. */ int objc, /* Number of arguments. */ - Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) /* Argument objects. */ { register WmInfo *wmPtr = winPtr->wmInfoPtr; @@ -6530,7 +6530,7 @@ TkWmProtocolEventProc( * the eval. */ - CONST char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol); + const char *name = Tk_GetAtomName((Tk_Window) winPtr, protocol); Tcl_Preserve((ClientData) protPtr); interp = protPtr->interp; diff --git a/win/tkWinX.c b/win/tkWinX.c index e5e9e7b..9632bd2 100644 --- a/win/tkWinX.c +++ b/win/tkWinX.c @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinX.c,v 1.57 2007/12/13 15:28:56 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: tkWinX.c,v 1.58 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ /* @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ static TkWinProcs asciiProcs = { WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcA, (LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcA, - (ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassA, + (ATOM (WINAPI *)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassA, (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextA, (HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName, LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ static TkWinProcs unicodeProcs = { WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) CallWindowProcW, (LRESULT (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)) DefWindowProcW, - (ATOM (WINAPI *)(CONST WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassW, + (ATOM (WINAPI *)(const WNDCLASS *lpWndClass)) RegisterClassW, (BOOL (WINAPI *)(HWND hWnd, LPCTSTR lpString)) SetWindowTextW, (HWND (WINAPI *)(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpClassName, LPCTSTR lpWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, @@ -464,10 +464,10 @@ TkWinGetPlatformTheme(void) *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -CONST char * +const char * TkGetDefaultScreenName( Tcl_Interp *interp, /* Not used. */ - CONST char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */ + const char *screenName) /* If NULL, use default string. */ { if ((screenName == NULL) || (screenName[0] == '\0')) { screenName = winScreenName; @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ TkWinDisplayChanged( TkDisplay * TkpOpenDisplay( - CONST char *display_name) + const char *display_name) { Screen *screen; TkWinDrawable *twdPtr; diff --git a/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c index a0a485c..03eaab9 100644 --- a/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c +++ b/win/ttkWinXPTheme.c @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ /* - * $Id: ttkWinXPTheme.c,v 1.19 2008/04/08 23:30:46 patthoyts Exp $ + * $Id: ttkWinXPTheme.c,v 1.20 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ * * Tk theme engine which uses the Windows XP "Visual Styles" API * Adapted from Georgios Petasis' XP theme patch. @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE GetThemeTextExtentProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc, typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE DrawThemeTextProc)(HTHEME hTheme, HDC hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, LPCWSTR pszText, int iCharCount, DWORD dwTextFlags, DWORD dwTextFlags2, const RECT *pRect); -typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(VOID); -typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(VOID); +typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsThemeActiveProc)(void); +typedef BOOL (STDAPICALLTYPE IsAppThemedProc)(void); typedef struct { @@ -992,7 +992,8 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( void *clientData, Ttk_Theme theme, const char *elementName, - int objc, Tcl_Obj *CONST objv[]) + int objc, + Tcl_Obj *const objv[]) { XPThemeData *themeData = clientData; ElementInfo *elementPtr = NULL; @@ -1028,34 +1029,38 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( int tmp = 0; if (i == objc -1) { Tcl_AppendResult(interp, "Missing value for \"", - Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL); + Tcl_GetString(objv[i]), "\".", NULL); return TCL_ERROR; } if (Tcl_GetIndexFromObj(interp, objv[i], optionStrings, "option", 0, &option) != TCL_OK) return TCL_ERROR; switch (option) { - case O_PADDING: - if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) - return TCL_ERROR; - break; - case O_MARGINS: - if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) - return TCL_ERROR; - flags |= PAD_MARGINS; - break; - case O_WIDTH: - if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) - return TCL_ERROR; - pad.left = pad.right = tmp; - flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; - break; - case O_HEIGHT: - if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) - return TCL_ERROR; - pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp; - flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; - break; + case O_PADDING: + if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + break; + case O_MARGINS: + if (Ttk_GetBorderFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &pad) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + flags |= PAD_MARGINS; + break; + case O_WIDTH: + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + pad.left = pad.right = tmp; + flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; + break; + case O_HEIGHT: + if (Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, objv[i+1], &tmp) != TCL_OK) { + return TCL_ERROR; + } + pad.top = pad.bottom = tmp; + flags |= IGNORE_THEMESIZE; + break; } } } @@ -1068,7 +1073,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( return TCL_ERROR; /* we over-allocate to ensure there is a terminating entry */ stateTable = (Ttk_StateTable *) - ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); + ckalloc(sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); memset(stateTable, 0, sizeof(Ttk_StateTable) * (count + 1)); for (n = 0, j = 0; status == TCL_OK && n < count; n += 2, ++j) { Ttk_StateSpec spec = {0,0}; @@ -1077,7 +1082,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( stateTable[j].onBits = spec.onbits; stateTable[j].offBits = spec.offbits; status = Tcl_GetIntFromObj(interp, specs[n+1], - &stateTable[j].index); + &stateTable[j].index); } } if (status != TCL_OK) { @@ -1102,7 +1107,7 @@ Ttk_CreateVsapiElement( elementPtr->elementName = name; /* set the class name to an allocated copy */ - wname = (LPWSTR)ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1)); + wname = (LPWSTR) ckalloc(sizeof(WCHAR) * (length + 1)); wcscpy(wname, className); elementPtr->className = wname; diff --git a/win/winMain.c b/win/winMain.c index 254d194..c75c22c 100644 --- a/win/winMain.c +++ b/win/winMain.c @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ * See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of * this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. * - * RCS: @(#) $Id: winMain.c,v 1.26 2007/12/13 15:28:56 dgp Exp $ + * RCS: @(#) $Id: winMain.c,v 1.27 2008/04/27 22:39:17 dkf Exp $ */ #include "tkInt.h" @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ * Forward declarations for procedures defined later in this file: */ -static void WishPanic(CONST char *format, ...); +static void WishPanic(const char *format, ...); #ifdef TK_TEST extern int Tktest_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp); #endif /* TK_TEST */ @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ error: void WishPanic( - CONST char *format, ...) + const char *format, ...) { va_list argList; char buf[1024]; |